CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Collected Works on Qigong Science
(Volume 1)
Edited by Hu Hangchang and Wu Qihui
Beijing University of Science and Engineering Press
+
1
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
1
Contents
1
Today And Furture-Some thoughts About Qigong
Zhang Zhenhuan, Tao Zulai. page 4
Experimental Research About the Neural Mechanisms
Of Qigong State And The Effects Of The Emitted Qi
Liu Guolong, Cui Rongqing et al Page" .11
Initial Approached On Neural Mechanisms Of Qigong
State Take Auditory Evoked Responses As Index
Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong page 23
The Evoked Electrospinograph And Somatosensory Evoked
Potential Changes On Qigong State
page 36
Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong.
The Mutli-Information Processing Of EEG Under
The Action Of Qigong
Wu Qiyao, Huang Kunhuo et
page56
The Application Of AR Model In Feature Extraction
Of EEG In Superquiescence
Hong Zhi, Hu Zhongji & af
page 65
EEG Coherence And Topograpy In Superquiescence
State
Wang Wei, Zou Bomin et al
page 79
The Analysis Of The EEG Chaos During Train-Qigong
Process
Hu Xiehe, Hu Zhongji
page 99
※
The Effects Of Qi On The Raman Spectra Of Tap Water,
I
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Saline And Glucose Solution
page 106
Yan Xin, Li Shengping et al .
The Effects Of Qi On The Polarization Plane Of A Laser
Beam
Yan, Xin, Lu Zuyin et al
page 118
The Influences Of Qi On The Phase Behaviors Of
Liposome And Liqui Crystal
Yan Xin, Zhao Nanming etPage 135
The Hyperchromic Effect Of Nucleic Acid Solution
Induced By Qigong ... Yan Xin, Zheng Changxue et al
page 144
The Disproportionation Of CO And H Mixture In-
duced By Qigong
..
. Yan Xin, Li Shengping et al
page 159
The Substitution Of n-Hexane By Bromine Induced
page173
By Qigong
... Yan Xin, Li Shengping et al
The Initial Observation Of Qigong On The Affect OF
Reaction Of Some free Radical
Guo, Shuhao, Zhang Zuqi et al page 183
Analysis On EEG Power Spectrum During Qigong
States And The Effect Of The Emitted Qi Released
By Qigong Master
....
Niu Xin, Liu guolong et al page 193
The Influence Of Emitted Qi On The Auditory Brainstem
Evoked Responses And Auditory Middle Latency
Evoked Responses In The Cat
page 206
Liu Guolong, Wan Pei et al
Fine Structural Observation Of Emitted Qi Effective
On Cancer Of Lung Of Mouse
page 216
Feng Lida, Guan Yingpeng et al
Molecular Biological Effects Of Emitted Qi On Man page338
Luo Sen, Chai Shaoai et al
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The observation of Emistted Qi on the cytoplasm
activity of the Hydrilla verticillata
Zhang Zuai. page 221
The Probe of Measuring the Biological Effects of External
Qi of Qi of QiGong by the Skill of Tradescantic Pulo-
dusa Micronucleus
Sun Silu, Tao chun
page 229
Visualizion Study of effects of Emitted Qi
Luo Minghui, Yan Mingshan
The Research of Electronmagnetic waves Radiation by
Man Body
Wang Yiyun, Zhang Liande
Experimental Research About The Infrasonic Characte-
ristics of Qigong and Psi
page 247
page 233
page 238
Zhu Zhongxiang, Wang Xiobi et al
Effects of Qigong on Excretion of Urinary Catechola-
mines
Tang Cimei, Yu Xixiang
page 260
The Effects of Qigong on Stress responses
Tang Cimei, Zheng Lianxing et al
page 265
The Bidirectional Adjustment of Daoyin Tuna Qigong
(DTQ) on the Areterieal Blood Pressure and Heart
Rate
Qin Chao, Feng Yangzheng et al
page 275
Observation on the Effect of Lowerinc Blood Fat
by Qigong of "TUNA DAOYIN" ... Liu Yuanliang
page279
Primary Study of Effects of "Qi Moving Method" on Some
Functional Indexes of Endocrinopathy of Children
page284
Hu Mingyou, Yang Yunliang et al
Effects of Zhoutian Minmen Gong on Malignant Tumour
Luo Sen, Tong Tianmin et al
page 288
The Clinical Efficacy and Mechanism Approach of
V
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Eye's Qigong exercise to Treat Myopia
page 296
Wang Yuqin, Zhang Guifang et al
Preliminary Study on Qigong and Immunity
Xu Hefen, Qi Yueqin et al
page 308
Chinese Qigong and Synergetics
Li Fuli
page 31.3
A Trial of the Phenomenological Theory of Jing-Luo
Hu Haichang
page 326
The Influence of Qigong On Stefan-Boltzmann Law
Xie Huanzhang page 346
The Statistical Treatment of the Experimental Results
with Emitted Qi
Lu Zuyin, Li Tipei
page 361
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Summary of Contents
This collection was compiled by an editorial group from the China Qigong Science Re-
search Committee and the editorial committee of the Journal of Qigong Science. They com-
piled papers selected from those presented at the first All-China Qigong Science Academic
Exchange Conference held in Xingcheng, Liaoning Province in August 1987 and ones
from after the Xingcheng conference which are representative of qigong research. There is
a total of 36 articles, reflecting the situation and achievements of current scientific research
into qigong. The publication of this edition will help to strengthen academic exchanges in
qigong science and promote further advances in scientific research into qigong.
This collection is aimed at those engaged in qigong science, researchers in the sciences
of the human body and life sciences, those with a love of promoting qigong, and those
who have benefited from its practice.
Collected Works on Qigong Science
(Volume 1)
Edited by Hu Haichang and Wu Qihui
*
Published by the Beijing University of Science and Engineering Press
Distributed by the Xinhua Bookstore Distribution Office Sold at all Xinhua bookstores
Printed by the National Defense Science and Technology Industry Commission Press
787 x 1092 mm 32 mo 12.625 inset 1 273,000 characters
First published February 1989 First Printing February 1989
ISBN 7-81013-189-3/Q.2
Copies printed: 1-5000 volumes Fixed price: 4.90 Yuan
2
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
FOREWORD
Qigong in our country has a long history and an immensely deep foundation among the
masses. The number of persons in China who have studied, cared about, and loved qi-
gong reaches into the tens of millions. Moreover it has attracted widespread attention from
many well-known scientists both here and abroad. In particular, since 1978 a large number
of scientific workers in China have been working to combine traditional qigong and mod-
ern science and use modern scientifed techniques and methods to study qigong. Towards
this end they have conducted much testing and have extensively begun research into the ef-
fects of qigong in physiology, biology, biochemistry, physics, and other areas. This re-
search has forcefully proven the objective nature and value of qigong and taken this ancient
Chinese treasure - the continuation and development of qigong - and pushed it to to a
new stage of modern qigong science research.
Noted scientist Qian Xuesen has highly praised the significance, position, and future of
modern qigong science research. He correctly points out that "qigong science is a new
scientific high technology" and predicted that qigong science research will give birth to " a
new scientific revolution". Guidance and support from Qian Xuesen, Bei Shizhang, Zhao
Zhongyao, and others of the old generation of scientists has urged China's qigong science
research on further to deeper, broader developments. Today, more and more experts from
all professions are joining the ranks of the researchers and cooperating closely with the qi-
gong world to go forward hand in hand, strengthening China's qigong science research
day by day.
In August 1987, the first meeting of the All-China Qigong Science Academic Exchange
Conference was held in Xingcheng, Liaoning Province. It appropriately reflected the ac-
complishments in China's qigong science research over the past several years and received
great attention from every part of society. In order to satisfy the great readership's study
and research demands, the China Qigong Science Research Committee and the editorial
committee of the Journal of Qigong Science compiled this collection from papers selected
from those presented at the Xingcheng conference and ones published afterwards which are
representative of Qigong research. We believe that this book will help to strengthen aca-
demic exchanges in qigong science and promote further advances in scientific research into
qigong. From now on we will continue to use the vehicles of "collections" and "journals"
to reflect the state and achievements of current scientific research into qigong to our read-
ers.
This volume was edited by Hu Haichang and Wu Qihui. Also participating in the com-
pilation were Xie Huanzhang, Tao Zulai, Wang Yonghuai, and others.
The collection editorial group of the China Qigong Science Research Committee
and the editorial committee of the Journal of Qigong Science.
June 1988
3
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Today and Future - Some Thoughts on Qigong
Zhang Zhenhuan and Tao Zulai
At present, the tide of qigong is surging in China. Experimental observations of the
many aspects of the "qi state" have greatly opened up understanding of our own selves and
lives. The experimental verification of the effects of qigong on different levels has further
moved people towards a vast and hope-filled frontier. Science's experimental proof has
opened a great door for ancient qigong to flow into the present age.
With the gradual dissolution of the dark clouds of of "magic" and feudal superstition
which covered it, a vast, mass-style qigong movement is now arising in China. Mass-style
practices numbering in the millions are having benefits and effects for society which are
difficult to estimate. Qigong is entering deeply into thousands upon thousands of house-
holds, deeply influencing people's lives, and becoming an indispensible component of life.
The needs of society are illuminating the youthful vigor of qigong. Many people with
unrevealed talents and amazing abilities have gradually had these talents brought to light.
Not a few elders, inactive for many years, have thrived when the time came for them to act.
The world of qigong, which has lain quiet for the last hundred years, has begun to revive.
People are using new eyes to reexamine ancient and mystical qigong and to recognize anew
an ancient Oriental culture.
Correspondingly, there has been a fundamental change in qigong's position in society.
Ten years ago, the qigong waking exercises in the public parks were looked on as witch-
craft and suffered suspicion and attacks. Today the entire nation, from the central govern-
ment down through the provinces, municipalities, districts, and counties has established qi-
gong research committees or qigong associations. Moreover, the State Education
Commission has stipulated that qigong be entered into the state educational track. Qigong
courses have also been entered in the guide of the State Natural Sciences Foundation and it
has gained first place within the field of scientific research. What a change in only ten
years!
This series of changes signifies that the development of our nation's qigong profession
has entered a new stage. In this new stage it is demanded of us that we make a historical
examination from the height of development of human civilization. This requires us to
make a realistic estimate of the course we have walked and to carry out a strategic consider-
ation of our future path. The key to the problem is comprehension of "qigong" and an un-
derstanding of the relationship between "qigong" and the future development of human civ-
ilization.
So just what is it that we call qigong? We consider that since the qigong state is the state
possessed by the movement of human life. So qigong is a treasure common to all of hu-
manity. In the different periods of the development of human civilization it has has differ-
ing historical connotations. Indeed, in remote antiquity the practice of qigong was our an-
cestor's basic method of understanding the world and of improving themselves (through
scholarly study and moral cultivation). And indeed it was hugely useful in the creation and
development of ancient civilization. However, owing to the limitations of methodology
and the restrictions of historical conditions, it underwent a transformation during the long
feudal period from "higher learning" to "practices"; gradually it descended into the realm of
religion and was demoted to being the handmaiden of theology. And it tended to decline
under the impact of modern culture. However, it was exactly the modern scientific tech-
niques representing the high development of modern civilization which gradually revealed
the limitations of the methodological foundation of modern civilization and aroused peo-
4
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
ple's interest in ancient Oriental civilization. In addition, the veil of mystery was also grad-
ually lifted by a series of rigorous scientific exaninations of phenomena which are unex-
plainable but which do exist; this allowed qigong to return to earth from dreamworld of the
beyond. Not only that, but the high development of science and technology and modern
civilization has laid the material foundation for a leap by humanity to a future civilization
which takes the human body and life as its object. As Marx said "In actuality, the realm of
freedom only begins where the labor which is stipulated as necessary by essentials and ex-
ternal purposes ends; according to the value of things, it is that which lies on the far shore
of the realm of true material production". "Only on the far shore of this realm can develop-
ment of the human ability, with its self as the goal, the realm of true freedom, begin.
Moreover, the realm of freedom will only begin to flourish when it is established on this
necessary foundation." Therefore with the view of the future development of human civili-
zation with humanity's own potential as the goal, the significance of qigong lies in that for
the life of man's own self, it is the path from the realm of necessity to the realm of free-
dom.
"A jouney of a thousand miles begins with a single step". The future leap from
"necessity " to "freedom" starts with our beginning to practice today. For qigong, this in-
cludes three areas:
ONE
Increase qigong science research and bring on the scientific revolution of the
future.
True, fundamental differences in methodology and epistemology exist between the
study of qigong and modern science which at present are difficult to reconcile. Under these
conditions, it is difficult to fit qigong and the study of qigong within the scope of modern
science and "science-ize" it. This would be impossible as well as unnecessary. We say
that modern science is incapable of encompassing qigong. This is not to imply the elimina-
tion of scientific research into qigong; on the contrary, it is only through forceful develop-
ment of multidisciplinary combined research into qigong phenomena, while keeping in
mind the fundamental methodological differences between the two, that the study of qigong
and modern science will be able to combine to reach new heights. This is because:
(1) The movements of human life are a combination of many forms of mechanical,
physics, chemical, and biological and mental movements. With so many different types of
movement it is only possible to gain a true understanding of them by using the appropriate
corresponding methods. The sage Laozi said "use the body to observe the body, use the
home to observe the home, use the village to observe the village, use the nation to observe
the nation, and use the world to observe the world". This has the same meaning as what
we just discussed. Thus the rather low levels of the movements and changes of state in-
volved in qigong necessitate using modern scientific methods to study them; the methods of
traditional qigong study are no substitute. Only on the basis of gradually solving the low-
levels and parts of the problem will it be possible to penetrate to the higher levels and ex-
pose the heart of qigong. This is the only correct way to pose the problem, and correctly
posing the problem is always half of the solution.
(2) Only by "using a rigorously scientific eye in examining these inexplicable yet incon-
testable phenomena" can the existance of these mysterious phenomena be confirmed by-
scientific proofs. And only then will qigong be freed from the chains and fetters of feudal
superstition. These are the conditions necessary for venerable qigong to be accepted by
modern times and modern peoples. The history of qigong since the establishment of the
Peoples Republic of China is enough to explain this point.
(3) With out proof from modern scientific experiments as to the existance of the
5
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
between qigong phenomena and the theories of modern science, existing scientific norms,
and the foundations of the methodology of modern science. And in the process, gradually
establish methodological norms for qigong science research so as to make preparations for
the transformations of the future.
(3) Find applications. The scope of applications for qigong is extremely broad. While
we are displaying qigong's uses in harmonizing the mind and body, building health, and
eliminating disease, we should particularly stress: for young people, the wise development
and improvement of the quality of the entire race; urging the building of spiritual civiliza-
tion; and combining qigong and modern science for direct application to production practic-
es and to creating even greater economic benefits. If one wishes to find the main avenue of
attack for qigong science research for the present, then we feel that there two points are the
major topics for present qigong research. In this area, the experiment to refine strains of
bacteria which Li Shengping of Qinghua University and Doctor Yan Xin collaborated on
was an extremely valuable attempt. If it had been able to actually apply it to production
practices it would have opened a new area for work on qigong.
We advocate that scientists and qigong experts cooperate closely, with consciousness,
purpose, and planning, to develop every area of work in scientific experiments and produc-
tion experiments. The future prospects are extremely enticing and the road ahead is a very
wide one.
TWO With a foothold in the present and an eye on the entirety of China's ancient civil-
ization, establish a theoretical system for the traditional study of qigong to accord with the
needs of the present.
Our ancestors left us a rich legacy in qigong. It is without a doubt a magnificent treas-
ure. To systematically discover, sift through, and carry on this precious legacy is indeed a
major duty of the present-day work in qigong; it is also where our superiority lies. How-
ever, classical qigong has cumbersome and jumbled systems, a multiplicity of different
schools, and bears deep historical branding. Therefore, faced with this abundant treasury
we must first decide a question of how to carry it onwards. If this question is answered
poorly then this rich legacy will become a millstone around our necks, making it impossible
for us to take a step and leaving us at a loss as to what to do.
How then should we treat the legacy of ancient qigong? The key lies in two points,
where to plant our feet and where to direct our gaze. For the former, we must have both
feet planted in the present, and as for the latter, we feel that we should keep the entirety of
China's ancient civilization in view.
To plant our feet in the present is simply to be based in the needs of modern man vis a
vis qigong, and to have a foothold in modern civilization and in the social practices of mod-
ern man. What the present age needs from qigong is to see qigong as understanding the
entirety of the motions of life in man as well as one kind of effective method in the relations
between man and nature, and to see it as realizing self control over the motions of life of his
own body. It needs to see qigong as the way from the realm of necessity into the realm of
freedom, but not as a means of ascending to the heavens as a Taoist immortal or achieving
nirvana as a buddha. The reform of goals, the progress of civilization, and the develop-
ment of society must be directed towards the evolution of qigong itself. Historical research
tells us that qigong in any historical period bears the brand of that era. As an example,
take this short passage from the "The Yellow Emperor's Secret Scripture . Simple Ques-
tions . Discussions on Ancient Heavenly Truths": The Yellow Emperor said, I have heard
that in far ancient times there were true sages who beheld heaven and earth, who grasped
the Yin and the Yang, who breathed pure qi, who independantly watched over gods,
8
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1
whose flesh and muscles were as one, .......; in near ancient times, there were virtuous
sages who were pure in virtue and completely in the Way, in harmony with the Yin and
Yang, harmonized to the four seasons, rid of the world and apart from worldly things.
They accumulated purity to be fully gods, walked between heaven and earth, saw and
heard beyond the eight directions. This was of excellent benefit to their longevity and life,
both of which were strong, and they likewise belonged to the sages. In the present times
there are worthies, who can follow the ways of heaven and earth, appear as the sun and
moon, distinguish between the stars and planets, go with or against the Yin and Yang, dis-
tinguish the four seasons, do as in ancient times, and be in accordance with the Way.
They also cause their life to be long. In the present times there are wise men, beyond the
harmony of heaven and earth, following the reasonings of the eight winds, pursuing de-
sires for worldly things, possessed of a heart without worry or anger, and travelling with-
out desiring to leave this world. With ceremonial dress he lifts up his hands, not wishing
to look upon worldly things. On the outside there is no appearance of weariness with af-
fairs, on the inside there are no thoughts about evil; he carries out his affairs with tranquili-
ty and does labor with contentment. His body is not worn down and his spirit is not dissi-
pated; he too will live to be one hundred." This short passage makes use of the mouth of
the legendary Yellow Emperor. It discusses, in summary, the evolution of qigong in the
short historical period from far antiquity up to before the destruction of all the books by the
Qin, the First Emperor [3rd century B.C.]. From the true sages through to the wise men,
the societal content of qigong has grown and become more important. The evolution of qi-
gong clearly bears the traces of human social development and thr porgress of material civ-
ilization. From the past to today this short passage tells us that when we speak of continu-
ing the legacy of China's ancient qigong, we must remain rooted in the present and be
intelligent in coming up with new ideas! The goal of this continuation lies in creating new
ideas, as it is only through new ideas that we can continue.
As for the problem of where to fix our gaze, just as we stated above the practice of qi-
gong was one of the basic means by which the ancients understood the world. Thus qi-
gong is inseparable from Chinese classical culture's theory of knowledge and methodolo-
gy. It was one of the inseparable components of ancient Chinese culture. Establishing a
theoretical system for classical qigong therefore requires that we look upon the whole of
China's ancient culture from the viewpoint that it is "learning" (that is to say,as a branch of
higher learning rather than a type of sleight of hand). A systematic uncovering and order-
ing must conducted from the full breadth and depth of history. We absolutely cannot limit
our vision to the formulas in qigong's treatises and secret works, otherwise we will find it
difficult indeed to throw off its stereotype as a "magic art" and might be pulled down into
the whirpool of interfactional competition.
It should also be pointed out that establishing a theoretical system for traditional qigong
and perpetuating the legacy of ancient qigong does not in any way run counter to scientific
research into qigong; on the contrary, it is complementary. In fact, it is precisely the exis-
tential proof of qigong provided by modern scientific experiments and the establishment of
the concept of the "qigong state" which provide us with the basis from which to reacquaint
ourselves with qigong and with China's ancient culture.
THREE Widespread, multi-level, multi-aspected mass-style practice of qigong is the
foundation for China's qigong work.
This includes three major areas:
(1) Popularize qigong, so as to let even more people have the experience of qigong
practice. In particular, we want to let more people with a high level of attainment in the
9
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
modern scientific culture to have the experience of practicing qigong, so that the two meth-
ods of understanding the world can be combined organically in the very selves of the peo-
ple who practice them. This may the most effective road to facilitating the merging of these
two opposite and mutually antagonistic methodologies. With a group of people experi-
enced in both practices, we will then be able to form an "organized and accepted" set of
standards and guiding pronciples.
(2) Bring together qigong practices and the social practices of modern man in order to
improve the quality of man and to raise the quality factors of people's lives, thus uniting qi-
gong practice with the eventual goal of human civilization - to make people's lives better
and thus inevitably bringing great social benefits and influences. In this area, it is worth-
while to draw lessons from the ways of improving one's body, cultivating one's mind, and
control one's qi of the pre-Qin dynasty Confucians.
(3) Make qigong a discipline combining traditional qigong techniques and modern
scientific techniques and apply it to the health of mind and body, intellectual development,
and to direct production practices for directly creating prosperity for society. It must be
noted that these three areas all depend on modern scientific research into qigong opening
the way. And therefore strengthening scientific research into qigong is not merely for the
needs of the present or for a tactical defence, but a strategic direction, a long-term plan. We
must organize and lead the way for the world.
To conclude, let us remember a good passage from Xunzi; he said: "If small strides do
not accumulate, they cannot reach to a thoudand miles; if small streams do not accumulate,
they cannot form rivers and oceans; the thoroughbred leaps once, then cannot take ten
steps; the nag makes ten drives, and its effort is not exhausted. If you carve until you are
tired you will not cut even rotted wood, but if you carve without flagging then even metal
and stone can be engraved." Only if we walk without resting and carve without flagging
in experiments in qigong science, in popularizing mass-style qigong training, in practicing
applying qigong in medicine, teaching, and production, in discovering, ordering, and reac-
quainting ourselves with classical qigong theories, and in practicing perpetuation and crea-
tiveness in qigong will our droplets join into streams and run to form seas and take human
civilization surging to a new peak.
"One without profound aspirations cannot shine brightly"; one who does not fear be-
coming absorbed in work must have "achievements most glorious"!
(This paper was read by Chairman of the Board Zhang of the China Qigong Science Re-
search Committee at the establishment ceremony of the China Qigong Science Research
Center on May 5th, 1988.)
10
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Experimental Research On The Qigong State And The Effects
Of Emitted Qi on Neural Mechanisms
Liu Guolong Cui Rongqing Niu Xin Peng Xueyan
(Beijing College of Traditional Medicine)
The history of qigong is a long one, flowing with a multitude of varying schools. In
applications for strengthen the body, removing disease, and other applications there is little
difference between them. According to the different ends for qigong, it can be differentiat-
ed into the two major categories of internal and external. No matter whether one are speak-
ing of internal qigong or external qigong, it can be seen that there is a particular functional
state which is the basis of the body's normal functional state; it is called the qigong state.
The qigong state characteristic of internal gong is that of entering into tranquility. External
gong has as its characteristic the dissemination of qi or the emission of external qi. The
former is called the internal qigong state; the latter is the external qigong state. Both the in-
ternal and external qigong states can bring into play latent functions which the organism is
not able to manifest under normal conditions - a supranormal state. One can assume that
the internal qigong state, the external qigong state and the human body's extraordinary fun-
tions are special functional states which probably have a similar basis but which manifest
themselves in different forms or at different functional levels. It is common knowledge that
every function of the human body is controlled by the nervous system. Therefore to ex-
pound on the substance of the special functional state which is the qigong state, one must
first research the functional conditions of the the central nervous system under the qigong
state. This may be one of the major means of removing the "veil of mystery" from qigong.
In his paper entitled "The Science Of The Human Body Is A Major Discipline in the
Modern Science and Technology System", Professor Qian Xuesen correctly points out that
the excellent functions of qigong in the human body are an important content of the science
of the human body, and that qigong is a particular functional state of the human body. Dis-
cussion of the qigong functional state provides important guidance for using modern
science and technology to research the mechanisms of qigong. (1)
The high degree of coordination of an organism's functions is effected by the central
nervous system. This function's manifestation uses the nervous system's most basic active
forms, excitation and restraint-the relative balances of the nerve process-as its basis.
The state of normal function is in setting the balance of the normal functions using feedback
under automatic control, which are constantly set within a relative balance which is hard to
exceed. If this boundary is crossed, then there is an abnormality. For instance, the mecha-
nisms of metabolic balance, arterial pressure, heart rate, and body temperature are constant
and relative. When these functions are in the special functional state of the qigong state,
they produce something, under the control of the central nervous system, which is unattain-
able under normal conditions: new relative balances-the special qigong state. This func-
tional state may express a lower than normal function state or it may express a higher than
normal function state, or even extraordinary capabilities. Yoga, for instance, can maintain
an organism in long-term existance under low-oxygen conditions, possibly by using a low-
er than normal function state in lowering its metabolic balance and reducing its level of oxy-
gen consumption. Under the qigong state the organism would produce greater than normal
capability, enabling it to endure strong shocks under abnormal conditions. The extention
of external qi is one manifestation of an organism's supra-normal function state; it is pro-
duced as a type of biological information. As to what emitted (or external) qi is, is present-
ly still a secret, but it can at least be affirmed that external qi does subjectively exist, that it
11
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
is of value, and that it contains certain energy level "information". It can not only be emit-
ted from the human body, but can at the same time be received by the body and produce
subjective effects. Not only is it the product of a supra-normal function state, but at the
same time it is also biological information about the changes in the organism's functional
state. At present, measurements of the effects of external qi using modern scientific tech-
nology have already discovered infrared radiation, electromagnetism, and other effects
which occur in conjunction with emitted qi. This is only one objective proof of the materi-
al nature of external qi, and it is still far from explaining its essence and its effects. Prob-
ing into the effects of external qi in physics, chemistry, and biology, therefore, will be of
great benefit in further understanding what external qi is. Lu Zuyin of Qinghua University
and others have used advanced scientific techniques to persuasively prove the material na-
ture and objective effects of emitted qi. They discovered that emitted qi can cause deflec-
tion of liquid crystal rays and used laser raman spectrography determination to prove that
emitted qi can produce changes in water, 0.9% NaCl, 5% Glucose, and other chemical
compounds (2,3). Similar methods were also used to investigate the changes which emitted
qi produced in the structure of artificial lipid (DPPC) membranes (4,5). These experiments
proved the objective effects of emitted qi at the biological molecular level. Feng Lida and
others have used cell immunology techniques and electron microscope techniques to ob-
serve the biological effects of external qi at the cellular level (6,7). It is commonly known
that the cell is the basic unit of the life activities of living things. External qi's effect on
cells and biological membranes must certainly change the cell's funtioning. Bioelectrical
phenomena is a major characteristic of excited cell activity; the regular pattern of external
qi's changes ot cell bioelectric activity is predictable. To sum up, is is reasonable to recog-
nize that the qigong state is a special functional state of the human body and it is very prob-
ably based on and produced by regular patterns of activity at the molecular and cell level.
Our laboratory employed methods of neuroelectrical biology, using changes in the evoked
potential of the central nervous system and the potential of brain's own electrical emissions
(EEG) as an index, to quite systematically observe the internal qi state, external qi state,
and emitted qi through the different levels of the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord,
brain stem, and cerebral cortex. This was in an attempt to lay down a foundation for fur-
ther probing of the neural mechanisms of the qigong state.
ONE- The effects of internal qi on the evoked response of the cortex.
Stimulation of peripheral receptors, recorded on the surface of the scalp as changes in
electrical potential called evoked potential, can come from all types of stimulation, such as
sound, light flashes, pictures, and body-senses. Electrical potential evoked by different sti-
muli have a certain area and spatial distribution in the cortex, and thus the changes in poten-
tial which different stimuli evoke express the activity in different regions of the cortex.
This experiment used all types of different evoked responses as an indications by which to
make a fairly comprehensive observation of all sorts of changes in potential evoked from
the cortex by a qigong master doing qigong exercises before, during, and after the qigong
state. Changes in the components of the middle latent time (10~50ms) during the evoked
responses of the auditory region of the cortex were observed in a series of eleven test sub-
jects. The normal middle latent time of the auditory region of the cortex (MLR) is formed
from the three positive-negative-positive phase waves, or Po, Na, Pa, which belong to the
visual region of the cortex's primary response. When the test subjects entered the qigong
state, the three components all had decreases in different ranges , of which that of the Na
was the most pronounced, averaging a drop of 72%. All seemed to recover after the qi-
12
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
gong state (see fig. 1, C). In another eleven test subjects changes in components of the au-
ditory region of the cortex slow response (SVR), namely the long latent time (50~300ms),
was determined. The normal SVR is formed from the P1, N1, P2, N2, and N2 waves of
which the N2 component, with a latency of about 200ms, is the most stable. As with the
MLR, the eleven test subjects all manifested a range of decrease, of which there were two
series (fig.1, E and F) in which it completely disappeared. The MLR and SVR of the
evoked responses of auditory region of the cortex both showed the inhibiting effect of the
qigong state (8,9).
The visual light flash evoked potential (VEP-F) and visual image evoked potential
(VEP-P) of twentysix test subjests was recorded using light flashes and images as stimuli
in order to observe the activity in the visual cortex during the qigong state (10,11). The nor-
mal VEP-F is formed from a series of polyphase waves (fig. 1, G); the normal VEP-P im-
age is relatively constant, and is expressed by each wave's phase and latent time: N60 (the
negative phase wave with a latent time of 60ms), P90, N140, P200, and N230. After the test
subjects had entered the qigong state, every component of both the VEP-F and VEP-P suf-
fered a differing degree of inhibition (fig. 1, I,G, and H). It is already known that visual
stimulation evoked responses are produced in the cerebral cortex occipital region's primary
visual cortex and the secondary visual cortex of the temporal region. The contributing fac-
tors of the VEP-P image is now basically clear. The N60 comes from the afferent nerves at
the central depression of the retina and is sent by means of the electrical activity produced in
the [stria] of the primary visual cortex. The N90 uses the electrical activity of the [stria] cu-
neiform returning to the calcarine sulcus cortex at the rear. Although the forms of the N140
and P200 are explained differently, they can basically be recognized as electrical activity
formed by vision passing to the cortex via feedback circuits or as a component of mental
activity. They are also recognized as being related to the process of handling visual infor-
mation in the cortex.
Using somatic stimulation, such as stimulating the electric potential activity of the so-
maticregion of the central neural evoked cortex, is called somatic evoked potential (SEP).
Normal SEP in the 200ms range can record a series of wave motions of electric potential
(fig. 1 I and J) which are named P1, N1, P2, N3, P3, N3, P4, and N4. Of these, P1, N1,
P2, and N2 are the most stable. N1 has a latent time of approximately 30ms, is produced
by the somatic sense organs' transmission impulses going through the hypothalamus to-
wards the cortex, and is the primary component of the SEP. There are differing explaina-
tions of the components behind it. N2 has a latent time of approximately 30ms. It proba-
bly arises from impulses travelling along the relatively low speed type A fibers from the
somatic sense organs. The components behind it are generally known to belong to the pri-
mary component of the cortical evoked potential. From tests with a series 21 subjects it
was seen in the great majority of them that when entering the qigong state all SEP compo-
nents exhibited differing degrees of inhibition, which was most pronounced in the N4 (fig.
1 Ib), but there were also a few subjects who showed differing degrees of increase (fig.1
Jh).
On the basis of all of the different types of sensor stimulation used above, tests of ob-
servation of the state of the cortical mechanisms during the qigong state prove that broad ar-
eas of the cortex exhibited major decreases in activity levels and were in various inhibited
states. Yet this inhibited state is was inhibition while the test subject was conscious. Qi-
gong theory describesit exactly in this manner. When a person is in the qigong state he can
"look withour seeing, hear withour listening"; this is actually the cortex being at various
levels, not a state of complete inhibition. This type of inhibited state is completely different
13
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
from sleep. According to tests by Elliot (25) when a person is in the process of going from
waking to deep sleep, at the same time as the EEG changes accompanying sleep were pro-
duced, characteristic changes in SVR appeared. When the test subjects went from con-
sciousness into the beginning of stage II, the fluctuations in SVR increased markedly.
During stage II and afterwards, the SVR fluctuations could rise to several times the original
value and latent times lengthen notably. But changes in the SVR were indeed lower during
the qigong state and thereby strongly prove that the qigong state is not sleep. The increase
in SVR during sleep may suggest that while the cortex is in a state of extensive inhibition it
can maintain increases in the activity of various regions, or that it becomes an "alertness re-
gion" during sleep, or that because of the different time phasing of the cortex's state of in-
hibition it produces abnormal reactions to stimulation from the outside. This fact also ex-
plains why, when the cortex is in states of various degrees of inhibition, the distribution of
the inhibition is not at all even. The changes in SEP during the qigong state also point out
this fact: the changes in the body-sensory region of the cortex during the qigong state were
B
C
D
A
JO. 63pV
10.63 HV
Ims
10.5KVM
J0. 63u V
1ms
5ms
5ms
..
. x
F
G
H
C
J20HV
50ms
J20HV
35μV
J5H V
50ms
50ms
-
I
J
x
L
8
A
b H
J2.5uV
c. HV
J2.5MV
J2. 5 V
20ms
20ms
.
Fig. 1 - Evoked Potentials - All types.
a . Pre-qigong. b. Mid-qigong. c. Post-qigong
A-EcochG; B-ABR; C, MLR; D-PAP
E-SVR; F-SVR, G -- VEP-F, H-VEP-PI
1 --- SEP, J-SEP: K-SCEP, L-SCEP
14
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
..
2ms
J2.5uV
2ms
50ms

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
mainly indicated by inhibition, but in certain test subjects they were manifested as increases
in activity. This explains that although the cortex mainly has inhibited activity during the
qigong state, it also may produce increases in activity under certain circumstances. This
fact has significance which cannot be overlooked in explaining how human autonomic
mechanisms can accept adjustment by the will and the reasoning behind the phrase "calm
the center and it will seek movement".
TWO - The effects on the auditory peripheral receptors and effectors.
Our experiments utilized the electrocochleogram (EcochG) as an index to observe the ef-
fects of the qigong state on the tips of the hearing receptors. We also used the posterior au-
ricular potential (PAP) as the index for the auditory reflex effector organs' auricular muscle
activity in exploring the effects of the qigong state on reflex effects. The EcochG is an ob-
jective index for understanding the auditory receptors and state of the capabilities of the au-
ditory nerves. The EcochG is composed of the cochlear microphonic potential (CM), syn-
thesized potential (SP), auditory neural movement potential (AP), and other components.
Figure 1A includes the N1, N2, and N3 waves of the SP and AP. The PAP is formed
from three phases waves named P1, N1, P2, N2, and P3 N3, as shown in figure 1D. The
rise in the Ecoch G shows that the auditory receptors entered a facilitory state, that is to say
auditory sensitivity rose. Moreover the rise in PAP showed auditory senses entering the
inferior colliculus, going through the facial muscle posterior auricular branch to the posteri-
or auricular muscle and stapes, changes in the sensitivity of the middle ear's sound trans-
mission system, are regulated by the feedback-type auditory capabilities. Because the
PAP's reflex center is located in the brain stem, increases in the PAP can also be seen as a
result of changes in the brain stem.
THREE - The effects of the qigong state on brain stem evoked response and on the
functions of blood vessels in the heart.
It is commonly known that the activities of the internal organs are controlled from the
autonomic nervous center; they are not under voluntary control. After qigong has been
practised to certain levels, entering the qiong state not only affects the activities of the inter-
nal organs but even effects of thought on changing activity levels of internal organs ap-
pears. This not only allows lost control of internal organs to be recovered but also makes it
possible to produce the effect of mental control over the activities of internal organs which
could not appear when not in the qigong state. That is to say it allows involuntary control
of the internal organs to be transferred to voluntary control. This is something which can-
not be practiced when the body is in a normal functional state. The body being in the su-
pra-normal qigong state possibly allows the nerve centers controlling the autonomic func-
tions to be in a sensitive state, a facilitory state which supplies the conditions for them to
receive mental control from the cortex. To prove the existence of this possibility, our re-
search used recordings of the the evoked auditory responses of the brain stem and observed
the changes in the functioning of the heart's blood vessels under the qigong state.
Using ultrasound as an evoked stimulation, electrical potential activity was recorded at
the "Baihui" acupoint at the top of the skull within 10ms. It was possible to observe multi-
ple levels of change in potential in the transmissions from the medulla oblongata to the hy-
pothalamus cortex. In general it is possible to record seven waves clearly, separately
showing the seven levels of activity of the brain stem which are commonly symbolized
with the roman numeral I through VII. Wave I is the potential of the auditory nerve func-
tions; wave II is the electrical activity of the cochlear nucleus at the level of the medulla
15
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
oblongata; wave III is the caudal pons, relative to the electrical activity of the upper olivary
body between the medulla oblongata and the pons; wave IV is the electrical activity of the
lateral [horseshoe] nucleus of the pons head end level; wave V is the electrical potential ac-
tivity of the midbrain quadrigeminal bodies; wave VI is the electrical activity of the medial
geniculate body of the hypothalamus; wave VII is the auditory radiations from the hypo-
thalamus to the cortex. Our experiment observed the auditory brain stem evoked responses
(ABER) in 28 test subjects during the qigong state. The phenomena observed were basical-
ly identical in all of the subjects, differing only in the degree of change. When the subjects
entered the qigong state waves I-VI of the ABER all increased by differing degrees (8,14),
however the changes in wave VII were more inhibited, just like the changes in the MLR af-
ter 10ms, prompting the transition towards cortical inhibition.
The results of this experiment prove that when the body enters the qigong state the auto-
nomic nervous centers located in the brain stem which regulate the activities of the internal
organs are placed in an obvious facilitory state. This fact not only supports a type of theory
that says "calm the center and it will seek movement" and "calm the center,then seek move-
ment" when the human body is in the qigong state. At the same time it presents a neural bi-
ological foundation for explaining the voluntary control by the cerebral cortex over the ac-
tivities of the internal organs. To prove the effects of the body being in the qigong state on
the functions of certain internal organs we selected nine test subjects whose SVR had
shown inhibition and whose ABER had clearly exhibited facilitation and determined the
changes in the functions of their heart blood vessels during the qigong state. We compared
the heart rates of the subjects after they had entered the qigong state and discovered clear al-
terations in changes in PEP/LVET, PEPI, and other indices. Heart rates slowed, and PEP/
LVET and PEPI were reduced, with P values all smaller that 0.05. This group of experi-
ments points out that after the test subjects entered the qigong state, heart rate clearly
slowed and the blood-pumping function of the left side of the heart was thus clearly streng-
thened.
FOUR - The effect of the qigong state on the evoked potential of the spinal cord.
When the body is in the qigong state, it may produce the effect of muscle relaxation, or
it can produce supra-normal muscular strength; these are well-known phenomena. The
basic centers of the regulation of muscle tension are located in the anterior cornu of the spi-
nal cord; motor neurons include a neurons and v neurons; the former govern the extrafusal
muscles, the latter the intrafusal muscles. Muscle tension and regulation mainly rely on
myotatic reflex while at the same time also being controlled by higher centers, in particular
the brain stem's descending facilitory system and descending inhibitory system. Thus the
activity levels of the anterior cornu of the spinal cord motor neurons are a basic condition
for regulating muscle movement and tension. The higher centers use the two mechanisms
of facilitation and inhibition to control the activities of the anterior cormu of the spinal cord
motor neurons.
This experiment observed and determined the SEP and spinal cord evoked potential
(EESG) of twenty test subjects as they entered the qigong state. Normal EESG is poly-
phase potential activity and it is divided by the different latent times into P9, N11, N12, and
N14, of which N9 and N11, and N18 [sic] appear with the highest frequency. Eight, or
33%, of the twenty test subjects showed increases in EESG, with an average increase of
32%, p < 0.001; twelve of them, 66%, exhibited a range of decreases averaging 15%, p <
0.001. When the body is in the qigong state, in has two functions vis-a-vis the activities of
the spinal cord centers. one is facilitation, the other is inhibition. The reason for this
16
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
change may be a result produced by facilitation in the brain stem; that is to say when the
brain stem raticular formation's descending inhibitory system undergoes changes it is mani-
fested as a drop in EESG, and when the descending facilitory system undergoes changes it
is manifested as an EESG increase. The question of whether the differing EESGs appear-
ing in the different test subjects is due to their different qigong methods or personal individ-
ual differences awaits further investigation. Nevertheless, the effect of the qigong state on
the EESG obviously has major significance in understanding the reasons why it can result
in muscle relaxation or supra-normal muscular strength (15).
FIVE -The effects of the qigong state and time on brain electrical emissions.
Experimental research on evoked potential can confirm that when a test subject enters
the qigong state definite regions of the cerebral cortex will be in a state of inhibition to a
certain degree, as stated above. To further explain the functional state of the cerebral cortex
during the qigong state, fourteen qigong masters were again selected for this experiment
and the changes in their EEGs were observed before and after entering the state of tranquili-
ty. There are already many reports on work in this area (16,17,18), and the results of this
experiment have proved these changes once again. This experiment used an EEG with four
channels recording occipital and forehead electrodes transmitting to a 7T18(s) signal pro-
cessor, plotted to form a power spectrum diagram (fig. 2A). The first ten lines are the
power spectrum prior to the qigong state, the last ten lines are the spectrum after it. The re-
sults of the experiment show when the body is in its normal functional state the entire
brain's a rhythms, using mainly the occipital area, manifests an a rhythm synchronization
from the fixing of the gaze after entering the qigong state, and power increases , most clear-
ly in the forehead. Although the occiput showed increases, they were not equal to those of
the forehead. Nevertheless, when compared to the normal state, the phenomena of a deteri-
oration of superior a rhythms from forehead to occiput appears.
The changes which appear in the EEG at the time of the qigong state (19,20) may have
profound significance toward explaining the qigong state's neural mechanisms, but at per-
sent it is still difficult to explain these changes according to neurobiology's understanding
of EEG. However, according to the inhibition phenomena exhibited by the brain evoked
potential during the qigong state we can at least infer that a certain link exists between this
type of change and the inhibited activity within the cortex. We already know that in EEGs
of stage II and stage III sleep there can appear fusiform waves (14Hz) and K-Complex
[waves] (8-14Hz) exactly the same as a rhythms, both of which are EEG changes due to
the cortex being in states of inhibition of differing degrees and which accompany them.
Our laboratory is now conducting analysis related to EEG topographical brain maps and all
types of brain topograpical maps of evoked responses to aid in further investigation into
this phenomena.
SIX - The effect of emitted qi on a normal person's EEG and changes in EEG during
the qigong emission state.
Internal qigong and external qigong are probably different levels of an organism's spe-
cial functional states. When a qigong master sends out emitted qi it can be seen as the su-
pra-normal functional state of a higher level of internal qigong; and external qi is then the
external manifestation of the effects of a supra-normal state. Therefore external qi should
posess "biological data" of a material nature and of objective effects. People have had
many doubts about the existence of external qi. Being unable to recognize its material na-
17
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ture, they have endowed it with the air of "magic". Thus we are duty-bound to answer
whether external qi exists or not, whether or not it can be received by biological organisms,
and moreover whether or not it posesses special effects.
Our laboratory has used the method\ of EEG power distribution graph analysis and SEP
and SVR determination methods to observe the effects of external qi on the electrical activi-
ty of the cerebral cortex; from this we have confirmed external qi's objective physiological
effects. The effects on emitted qi on EEGs were observed using six qigong masters capa-
CHI
CH2
CH4
CHO
CHL
ACH2
CH3
5 12/014
C
FP2.
D
CHL
CH3
A
CH2
CH4
-
Fig. 2 EEG power spectrum.
A. Internal qigong state. B. Effect of emitted qi. C. Qi
emission state. D. Effect of infrasound. The first 10 lines
of each power spectrum is the control state, the last 10
show the changed power spectrum.
18
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
ble of emitting external qi and 45 normal test subjects. The results of the experiment
showed a fairly clear difference between the group receiving emitted qi and the control
group (27 persons), whose average power spectrum from before and after, p < 0.01,
shows a clear difference, p < 0.01 compared with those of the group who received emitted
qi. The major change in the EEGs of normal persons after receiving emitted qi in 47 in-
stances was an increase in the forehead electrode a power spectrum, in 19 cases there was
a reverse from the forehead to the occiput, and 23 cases mainfested an increase in a power
spectrums in all channels (fig. 2B). Although this fact may confirm that external qi acts as
a type of biological signal emitted from a body, and which can be received by an organism
and produce biological effects, it is nevertheless difficult to understand, using what we
know today, to understand what the influence of emitted qi on EEG is and what its signifi-
cance is; this presents neuroscience with a new subject for study. Our laboratory is now
using experiments on animals to conduct further analysis and investigation on this ques-
tion.
While researching the influence of emitted qi on EEG, we were simultaneously record-
ing changes in the EEG of the external qi masters while they were emitting qi (19). In meas-
uring six of the external qi masters during the emission of qi we discovered that an overall
increase in the EEG power spectrum occurred in the forehead region. There was a particu-
larly strong frequency peak before the state of qi emission from 9~11 Hz shifting to
10~13.5 Hz and a tendency to deviations in 6 rhythm frequency range (fig. 2C). T tests
of comparisons of the average frequency range from before and after the state of qi emis-
sion show p < 0.01.
The increase in forehead electrode power spectrums during the state of qi emission and
the simultaneous deviations may be due to the thought activity of the qigong masters while
emitting qi or they may be related to increases in certain physiological functions during the
emission of qi.
SEVEN - The influence of emitted qi on the evoked potential in SEP and SVR.
The influence of emitted qi on a normal person's EEG indicates that external qi posesses
obvious effects on the central nervous system. To further investigate these effects our la-
boratory again selected 28 test subjects to use in observations of the effects of emitted qi on
SEP and SVR, using 37 other subjects as a control group. In 14 of the test subjects affect-
ed by emitted qi, 7 showed an average SVR increase of 35%, p < 0.01, but another 7
showed a decrease; besides 1 who showed total inhibition, the other 6 had an average de-
crease of 27.56%, p < 0.01. The SEP of 14 subjects was influenced. Excepting one who
showed a clear rise in amplitude the other 13 all showed a decrease in amplitude, each wave
being inhibited by ranges of 27%, 30%, 38%, and 46%, p < 0.01 (24). Although there are
certain similarities when the changes in SEP and SVR during the state of qi emission are
compared, obvious differences nevertheless exist. During the internal qi state SVR gener-
ally decreased, but under the effects of external qi 50% would decrease and the other 50%
would increase. Some of the SEPs showed increases under the internal qi state while oth-
ers decreased, but under the effect of external qi it seemed that all were inhibited. But
overall, there may exist certain common neural mechanisms between them.
EIGHT - Infrasound and emitted qi.
Based on the results of our experiments, we have forcefully proved that emitted qi po-
sesses a clear effect on the central nervous system and removed doubts as to the material
19
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
nature of external qi. But the question of why emitted qi influences the condition of the
mechanisms of the central nervous system still awaits an answer. There has been a lot of
research on external qi effects from the angle of natural science and engineering which has
discovered that emitted qi has magnetic field effects, infrared effects, static electricity fields,
and more. Most recently the Ministry of Electronics Industry's Institute of Electro-
acoustical Research discovered that when a qigong master is emitting qi infrasonic radiation
can be measured which is higher than that of a normal person. The institute also trial-
manufactured a bionic qigong instrument which featured an infrasonic component (22,23).
In our own probes into the mechanisms of emitted qi effects we used infrasonic generators
to conduct a large number of tests, the results of which showed that the biological effects of
infrasound are similar to external qi to a certain degree, though they are by no means identi-
cal.
Prior to the tests the aforementioned masters of external qigong underwent measurement
of the infrasound component of their emitted qi. From the 27 masters, 6 with infrasound
frequencies of 9~12.5 Hz and volume levels over 70dB were selected to participate in our
experiment. Altogether 34 normal test subjects were used to observe the influence of the
infrasound on EEG, SVR, and SEP. There were no control groups.
The 20 normal test subjects' EEG power spectrum from before and after being acted on
by the infrasound clearly showed changes, as shown in figure 2D. T investigation of the
average power spectrum from before and after being affected by infrasound showed p <
0.01. The major change was a distinct rise in the power spectrum phase synchronized with
the infrasound frequency, which was particularly pronounced in the occipital region. There
were 11 subjects on whom the effects were similar to those of emitted qi, exhibiting a re-
versal from the forehead to the occiput. The influence of the infrasound on SVR and SEP
was also similar to that of emitted qi, although it was not totally identical. Of 17 normal
subjects theinfrasound effect on 12 of them was distinct drop in the SVR range, averaging
up to 38.76%, p < 0.01. The other 5 showed no change, p < 0.05. Of 13 normal subjects
who received infrasound, 9 showed distinct inhibition of N1, though N2 and N3 increased
by differing degrees while the other 4 showed no clear changes; this is clearly not the same
as the general inhibitory effects of emitted qi.
We can see from the results of the above experiments that both emitted qi and infra-
sound had distinct effects on the nervous system, though the effects of the two were also
distinctly different. We therefore cannot consider infrasound to be the effective component
of emitted qi, although we also cannot ignore that there is a certain similarity between their
effects. It is reasonable to consider the infrasound may be an important factor in the effec-
tive component of emitted qi or that it is may be a carrier wave component carrying other
components. For instance, in the experiments on the influence of emitted qi on a normal
person's EEG we discovered a startling phenomenon: the peak frequencies of the power
spectrum of the subjects' EEGs were phase synchronized with the infrasound frequencies
in the qi emitted by the corresponding qigong master. This phenomena phenomena not
only confirms the objective effects of emitted qi, but at the same time points up the proba-
bility that its influence on electroencephalograms may be produced primarily due to its in-
frasonic component or resonance produced between the infrasonic vibrations andthe neuron
circuits. According to the present understanding of EEG emission mechanisms, vibrations
from the hypothalmus neuron circuits transiting on the synchronized neurons are the main
reason for the production of synchronized electrical potential emitted from the brain. If in-
frasound can indeed give rise to resonance on the hypothalamus neurons it may be an im-
portant clue to further explaining the mechanisms of emitted qi effects. In order to prove
whether or not emitted qi and infrasound are able to affect the neuron circuits of the hypo-
20
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
thalamus we shifted to using implanted electrodes. In tests on animals we found that the
interrelationship between the activities of the hypothalamus neurons and the changes in
electric potential of the cortex may be of aid in further explaining the neural mechanisms of
the effects of emitted qi and infrasound.
.
5
To summarize, our research is merely to observe certain phenomena of the efects of the
qigong state and emitted qi from the angle of neurobiology. We are still at the early stage
of understanding, taking the first steps into deep probes into the neural mechanisms of the
qigong state. From the positive initial results of our experimental research internal qi, ex-
ternal qi, and infrasound effects, as well as the state of qi emission and other conditions,
were all accompanied by marked functional changes in the central nervous system. There-
fore it is reasonable to propose that the theories and methods of neurological science may
be an important path to further revealations of the mysteries of that special functional state
of the human body, the qigong state.
Works Referenced
(1)
Qian Xuesen, Chen Xin; The science of the human body is a major part of the mod
ern science system.
(2)
Lu Zuyin; The effects of qigong emitted qi on liquid crystals birefraction ability.
A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference,
Xingcheng, 1987.
(3)
Li Shengping, et al .; The effects of qigong emitted qi on the structures of solutions of
water, physiological saline, and glucose. A paper from the first session of the All-
China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(4)
Zhao Nanming; The effects of qigong on lipids and crystals. A paper from the first
session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(5)
Li Shengping, et al .; The effects of qigong emitted qi on synthetic gas dismutation
response. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research
Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(6)
Feng Lida, et al .; Nature, 5:9, 653, 1982.
(7)
Feng Lida, et al .; Nature, 5:3, 163, 1985.
(8)
Liu Guolong, et al .; Neural mechanisms of the qigong state: A, Experimental study
by means of auditory evoked responses. Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine; 7
(2): 123~126, 1987.
(9)
Cui Rongqing, Liu Guofeng; The influence of the qigong state on auditory evoked
middle latent time responses. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong
Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(10) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guofeng; The influence of the qigong state on electric potential
evoked from visual light flashes. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qi-
gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(11) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on electric potential
evoked from visual images. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong
Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(12) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on electrocochlea-
grams. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research
Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(13) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on posterior auricular
potential. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research
Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
21
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
(14) Cui Rongqing, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on auditory brain
stem evoked response. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong
Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(15) Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong; The influence of the qigong state on somatic
evoked response and spinal cord evoked potential. A paper from the first session of
the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(16) He Qingnian, et al .; Statistical graphs of brain potentials of the qigong functional
state. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Con-
ference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(17) Hu Zhongji, et al .; Studies into brain electronic coherent functions and topographical
maps of the supra-tranquil state. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qi
gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(18) Mei Lei, et al .; Nature, 4 (9), 1981.
(19) Niu Xin, Liu Guolong; An analysis of the brain potential power spectrum of qi-
gong masters while entering the state of tranquility and in the state of qigong emis-
sion. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research Con-
ference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(20) Niu Xin, Liu Guolong; An analysis of the effects of qigong emitted qi on brain
waves. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research
Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(21) Niu Xin, Liu Guolong; Measurements and analysis of infrasonic characteristics of
qigong emitted qi. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science
Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(22) Lu Yanfang; Physiological effects of infrasound. A paper from the first session of
the All-China Qigong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(23) Chu Zhongxiang; Measurements and analysis of infrasound information from qi-
gong and extraordinary functions. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qi-
gong Science Research Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(24) Peng Xueyan, Liu Guolong; The influence of qigong and infrasound on nornal SEP
and SVR. A paper from the first session of the All-China Qigong Science Research
Conference, Xingcheng, 1987.
(25) Elliot, D. W .; Auditory evoked responses during different stages of sleep in men
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol. 1965, 18: 65-70.
22
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
An Initial Investigation of the Qigong State's Neural Mechanisms Using
Evoked Responses as an Index
Cui Rongqing Liu Guolong (Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine)
.
Qigong is a method of regulating one's own mind and body. It has been in China for
several thousand years, going back to the Spring and Autumn Period [770-476 B.C.].
Owing to its unique curative and regulatory achievements, it has aroused the widespread in-
terest of China's internal and external medicine, physiology, and natural science communi-
ties. In today's highly advanced industrial society, qigong posesses practical significance
in banishing nervous tension and regulating people's mental and physical health.
Thus spoke the ancients: "Calm the heart and settle the mind; harmonize the qi, and
think not on matters; concentrate the mind on the qi." (Sui dynasty: A Treatise Inquiring
into the Sources of All Ailments.) Qigong masters of past ages abided by the self-
improving qigong practice that "The ears hear nothing, the eyes see nothing, the mind
thinks nothing" (Tang dynasty: One Thousand Golden Methods). "That which one needs
to improve the body lies in regulating the mind. If the mind is not present, one looks with-
out seeing, hears without listening, and eats without tasting. This is why the meaning of
improving the body lies in regulation of the mind" (Warring States Period: The Great
Learning). One can see why the interrelationship of "thought" and "qi" and "mind" and
"body" during the practice of qigong is one of qigong's core problems. Thus research into
the neural systems related to the conscious and devine minds during the practice of qigong
was the first subject to bear the brunt of overabundant interest.
Chinese and foreign scholars, particularly those in China, have done many reports con-
cerning qiong research, but research involving the essential question of qigong mechanisms
is still little seen. Due to the limitations of research methods, research in the area of neural
systems in particular is often simply observing changes in the brain's electrical potential
during the qigong state. And research into the related distinctive changes in the cortex, the
lower centers of the cortex, and the transmitting nerves and receptors during the qigong
state is even more rarely seen. This paper is based on the one of the signs of the qigong
state of "listening without hearing" in order to "strengthen the body by regulating the
mind". We used the middle latent response time (MLR) of the auditory evoked cortex, au-
ditory brain stem evoked response (ABR), Electrocochleagram (EcochG), and the posterior
auricular potential (PAP), divided into the three different levels of cortex, brain stem, and
periphery, to conduct observation and analysis of changes in the neural mechanisms of qi-
gong masters before, during and after doing qigong.
ONE - Methods
1. The subjects and test procedures.
The experiment used 38 qigong masters, 32 males and 6 females, ranging in age from
21 to 50. Their experience practicing qigong ranged from 2 to 20 years. The subjects sat
in a shielded room in which a quiet environment was maintained. Each experiment meas-
ured a single test item, and each test subject participated in the same test item only once. To
begin, a series of two determinations were made of their electric potentials under normal
conditions to be used as controls. Then they were told to do qigong and enter the state of
tranquility and after 10 minutes, measurements were taken of the cortex's long latent time
responses. The inhibition of this potential was used as the indicator of entry into the qi-
gong state (1). Two successive measurements were made during the qigong state. Finally,
they were called to recover from the qigong state and after 30 minutes another two meas-
23
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
urements, of post-qigong potential, were made.
2. Electrodes and Instruments.
Except for the cotton ball recording electrodes of the EcochG and PAP, all the others
used 0.6cm silver disc electrodes; the resistance of the electrode contacts was less than
5~10kl2. During the same experiment, similar electrode positions were maintained for each
test subject. The stimulation was supplied through stereo earphones using short waves
with a wave width of 0.1ms, a strength of 40dB, and a frequency varying with each item
of the test. The experiment used the Japanese Neuropack II MEB-5100 electro-optical
evoked response recording system.
Parameters of the electrode positions and instruments in each item of the experiment.
MLR: the recording electrodes were placed on the "Baihui" accupoint, with reference
electrodes on the right nipple, and center of the forehead. The instruments' band pass filter
was 5Hz~1kHz, with an analysis time of 50ms, and a superposition of , frequency 5Hz,
and strength of 55~75dB.
ABR: electrode positions as for MLR. Band pass filter of 100Hz~1kHz, analysis time
of 10ms, superposition of 1024~2048, and a frequency of 10Hz.
EcochG: the recording electrodes were placed in the outer ear canal touching the ear
drum, with reference electrodes on the nipple on the same side and in the center of the fore-
head. The band pass filter was 2Hz~3kHz, analysis time 10ms, superposition of 1024,
and frequency 10Hz.
PAP: analysis time was 50ms; the rest were as for the EcochG, except the electrode did
not need to touch the ear drum.
3. Wave measurement, data processing, and statistical methods.
The latent times of the peak latent times of all of the curves of changes in potential were
indicated by the time from the beginning of stimulation to a vertical line joining the baseline
with the highest point of each wave peak. For MLR and EcochG, the vertical height from
the base to the amplitude peak (2,3); for the ABR and PAP, the vertical height from peak to
peak; for ABR, the height of type IV and type V waves and the height from the trough pre-
ceeding type IV waves to the top of the wave (4,5). In each item of the experiment, every
change was measured as two lines and their average value was taken for calculations. All
data was input for computer processing. First a self-comparison t test was conducted be-
fore, during, and after qigong. Then for each test item we found the percentage change of
each component during the qigong state and used them to conduct investigations of the
percentage changes between adjacent waves.
TWO - Results
1. Changes in MLR during the qigong state.
Measurements were determined for a total of 11 subjects. Under normal conditions,
3~5 waves will usually appear within 50ms after auditory stimulation. Of these waves, the
ones with the highest rate of appearance are the three positive-negative-positive waves near
10.92±0.397ms, 14.38±0.45ms, and 20.12±0.67ms (fig. 1, nr. 1). In accordance with
their respective phases and order of appearance they are named Po, Na, Pa (2,6). Voltage
was about 0.035~0.33uV (fig.2). During the qigong state all of the waves suffered differ-
ing degrees of inhibition. In comparison with their pre-qigong state, Na's amplitude was
suppressed from 0.33±0.06uV to 0.09±0.02uV (p<0.01), Pa's from 0.24±0.06V to
24
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
.
0.11±0.03µ V (p<0.05), and that of Po from 0.04uV±0.01 to 0.02+0.01uV (fig.1, nr.2,
2). A comparison between the percentages of inhibition suffered by the adjacent waves
shows p<0.001 between Po and Na, and p>0.05 between Na and Pa (chart 1). The voltag-
es of all of the waves returned to about pre-qigong levels about 30 minutes after the end of
the qigong state. (fig. 1, nr.3, 2).
2. Changes in ABR during the qigong state.
Measurements were determined for 21 test subjects, 17 male and 4 female. 10ms after
P.
P.
1
No
2
3
O.Suv
Sms
Fig. 1 Effects of qigong state on MLR.
Nr. 7; Wu (first name withheld), male, age 20.
1. Normal state.
2. Qigong state.
3. 30 min. after cessation of qigong.
auditory stimulation 6~7 postitive waves appeared (fig. 3, A). These are separately named
wave I, wave II, wave III, wave IV, wave V, wave VI, and wave VII (4,7). All of the
waves appeared between 1.91+0.04ms and 9.08+0.07ms, with a voltage of about 0.11
±0.02uV to 0.5+0.05uV (fig. 4), with waves IV and V usually being composite waves.
During the qigong state the wave amplitude of the great majority increased (fig. 3, B).
The increases in comparison with the control measurements of each subject prior to begin-
ning qigong to enter the qigong state were (see fig.4):
wave I
from 0.11±0.02u V to 0.17±0.03uV (p<0.05)
wave II
from 0.18±0.02p V to 0.29±0.04uV (p<0.001)
wave III
from 0.22±0.03u V to 0.34±0.06uV (p<0.01)
wave IV
from 0.34±0.04u V to 0.60±0.05uV (p<0.001)
wave V
from 0.5±0.05u V to 0.85±0.08uV (p<0.001)
wave VI
from 0.17±0.04u V to 0.18±0.04u V
wave VII decreased from 0.21±0.04p V to 0.19±0.04uV
Thirty minutes after the qigong state, each wave had returned exactly to the pre-qigong
levels.
3. Chenges in EcochG during the qigong state.
Measurements were determined for a total of 13 subjects. Within 10ms after auditory
stimulation 3~4 distinct negative waves appeared (fig. 5, nr.1). These were near 1.38
±0.06ms, 1.91±0.08ms, 2.95±0.08ms, and 4.11+0.09ms and named SP, N1, N2, and
N3 respectively (8). Voltages were within the range of 0.16+0.04u V to 0.8+0.09u V (fig.
25
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
6) The amplitude of each of the waves rose in the qigong state (fig. 5, nr.2). When com-
pared to each subjects pre-qigong control values, SP rose from 0.24±0.03u V to
0.35±0.04uV (p<0.01), Ni from 0.8±0.09pV to 1.17±0.1uV (p≤0.001), N2 from 0.29
.
.
..
Normal (Pre-qigong) state
Qigong state
AV
30 min. after qigong
0.8
1,0
. 0.2
0.1
-
Nt
Pa
Fig. 2 Comparison of each component of MLR
from before, during, and after the qigong state.
*p<0.05, *p<0.01 (compared with normal state).
V
Vi
VI!
11
C
Fig. 3 Effects of qigong state on ABR.
Nr. 11; Liu (first name withheld), female, age 22.
A. Normal state.
B. Qigong state.
C. 30 min. after cessation of qigong.
LV
1.0
0.8
Normal (Pre-qigong) state
Qigong state
0.6
0.4
T
T
0.2
.
1
=
IV
V
VI
VII
Fig. 4 Comparison of each component of ABR
from before, during, and after the qigong state.
*p<0.05; ** p>0.01; *** p<0.001 (compared with
normal state).
26
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
30 min. after qigong

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
±0.04u V to 0.39±0.04u V (p<0.05), and N3 from 0.16±0.04u V to 0.24±0.04p V
(p<0.05). Comparing the percentage change in the two adjacent waves during the qigong
state showed little difference between SP and N1 and N1 and N2, but there was a sharp dif-
N2
SP
2.
N3
3
.63.MY
1 ms
Fig. 5 Effects of qigong state on EcochG.
Nr. 6: Han (first name withheld), male, age 40.
1. Normal state.
2. Qigong state.
3. 30 min. after cessation of qigong.
ference between N2 and N3 (p<0.001), as shown in the charts. The voltages of most of
the qigong masters returned to pre-qigong levels 30 minutes after leaving the qigong state.
But during the experiments the voltages of one qigong master were seen to recover quite
slowly; recovery began after 30 minutes and had basically returned to normal after 50 min-
utes, only returning fully to normal after 1 hour.
4. Changes in PAP during the qigong state.
Measurements were determined for 11 test subjects. Within 50ms after auditory stimu-
lation, three positively phased and two negatively phased waves appeared, which were
named P1, N1, P2, N2, R3 [sic](9). Of these, N1, P2, and N2 had the highest rate of ap-
pearance (100%) and were stable (fig. 7a). Their normal, pre-qigong voltages were be-
tween 0.23 ±0.06u V and 1.28+0.3u V (fig. 8), with the latent times for the three near
11.39 ±0.38ms, 14.98±0.32ms, and 19.2910.49ms. In the qigong state, the voltage of all
of the waves increased (fig. 7, b), Ni rising from 0.23±0.06uV to 0.33±0.05u V
(p<0.05), P2 from 0.88+0.19u V to 3.64±0.62u V (p<0.001), and N2 from 1.28±0.3uV to
4.13 ±0.95u V (p<0.01), as seen in fig. 8. Comparison of the percentage change in the ad-
jacent waves during the qigong state showed a striking difference between Ni and P2, as
well as a difference between P2 and N2 (see chart). The voltage of each wave recovered to
normal levels 30 minutes after having been in the qigong state, with no outstanding differ-
ences compared with the pre-qigong conditions.
THREE - Discussion.
Qigong is undoubtedly different from sleep (10,11). But in investigating the activity of
neural mechanisms in the qigong state, most articles sweepingly call it "the cerebral cortex
maintained in an inhibited state". Until now no report has comprehensively and systemati-
cally conducted composite research into its mechanisms. This article observed the func-
tional changes during the qigong state in the central nervous system from the cerebral
27
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
cortes, brain stem, and three peripheral levels; it also made an initial probe into the laws and
physiological significance of these changes.
1. During the qigong state the middle latent time of the cerebral auditory cortex enters
an inhibited state.
It is generally known that auditory evoked response is divided according to latent times
into three components: early, middle, and late. That within 10ms is early, including the
ABR and EcochG; within 50ms middle, including MLR and PAP; and larger than 50ms be-
1.1
Normal (Pre-qigong) state
0.9
T
Qigong state
0.7
30 min. after qigong
0.5
T
T
0.3
T
T
0. 1
0
SP
NI
N2
N 3
Fig. 6 Comparison of each component of EcochG
from before, during, and after the qigong state.
*p<0.05; ** p<0.01; *** p<0.001 (compared with
normal state).
a
P
b
1.25 JY
C
- 63 JV
5 ms
Fig. 7 Effects of qigong state on PAP.
Nr. 1; Li (first name withheld), male, age 26.
a. Normal state.
b. Qigong state.
c. 30 min. after cessation of qigong state.
Normal (Pre-qigong) state
Qigong state
30 min. after qigong
T
N1
N2
Fig. 8 Comparison of each component of PAP
from before, during, and after the qigong state.
*p<0.05; ** p<0.01; *** p<0.001 (compared with
normal state).
28
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ing late (5,9,12-14). The middle and late components mostly reflect activity in the auditory
cortex, excluding the muscular primary responses of PAP. We utilized the slow latent re-
sponse (SLR) to carry out thorough observation and analysis of the cortical components
within 500ms, while at the same time also using the ABR to observe brain stem activity. In
the qigong state SLR is inhibited while ABR changes (1). On this foundation, this paper
then did further research on the MLR, which lies between the SLR and ABR, and is the
common boundary of the inhibition and change of the cortical components. Picton (1974)
considers that the source of MLR is in the thalamus, primarliy issuing from the auditory
cortex and secondary auditory cortex. The sources of Po and Na may lie in the medial ge-
niculate body and [multi-sensory] nucleus of the thalamus, and that of Pa may be in the
temporal lobe and frontal lobe's secondary auditory cortex (5). Ozdamar (1982) considers
the source of MLR to be in the auditory cortex or secondary cortex, perhaps coming from
the auditory radiation of the thalamus, of which the source of Pa may lie in the temporal
lobe of both sides (15). Davis (1976) reported that MLR comes from region I of the audito-
ry cortex. Experimental results show that Na and Pa are both inhibited during the qigong
state. This suggests that the auditory primary cortex, the secondary accessory auditory cor-
tex, and the auditory radiation below the cortex and on the level of the thamalus all may be
in an inhibited condition. This happens to agree with the changes in the 230ms component
of the visual evoked response (see "The Effects of the Qigong State on Visual Image
Evoked Response.") and in the type VII wave of the brain stem evoked response during the
qigong state. It can be seen from the graphs that there is a clear discrepancy between the
degree of inhibition of Po and Na during the qigong state, while there is no difference be-
tween Na and Pa. Thes explains that the effect of the qigong state is not the same on all
three waves, thus allowing them to be at two levels of inhibition, with Na and Pa being in-
hibited to a greater degree that Po. This indicates that the degree of inhibition from the qi-
gong state is greater on the supertemporal lobe (region I of the auditory cortex) and multi-
sensory nucleus of the thalamus than on the medial geniculate body of the interbrain.
From the large amount of work we have done it is not hard to see that in the qigong state
the cerebrum's body-sensory cortex, auditory cortex, and visual cortex are all inhibit-
ed. There may be two sides to the physiological effects of this broad inhibition of the cere-
bral cortex:
One is purifying or "defibrillation", similar to defibrillation in the heart. "The temples
and mind converge into one, concentrating in one place" (Qing dynasty; The Shen Family
Elder Students). When a qigong master enters the state of tranquility his thoughts observe
the "Red Fields" (the pubic region) and in the cortex only the point of the cortex related to
the "Red Fields" is stimulated. This point of stimulation allows the rest of the cortex to fall
into an inhibited condition. Temporarily using one point of excitation to control the activi-
ties of the entire cortex in this manner leads cortical activity to tend towards synchronization
and orderliness. This is beneficial in eliminating all types of interference, in regulating neu-
ral disorder, and in lowering sensitivity to stimulation of a negative nature from the outside
world. This may be just where lies the special effectiveness which qigong posesses to har-
monizing the mind-body (mental thoughts and physical body) balance.
Two is assimilation and the accumulation of capability. When one does qigong and en-
ters tranquility, "accumulating spirit to produce qi, accumulating qi to produce perfec-
tion ...; practice perfection to change to qi; practice qi to change into spirit." (Qing dynasty;
Selecting Without Medicines). This is to say that in the qigong state the cerebral cortex is
in a condition of protective inhibition. The body relaxes, the thoughts calm, the spirit is di-
rected inward, the mind and qi fuse, the cortex dissimilates and metabolic processes slow
29
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
down, increasing the dissimilation from metabolic processes. Some call this process direc-
tional metabolism, but Gellhorn (1972) and Dowidson (1976) call it nutritional response
(16). This may be the reason why qigong can eliminate tension, banish fatigue, ensure bod-
ily energy and vigor, and extend long life.
.
.
2. During the qigong state the brain stem is in different degrees of facilitory states.
The brain stem is composed of the midbrain, pons, and medulla oblongata. It is the
center for sustains important bodily life functions. The cerebrum, cerebellum, and all parts
of the body are able to intercommunicate through it so as to regulate the functions of the en-
tire body. There have been early reports on work using auditory evoked brain stem re-
sponse (ABR) to understand pathological changes in the cerebrum and brain stem (17-19).
But work using ABR to observe brain stem activity began only recently (1) and is mostly
observation to determine the nature of the question. This paper is to conduct a quantitative
analysis of the changes in each wave in the brain stem during the qigong state.
Within 10ms after audio stimulation the brain stem's auditory evoked response appears
as 5 to 7 waves, whose source is now quite clear (1,2). The source of wave I is in the audi-
tory nerves, that of wave II in the cochlear nucleus, wave III in the upper olivary body,
wave IV in the lateral [horseshoe system] nucleus, wave V in the inferior colliculus of the
quadrigeminal bodies, wave VI in the medial geniculate body, and wave VII in the auditory
radiation. The different waves represent different centers, and the different centers are lo-
cated at different levels of the brain stem. The cochlear nucleus, located in the medulla
oblongata, can indicate brain stem activity at the level of the medulla oblongata; the olivary
body is located on the pons medulla oblongata side; the lateral [horseshoe system] in the
pons; the inferior colliculus of the quadrigeminal bodies in the midbrain; the medial genicu-
late body in the thalamus; and the auditory radiation is emitted from the thalamus to the au-
ditory cortex. The size of the seven waves of brain stem evoked responses not only rel-
fects size of the exitation of the corresponding center in the auditory circuits, but also
reflects the activity level of the surrounding organizations of each center (20-22).
From the results of this test it can be seen that the changes in auditory brain stem re-
sponse shown at different levels are not alike. Facilitation is manifested from the midbrain
to the medulla oblongata, of which the pons level (lateral [horseshoe system] nucleus,
wave IV) facilitation is the most marked (138.42%); the midbrain level (inferior colliculus
of the quadrigeminal bodies, wave V) facilitation is the next clearest (91.93%). Continuing
down in order of the amount of facilitation we have the pons-medulla oblongata boundary
level, the medulla oblongata level, and the outer peripherals (wave II change of 71.35%,
wave III of 67.59%, and wave I 63.14% respectively). Although the thalamus (medial ge-
niculate body, wave VI facilitation of 41.65%) shows facilitation phenomena, there are no
statistics to study their significance. Very interesting is that not only does the auditory radi-
ation (wave VII, 9.5%) near the cortex show no facilitation at all, but on the contrary it be-
comes inhibited. Comparisons of adjacent waves support the conclusions above. The de-
grees of facilitation in the brain stem under the qigong state are not identical; the pons is one
level, the midbrain is another, and so are the medulla oblogata and peripherals and the thal-
amus. Auditory radiations, on the other hand, undergo inhibititon. In general, in the qi-
gong state the brain stem seems to have this tendency: going from auditory cortex to brain
stem to periphery there is inhibition - strong changes - less strong changes respectively.
This phenomena may be related to a lowering of the inhibitory ability of the lower cen-
ters after the cerebral cortex has been inhibited by the qigong state. This tallies with and
gives positive guidance to understand the theory put forward by the Russian physiologist
Pavlov in the early 20th century that when the cerebral cortex is in a state of inhibition this
has the effect of facilitating the neural centers under the cortex.
30
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The facilitation in the brain stem is significant, owing the fact that the autonomic nerve
centers regulating the internal organs are located there. Therefore facilitation in the brain
stem must create increased activity in the internal organs, thus providing an experimental
basis for the qigong state "internal organ movements" theory. Whether the facilitation ef-
fects of the brain stem under the qigong state are active or passive, and why the degrees of
facilitation are not the same at different levels of the brain stem, both await further research.
Whether the lowered condition of facilitation of the thalamus in the qigong state is after all
a diffusion of this facilitation to lower locations or a result of the upper inhibition and lower
facilitation cancelling each other out, also awaits further clarification.
3. During the qigong state auditory peripheral sensory organ excitation is increased.
Most of the reports concerned with the actrivity of peripheral nerves and sensory organs
under the qigong state have used skin potentials and such. But inner ear potentials, middle
auricular muscle primary activity, posterior auricular potential, and the activity of other ex-
cellent sensory and effector organs have been little reported on. By observing primary re-
sponses of inner ear potential and auricular musices it is possible on the one hand under-
stand the activity of peripheral sense organs in the state of tranquility , while on the other
hand to distinguish whether or not changes in qigong state central suditory evoked re-
sponse are caused by the inner ear.
The EcochG is an objective method of investigation, as it is not dependant on the in-
fluence of the test subject's behavior and thus investigation results posess reproduceability
and precision. The electrodes can be positioned near the tips of the hearing structures and
the responses present a strictly one-sided nature; for this reason there is no need for shield-
ing against sources of sound or electrical potential and the responses are quite clear and
easy to locate. Because the EcochG is not influenced by thought activity, tranquilizers, or
total anaesthesia it can be considered the ideal indicator of functional changes in auditory
sensors (peripheral sensors) and auditory nerves (peripheral nerves) in the qigong state.
The EcochG is formed from cochlear microphonic potential (CM), synthesized potential
(SP), and auditory neural activity potential (AP). The former two are caused by activity of
the hair cells and basiliar membrane, while the latter is caused by the auditory nerves.
Therefore the height of the potential of each usually represents the activity level of the cor-
responding structure.
SP is the changes in DC potential produced by movements of the basiliar membrane un-
der auditory stimulation, recorded with SP used for when there is no vibration in the mem-
brane, -SP used for when the membrane stretches toward the cochlear tube, and +SP
uses for when the membrane stretches toward the eardrum; and also in measurements, --
SP can be used in for when there is a large degree of vibration of the membrane, and +SP
for a small degree of vibration; increases in direct current potential within the cochlear tube
(Endocochlear DC potential) can be written as -SP and decreases as +SP. During stimu-
lation of the olivary cochlear bundle, -SP decreases and +SP increases; Wei Baoling con-
siders -SP to have the effect of excitation and +SP an inhibitory effect (23).
AP is composed of N1, N2, and N3. N1 has the greatest number of synchronized neu-
rons and the highest degree of synchronization, thus it has the largest electrical potential
and highest oscillation. N2 and N3 have a smaller amount of synchronized response neu-
rons and less synchronicity. Their components include long latent time auditory nerve fiber
discharges and auditory nerve fiber repeat discharges. They may also include elimination
of positive potential from the cochlear nucleus and upper olivary body, and therefore their
potential is progressively lowered.
From the results of the experiments we were able to see that in the state of tranquility the
EcochG wave group manifested differing degrees of increase. Compared with before the
31
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
start of qigong, N1 potential changed 51.3u V% (p<0.001), N2 changed 50.7% (p<0.05);
N3 changed 110.74% (p<0.05), and SP changed 51.93% (p<0.01). CM, however, was
rather difficult to observe as it suffered from the forward and reverse phases alternately
cancelling each other out. These changes are identical to the increase in hearing and de-
crease in hearing state when in the state of tranquility as reported by Clements (1980).
During the qigong state -SP rises and N1, N2, and N3 are increased; this may explain
how the qigong state can heighted the excitability of the inner ear hair cells and the basiliar
membrane while increasing the number of synchronously discharged neurons and their
synchronicity. But after 30 minutes of recovery from cessation of the qigong, the SP in
figure 5, nr. 3, had changed from SP to +SP, which explains the low EP and state of inhi-
bition at this time after the cochlea had been excited.
.
We discovered from the above experimental ABR and EcochG results that brain stem
waves I and II and N1 and N2 of cochlea potential explain that peripheral excitation has ri-
sen and that everything has changed from the brain stem to the peripherals. So are the
changes in the ABR arise from the EcochG? Or did the changes in the ABR create the
EcochG changes? Looking at it only from the results of this experiment is would seen that
the latter is more probable, but this too awaits further investigation and study.
Changes in PAP also increased during the qigong state. Posterior auricular potential be-
longs to the category of muscular electricity; it is started by audio reflex. Sound acts upon
the hair cells and is carried on the auditory nerves to the cochlear posterior nucleus, upper
olivary body, lateral [horseshoe sytem], inferior colliculus, and then to the facial nerve nu-
cleus; it passes through the facial nerves and posterior auricular branch to arrive at the pos-
terior auricular muscle (24). Because the center for this reflex is in the pons, is belongs to
the centers below the cortex. For this reason this process is in no way under conscious
control (25). Methods for recording this response are simple, as the amplitiude of the re-
sponse is large and wave forms are clear. It is another ideal indicator for understanding the
activities of the peripheral muscles and nerves and the activities as the path of the reflex
moves along these structures. Since a portion of the nerves (facial nerves) which this re-
flex is transmitted through goes directly to the muscles of the stapes in the middle ear, from
it we can indirectly understand the activities of the inner ear muscles in the qigong state.
Looking at our experimental results (fig.s 7b, 8) from the qigong state, we see that of the
increases in posterior auricular potential, that of P2 was the most distinct, followed by N2;
that of Ni was also significant. First of all, this explains the rise in excitation and increase
in potential of the posterior auricular muscles and face and other bones and muscles during
the qigong state. This is the embodiment of the qigong principle "The form is relaxed, the
mind is tight" (26); outer tranquility is the method, inner tranquility is the goal (27). Al-
though in the qigong state the face and all the muscles of the body are apparently and sub-
jectively relaxed (26), they are in fact in a kind of condition of alert. Secondly, due to the
fact that the route this reflex follows is similar to ABR, in the qigong state the response in-
creases and the latent time shortens. This not only tests and verifies the qigong state chang-
es in ABR, but also in itself may be created as a result of facilitation in the brain stem.
Thirdly, the sensors for this reflex are in the inner ear and after they pass this reflex they re-
turn to the feedback loop of the middle ear muscle structures. Therefore the posterior auric-
ular potential increases in the qigong state, which indirectly explains why the degree of ten-
sion in the middle ear increases at the same time. When the degree of middle ear muscle
tension increases the stapes is pulled, which results in an increase in sound resistance and
weakens the volume of the sound reaching the inner ear, producing a protective negative
feedback effect and necessarily leading to a drop in inner ear activity. Actually, the qigong
.
32
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
state allows the inner ear to be more excitable than in its normal state. This very possibly is
a result created by changes in the upper brain stem, and also explains that the qigong state
brain stem facilitation phenomena is definitely not created by the inner ear but points out
that it is a result of changes in upper initative activities.
.
Percentage Voltage Changes & Difference In Changes Between Waves
Units: uV
Wave Name
Pre-qigong
Qigong State
Post-qigong
Qigong State
%age change
Difference In %age
change of each wave
P.
0.04±0.01
0.02±0.01
0.05±0.01
$1.43±17.71%
p<0.001
N.
0.53±0.06
0.09±0.02 **
0.32±0.07
72.09±5.78%
p>0.05
P.
0.24±0.06
0.11±0.03*
0.23±0.05
$4.73±9.89%
1
0.11±0.02
0.17±0.03°
0.11±0.03
63.14±± 27. 98 %
$>0.05
0.18±0.02
0.29±0.04 ***
0.19±0.03
71.35±20.89%
₱>0.05
0.22±0.03
0.34±0.06 **
0.25±0.05
67.59±19.94%
₱<0.001
0.34±0.04
0.60±0.05 ***
0.48土0.07
138.42±± 58.27%
Đ<0.001
0.60±0.05
0.85±0.08 ***
0.61±0.01
$1.93±24.63%
P<0.001
1
0.17±0.04
0.18±0.04
0.16土0.06
41.65±26.19%
P<0.001
0.21 ±0.04
0.19±0.04
0.23±0.05
-4.47±12.62
SP
0.24±0.03
0.35±0.04 **
0.29±0.04
51.93±12.93%
₱>0.05
N.
0.8±0.09
1.17±0.j **
0.87±0.09
$1.3±4.68%
p>0.05
N.
0.29±0.04
0.39±0.04’
0.33土0.06
60.7±19.44%
Đ<0.001
N.
0.16±0.04
0.24±0.04*
0.16±0.03
110.74±33.19%
N.
0.23±0.06
0.33±0.05°
0.23±0.05
43.72±33.96%
P,
0.88±0.19
3.64±0.62 ***
1.03±0.25
| 313.86±73.28%
P<0.05
N,
1.28±0.3
4.13±0.95 **
1.34±0.34
223.16±78.23%
1
*p<0.05; ** p<0.01; *** p<0.001 (compared with normal state).
33
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
--
P<0.00)

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Summary in Brief
This experiment observed the influence of the qigong state on the MLR (n = 11), ABR
(n =21) , EcochG (n = 13), and PAP (n = 11) of 38 people in the qigong state 56 man/
times. The neural mechanisms of qigong were probed at the three levels of the cortex, the
brain stem, and the peripheral senses. The test results indicate the when a qigong master
enters the state of tranquility, the auditory cortex MLR and ABR wave VII are inhibited;
waves I ~ VI of the ABR are facilitated; and EcochG and PAP potentials increase. The rel-
ative difference between each of these items before and during the qigong state are out-
standing. The above results point out when qigong is done and tranquility entered, the ce-
rebral cortex may be in an inhibited condition, the rest of the brain in a state of facilitation,
and the excitation of the peripheral nerves and organs tends to rise. This provides a basis
for further explaining the mechanisms in proving the theory that in the qigong state "the ce-
rebrum calms and the inner organs move", and provides an objective indicator of when qi-
gong enters tranquility.
Works Referenced
[1]
Liu, G. L., Cui, R. Q., and Li, G. Z .: Neural mechanisms of the qigong state; an
experimental study using the method of auditory evoked responses; Journal of Tra-
ditional Chinese Medicine, 1987,7 (2):123.
[2]
Picton, T. W .: Human Auditory Evoked Potentials: II. Effects of Attention. EEG.
Clin. Neurophysiology, 1974, 36: 191.
[3]
Mendel, M. I .: Middle Components of the Auditory Evoked Potentials in Infant.
Ann. Otology, 1977, 86: 293.
[4]
Michalewski, H. J .: Sex Differences in the Amplitudes and Latencies of the Human
Auditory Brain Stem Potentials. EEG. Clin. Neurophysiology, 1980, 48: 351.
[5]
Picton, T. W .: Human Auditory Evoked Potentials: I. Evaluation of Components.
EEG. Clin. Neurophysiology, 1974, 36: 179.
[6]
Musiek, F. E .: Past, Present, and Future Applications of the Auditory Middle Laten-
cy Response. Laryngoscope, 1984, 94: 1545.
[7]
[Japanese author]: Causes of Auditory Brain Stem Response. Neural Progress,
1979, (23) 2: 328.
[8]
Singh, C. B .: Simultaneous Recording of Extratympanic Electrocochleography and
Brainstem Evoked Responses in Clinical Practice. The Journal of Laryngology and
Otology, 1981, 95: 279.
[9]
Karnahl, Th: Preliminary Report of Roal Simultaneous Record of Auditory Early,
Middle-latency and Late Potentials in Man. Arch oto-Rhino-Laryngology, 1978,
218: 293.
[10] Sun, Fuli: Analysis Concerned with Spontaneous Electronic Wave Power Spectrum
Level Functions. Journal of Psychology, 1984, 4: 422.
[11] Patel, C. H .: 12-month Follow-up of Yoga and Bio-feedback in the Management of
Hypertension, Lancet, 1975, 1: 62.
[12] [Japanese author]: Brain Stem Auditory Evoked Response in [Bedside] Monitoring
and Inspection Applications. 1981, 25 (11) : 1267.
[13] [Japanese author]: Auditory Brain Stem Response: [Bedside] Monitor Hearing
Evoked Response Potential. Neural Progress, 1979, 23 (2): 310.
34
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
[14] Cohen, M. M .: Coronal Topography of the Middle Latency Auditory Evoked poten-
tials (MLAEPS) in Man. EEG Clin. Neuorphysiology, 1982, 53: 231.
[15] Ozdamar O. et al .: Auditory Brain Stem and Middle Latency Responses in a Patient
with Cortical Deafness. EEG Clin. Neurophysiology, 1982, 53: 224.
[16] Gellhorn, E .: Mystical State of Consciousness: Neurophysiological and Clinical As-
pects. J. Nerv. Ment. Disease, 1972, 154: 399.
.
[17] [Japanese author]: Auditory Brain Stem Response Investigation [rest of title in Japa-
nese], Journal of the Japan Otological [Society], 1978, 18: 856.
[18] Maurer, K. et al .: Detection and Localization of Brain Stem Lesions With Auditory
Brain Stem Potentials. Evoked Potentials. p. 391, Edited C. Barber, Publisher MTP,
1980.
[19] Kjaer, M .: Localizing Brain Stem Lesions With Brain Stem Auditory Evoked Poten-
tials. Acta Neurol. Scandinav., 1980, 61: 265.
[20] Hu Qi, et al .: Normal Hearing Measured With Brain Stem Response. Chinese Jour-
nal of Medicine, 1982, 62: 612.
[21] Davis, H .: Principles of Electric Response Audiometry. Ann. Otol. 1976, 85
(suppl.): 28.
[22]
Achor, L. J., et al .: Auditory Brain Stem Responses in the Cat. 1. Intracranial and
extracranial recordings. EEG. Clin. Neuorphysiol. 1980, 48: 154.
[23] Wei Baoling: Developments in Cochlear Electrophysiology. Advancement of Physi-
ological Science, 1980, 4: 332.
[24] Meirsman, J. De: Normal Latency Value of the Facial Nerve With Detection in the
Posterior Auricular Muscle and Normal Amplitude Value of the Evoked Action Poten-
tials, EEG. Clin. Neurophysiology, 1980, 20: 481.
[25] Hu Qi: Normal Auditory Muscle Primary Response. Chinese Journal of Medicine.
1984, (16), 3: 187.
[26] Jiang Peiqin: Qigong and the Neural System. Qigong and Science, 1983, 1: 14.
[27] Jiao Guorui: Qigong and Old Age Health Maintenance. Journal of Chinese Tradi-
tional Medicine, 1979, 7: 48.
35
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Evoked Electrospinograph and Somatosensory Evoked Potential
Changes in the Qigong State
PENG Xueyan and LIU Guolong
The essence of qigong has been expounded by Confucians of
China's Warring States period (475-221 B. C. ), physicians, Taoists
and martial arts experts. The terminology associated with qigong
and its related concepts include tuna (qi discharge), daoyin
(nerve meridians), xingqi ( the qi of movement), liandan
(concocting medicines), ligong (rendering meritorious service),
jinggong ( the gong, or skill of tranquility), dinggong (the
constant gong), xinggong ( sexual gong), neigong ( internal gong),
xiudao (religious self-cultivation), zuochan (meditation),
neiyanggong ( the gong of internal cultivation), and yangshenggong
( the gong of fostering life). Xu Xun, a Jin Dynasty (265-420
A. D. ) Taoist priest who was the first to make use of the word
qigong, referred to the term qigong chanwei ( "the meditative
sublety of qigong") in his work Jingming Zongjiao Lu ( "Record of
the Jingming Religion"). To date, this is the earliest documented
use of the term qigong. In medical literature, the earliest
mention of the concepts relating to qigong may be found in the
Shanggu Tian Zhen Lun (Essays on Ancient Wisdom) of the classic
Suwen ( Basic Queries"). Examples of such passages include: "Clear
your mind and the essence will follow, concentrate and turn
inward, and assurance of no illness will follow," and "In ancient
times there was a wiseman, who could handle anything in the
universe, he could control yin and yang, he breathed the essence
of qi, he could independently concentrate his mind, and his who
musculature became one. " About that time, the Gigu Shigi Pian,
one of many silk-bound books buried with King Ma in his tomb, was
known to contain numerous explications of qigong, and included an
appended nerve meridian chart. It is clear that the study of
qigong in China has a history of at least 2000 years, and is,
moreover, still developing.
Qigong is unique in that it brings into full play the theory
behind controlling bodily functions. That is to say, the core
issue of qigong centers around the dialectical unity of yi and qi
(awareness and inner energy) and the shen and xin (body and
mind). Coordinated meditation in the three mechanisms of xin
(mind), xi (breath) and shen (body) leads to the dialectical
unity of the antithesis between activity and tranquility, and
between ease and tension, thereby placing the body in a special
functional state. In accordance with its different applications,
qigong may be divided into hard (or martial arts) and soft
qigong, the main uses of which are in preserving health,
exercising the body, and dispelling sickness. These categories,
in turn, consist of both inner and outer qigong.
In their
article "Physiological Science Represents a Prominent Branch of
the Modern Scientific Technical System, " Qian Xuelin and others
36
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
point out that "from the perspective of applied modern systems
science, the human body is an enormous system which interacts
with the surrounding universe. Thus, it is not a closed system,
but an open one, interlinking with the entire universe." They
believe that a salient feature of the human body is its "holistic
functional state." They explicitly point out that when a qigong
master meditates, his body enters a "particular functional state :
the qigong state. " This fact is significant in directing the
course of qigong research. The universal energy of Prana, as
contemplated in the early tradition of Hinduism, is regarded as
the basic component and source of all life. This life-sustaining
energy was referred to as qi by Chinese scholars well before 300
B. C.
20th Century research has revealed that the human body
possesses an aura, which is a manifestation of universal energy
and is connected to the body's life-sustaining breath. It has
been described as a form of radiation that not only emanates from
the body, but also permeates it, and has been referred to as qi.
In recent years, Ricardo Dublin, Barbara Conway and others, have
used photoelectric multiplier tubes and television picture
processing technology to document the energy field surrounding
the body. The majority of the energy field's optical frequency
bands lie in the ultra-violet and blue light ranges of the
electromagnetic spectrum. In cooperation with the United States
Television Engineers Group, and employing specially designed
transmission equipment, they succeeded in documenting signs of qi
emanating from the body. Since 1978, international qigong
academic conferences in Prague, Monaco and Toronto have carried
out this same experiment. In 1978, the principles and
applications of qigong were discussed in the American journal
Bic-Feedback, in the Canadian journal Bio-Feedback Therapy, and
in the French journal Bio-Energy and Chinese Medicine. In October
of 1976, the British Journal of Nature published an article by
Ireland's Dunkenkirk Observatory director Professor Jiang Tao. In
his article, Jiang gave a rather high appraisal of yunqi, or the
qigong art of directing one's strength, through concentration, to
specific parts of the body. In addition, a bio-feedback apparatus
has been invented in the United States, a device which can
automatically provide a read-out of blood pressure, heart rate,
and other physiological changes in the practitioners of qigong
who use the device. This allows the user to regulate his or her
body with very little time lag. In 1978, a Switzerland's
Maharishi European University carried out comprehensive
biochemical and psychological research on qigong.
Chinese medical research on qigong falls into two main
categories: applying qigong to the clinical treatment of
diseases, and utilizing modern medical equipment and
experimentation methodologies to conduct observations on the
physiological effects of outer qi as induced by inner qi. Modern
science has proven that the existence of gi has a material basis.
37
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The magnetic field of outer gi, its static charge, infrared
radiation, and infrasonic sound, have all been measured.
Research has revealed insights into the general
.
physiological effects of outer qi on the lymphocyte immune
function of mice, as well as the effects of gi on blood pressure,
the heart, and the stomach. Analysis of electroencephalogram
(EEG) charts has shown that exceptional qigong practitioners can
influence the brain functions of their patients. On the cellular
level, systematic observations have enable scientists to detect
the effects of qigong on gram-negative bacilli, negative coccidia
and cancer cells. Scientists have also observed the effects of
qigong on the myocardium cells of mice. At the molecular level,
qigong has been observed to increase the CAMP-count in blood
samples, as well as DNA synthesis in human limbic cells. It can
also alter the molecular structure of water, glucose, and lipids.
Others have observed qigong's effect on plant cells. Research in
embryology, pathology, and immunology has been carried out to
investigate the quiescent state entered by a qigong master as he
meditates.
Foreign scholars have also investigated physiological
changes that occur during transcendental meditation and yoga.
Gellhorn has observed that alpha-waves increase during meditation
and brain wave frequencies decrease, producing theta-waves.
Pulse, breathing rate, and oxygen consumption fall. This led
Gellhorn to speculate that meditation is a nutritive reaction.
Bonguet points out that during meditation, alpha-waves spread
from the frontal lone to the occipital lobe, suggesting that
changes in brain wave patterns vary depending on one's state of
alertness. McCuaig ( 1974) reported that potassium, sodium,
calcium, and magnesium electrolytes in saliva increase during
meditation. Jevning pointed out that heart output increases
during meditation. Still others have observed the use of yoge in
the treatment of high blood pressure and its influence on blood
coagulation .
Chinese scholars have done studies
on a variety of living
organisms and on the major bodily systems in order to understand
the physiological changes that occur during meditation.
- In the circulatory system, they have observed changes in
blood pressure, heart activity, blood circulation to organs, and
minor blood circulation in connection with the qigong state. They
have proven that qigong can increase heart output and regulate
heart pressure .
- In the respiratory system, breathing and aeration rates,
gas metabolism, and oxygen content in artery blood all decrease
in the qigong state.
- In the digestive system, the qigong state causes an
increase in gastric activity, stomach evacuation, gastric juice
secretion and the SIgA content of saliva.
- In the endocrine system, adrenaline and lactic acid levels
drop.
38
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
- In the nervous system, electric potential in the cerebral
cortex rises. EEG observations of qigong have developed
exponentially, from simple brain wave models to more elaborate
ones. New models use functional analysis and AR modelling to pick
up on the special characteristics of the brain's electrical
activity.
,
.
The major indications of brain wave changes in the qigong
state are that alpha-wave cycles become extended, their amplitude
rises as their frequency falls, and brain waves spread from the
occipital to the frontal lobe. As theta-waves appear, they join
alpha-waves in spreading toward the frontal lobe. In the
resonance frequency zone, the qigong state causes frontal lobe
brain waves to exponentially increase. This suggests that the
qigong state varies depending on whether one is asleep, falling
asleep or simply relaxing. Using evoked electric potential
accumulation technology to observe electrical changes in the
brain stem and cerebral cortex reveals that the cerebral cortex
becomes inhibited and that the brain stem becomes lax during the
qigong state. The key to successfully practicing qigong is to
relax the body and settle the spirit. In this meditative
condition, changes in the cerebral cortex functions can be
observed by metric analysis of evoked potential changes in the
cortex. This points to commonalities and differences between
brain activity in the occipital and frontal lobes and offers a
new clue in explaining changes in the cerebral cortex during the
qigong state. The spinal column maintains the body's muscle tone.
When qigong masters meditate, they relax their bodies, and some
exhibit startling feats of strength. Thus, observing EESG changes
is significant for understanding spinal functions during the
qigong state.
1. Methodology
1) Spinal Evoked Potential (EESG) Recording Methodology
Because the evoked potential response of a body surface
recording center is at the micro-volt level, they are often
obscured by spontaneous electrical activity and noise, and due to
recent advancements in electronic biological technology, non-
damaging technology for sensing evoked potential recording has
been produced, which uses computer accumulation to clearly bring
out evoked response in a disordered background of spontaneous
interference.
Early on, in 1933, Gasser and Graham recorded an evoked
potential on the surface of a cat's spine. Later, several
scientists in succession conducted research on externally
stimulated all nerve evoked spinal potential of using humans or
animals, making continuously deepening our knowledge of these
potentials. General attention has been given to taking externally
stimulated all nerve and evoked spinal potentials as sensitively
39
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
and objectively reflecting spinal function electricophysical
indices. According to documentary reports, these potentials can
be used in determining the functional condition of the spine,
spinal development and damage, and other supplementary diagnoses
of spinal pathological changes. For this reason, research on
spinal electricophysical functions posses major theoretical
significance and use value. Animal tests show that the epidural
to surface potential latency period is prolonged, the wave width
is reduced, there was no difference in the wave time and
frequency.
Because the body surface recorded EESG voltage is very
small, only several micro-volts or less than 1 MV, in comparing
it with the interference of the ECG, which is on the order of ten
times larger, and the EEG, which is several tens of times larger,
and the electromyographical interference, it is very difficult to
record an ideal wave, and it is necessary to solve some technical
problems and requires excellent instruments and the close
ccoperation of the test subjects. In China in 1984, Li Wenbin and
others used an induced central ( mesal) nerve and recorded the
surface evoked potential of the human neck, requiring 1024
superpositions. Abroad, Cracco and Yamada et al. have done a lot
of work in research of spinal surface evoked potentials. Cracco
used a method involving a surface induced central nerve and a
calf nerve to record a surface EESG for the entire spine during
walking. There were 1024-8192 superpositions, and before the test
for one hour the subjects were given 1-1.5 g of hydrochloral to
help the subject relax. Using the earlobe as the reference, the
stimulated central nerve had the highest potential, 3 MV,
recorded on the neck, and the used bidirectional voltage is quite
small. The stimulated calf nerve, with 1024 superpositions, had
the greatest potential recorded using a bidirectional under the
chest area, though the voltage was only 0.5 MV, and the potential
in the neck was quite difficult to recognize, and after the
superpositions reached 8192, in the cervical area it was possible
to see an average evoked potential of 0.2 MV, from the tail
section to the top of the head, the voltage range got
progressively smaller, and the latency time was correspondingly
extended. According to accounts of several documents, recorded
EESG at the least require 1024 superpositions or more, and are
not very useful for test research on qigong. For this reason, the
we adopted the usee of R wave triggered technology, and obtained
more ideal results.
In addition, the use of sedative medicines inevitably has an
effect on the functional state of the cerebral cortex, and is not
beneficial to the observation of a qigong master entering the
quiescent state. In order to allow the qigong master to normally
enter this state, it is only possible to make the test subjects
comfortably recline on their backs on a test bed within a
shielded room or to sit up straight on a sofa, with their
muscles
relaxed as much as possible. Though an increased level of
40
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
stimulation or the simultaneous stimulation of both nerves can
cause a substantial increase in the recorded EESG potential, in
practice it is possible to clearly effect the qigong master
entering quiescence, therefore it was also not done. Because when
stimulating the nervus medianus is far more easy to guide the
EESG than with the calf nerve, we used a 6 mm diameter silver
plated electrode on the cervical skin surface for recording, and
stimulated the wrist section of the central nerve, with one side
of the mastoid process serving as a reference, and the
stimulating electrode on the near side using a strap type
electrode ground. Alcohol was used on part of the skin for
degreassing, and the electrical resistance of the electrode
contact was less than 5 kg.
In order to reduce the electromyographical interference of
the limbs activity in the limbs, encountered on the chest path of
the ECG. Taking an ECG path enlarger and after enlargement, using
an R wave trigger stimulator, and at the same time taking the ECG
and stimulator output signals and inputting them into an
oscilloscope and observing them, and adjusting the stimulator
output delay, on the oscilloscope the observed stimulating signal
in the ECG T-P section is suitable, the normal time delay is 350-
500 ms. The time-delayed stimulating signal trigger "Neuropack-
II" carries out synchronous superposition and simultaneous
stimulation of the central nerve, with a stimulating voltage of
60-100 V, taking the thumb having clear shrinkage as the measure.
The stimulating wave width is 0.1 ms, and with a filter bandpass
of 20-3000 Hz, an analysis time of 20 ms, and 128 superpositions
it is possible to obtain a comparatively ideal wave, and this
substantially shortens the test time. During the testing of the
30 normal subjects, the EESGs of C_ and Cy were recorded at the
same time, and the wave group Po, Nii, Nis and Nia were clearly
recorded, and are basically consistent with the recorded results
in the literature, as shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1 EESG of normal subjects recorded at Cz
Z
Nit
P,
2) A determination of the cerebral cortex potentials (SEP)
We selected a 6 mm diameter silver plated electrode for use,
with a contact resistance between the electrode and the skin of
no less than 5 kg, in the same test maintaining the electrode
position of each subject identical. The recording electrode was
positioned on the opposite side of the stimulating electrode in
the scalp somatosensory region, and was 2 om behind the crest and
41
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
4 cm on the sagittal side, while the reference electrode met the
mastoid process, and the stimulating electrode was close to the
side using a strap electrode ground. The stimulating intensity
took thumb having clear shrinkage as the measure. The Japanese
produced evoked potential recording unit "Neuropack-II" was used
for recording. The filter bandpass was 2 Hz-1000 Hz, and the
stimulating wave width was 0.1 ms, the superposition frequency
was 2 Hz, the analysis time was 200 ms, and there were 256
superpositions.
3) Experimental subjects and testing sequences
The total number of tested qigong practitioners was 30, with
varying practitioning times ranging from 2 to 40 years. The
subjects muscles were relaxed, their minds calm, with
determinations done while sitting up straight or laying on their
backs in a shielded room, as far as possible reducing the noise
and light interference coming from outside. First, EESG and SEP
curves under normal conditions were determined twice as an
individual reference; then the qigong practitioners entered the
quiescent state, and after 10 minutes in this state the evoked
potentials under the qigong state were determined twice; after a
10-30 minute rest, observations were done of the potential
changes after the return to normal.
In addition, 30 non-practitioners were selected for a
comparison of normal situations, closely following the test
group's three test process, and SEPs and EESGs were recorded over
the corresponding time.
4) Measurements and data processing
The latent time obtained between the time from the start of
stimulation to the highest point of each wave peak and the base
line perpendicular line, is the peak latency time. The amplitude
of the SEP is obtained from the peak-to-peak value between the
previous P wave trough and subsequent N wave peak. The EESG
obtained P. to Nas peak-to-peak value is (A). Within each series,
an average value was obtained of the twice recorded curves, and
all the original data is input to the computer, which does a
before qigong, during qigong and after qigong individual
collation T test.
2. Results
1) Changes in the EESG in the qigong state
The EESG in the neck region were recorded using the Ps, Nii,
Nie and New wave group, and the results are in agreement with
those recorded by Kimura, Yamada and John, et al. In the normal
simulated qigong group collation test, their amplitudes and
latency time changes had no significant meaning, as shown in Fig.
2 and in Table 1. The total number of people measured in the
qigong state was 30, with 21 during qigong EESG amplitudes
clearly dropping, from before qigong at 1.84+0.59, during qigong,
1.03:0.59, p < 0.001, a drop of 44%. The py latency time was
42
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
slightly extended, from before qigong at 9.64:0.86, to during
qigong at 9.89=0.86, P < 0.05 (see Fig. 3 and Table 2. The other
9 qigong practitioners after entering quiescence had a rise in
EESG amplitudes, from before qigong levels of 1.31+0.39, to
during qigong levels of 1.97:0.73, p < 0.01, a rise of 50.4%,
while the latency time clearly changed, as can be seen in Fig. 2
and Table 2. During test recording it was also possible to note
that the qigong state EESG curve change was not stable, and un
the neiyanggong qigong state, the majority of EESG amplitudes
were reduced.
.
.
.
4
43
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 2 Normal state EESG
.
NA
N14.
4
P.
. .
2
3
2.5u V
2ms
Fig. 3 Influence of qigong state on the EESG
Yu XX, Male, 56 years old;
1- before qigong; 2- during qigong; 3- after qigong
Nu
1
P,
1.1
.2
-
3
--
2. 5uV
1
2ms
---
44
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 4 Influence of qigong state on EESG
Li XX, male, 21 years old;
1- before qigong; 2- during qigong; 3- after qigong
.
1
P.
2
3
2.5μ V
2ms
Table 1
30 normal
tested EESG (X+SD)
A
Po
1. 2
Before
1.76±0.41
9.63±0.71
12.19±0.85
During
1.71±0.39
9.63±0.75
12.15±0.84
After
1.69±0.49
9.67±0.81
12.17±0.87
A(P,-NI, Amplitude)
Table 2
Changes in EESG for 30 subjects before, during and after qigong
state (X:SD)
Group one n = 9
A(HV)
P-
Pis
Before qigong
1.31±0.39
9.55±0.65
12.11±0.83
During qigong
1.97±0.73 **
9.65±0.67
12.24±0.92
After qigong
1.50±0.49
9.73±0.69
12.18±0.87
group two n = 21
A(μν)
Pa
P10
Before qigong
1.84±0.59
9.64±0.86
12.2±1.21
During qigong
1.03±0.59 ***
9.89±0.86*
11.99±1.29
After qigong
1.68±0.51
9.84±0.76
12.24±1.20
45
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
2. Changes in the SEP in the qigong state
The SEP is composed of a comparatively complex wave group,
and according to its potential wave motion position and
sequential distribution they are called P1, N1, P_, N, Pe, Na,
Da and NA, and for this test the recorded results and those
reported by domestic and foreign scholars were basically in
agreement. For the normal reference group, the amplitude of each
wave and the latency time change had no clear significance. When
in the qigong state, the changes in these waves were quite
complex, and each wave had a rise and a fall, while the changes
in the latency time had no clear significance. Taking the group
with rises in amplitude, the rise of each wave amplitude had
clear significance or very clear significance, and the course of
change was different. For the other group during the qigong state
with amplitude drops, the amplitude drop for each wave was
clearly significant and the course of change was different, as
may be seen in Fig. 5, Fig. 6 and Table 3. For the testing case
of those subjects who repeatedly entered the quiescent state, it
was possible to see a repeatable results, though the same
subjects second test results at a different time could be
different.
Fig. 5 Influence of the qigong on SEP
Cac X, male, 20 years old
1- before qigong; 2- during qigong; 3- after qigong
N.
NI
AN, N,
1
PIP:
P,
2
3
2.5uV
20ms
46
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 6 Influence of the qigong state on SEP
Cao X, male, 20 years old
1- before qigong; 2- during qigong; 3- after qigong
NA
.
NI
NS
N.
1
P.P2
P,
2
3
2.5 uV
Table 3
20ms
Changes in SEP for 30 subjects before, during and after the
qigong state (X+SD)
N.
A(μV)
L(ms)
A(HV)
L(ms)
Before qigong
3.20±1.02
20.15±1.18
1.48±0.58
33.24±3.23
During qigong
After qigong
2.75±1.11 **
20.15±1.30
1.06±0.60 **
33.76±3.51
3.16±0.89
20.38±1.27
1.50±0.82
33.24±4.49
Before qigong
3.49±1.05
20.9±1.22
1.65±1.09
33.67 ±2.13
During qigong
4.09±1.19 ***
20.86±1.19
2.37±1.53 **
34.56±2.65*
After qigong
3.52±1.22
20.66土1.42
2.17±1.43
34.11±2.42
Table 3 (continued)
Changes in SEP for 30 subjects before, during and after the
qigong state (X+SD)
N1
N
A ( UV )
L(ms)
A(HV)
L(ms)
Before qigong
3.37±1.52
58.24±4.17
6.38±2.33
118.6±7.6
During qigong
2.32±1.85 ***
57.99±4.00
3.01±2.64*
115.4±6.62
After qigong
2.79±1.21
58.15±4.36
5.04±1.60
120.2±7.05
Before qigong
4.33±1.26
56.67 ±4.12
6.27±2.12
126.0±7.91
During qigong
5.17±1.17*
59.43±4.99
7.73±2.19 **
126.1±4.91
After qigong
4.95±1.49
58.17±4.88
5.69±1.52
124.2±4.06
"
47
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
3. Discussion
1. Changes in the EEG under the qigong state
In a normal state, after stimulation of the nervus medianus,
after excitement of the nerve's shallow sensation component,
there is an exchange of neurons through the posterior root
nuclear mass to the posterior horn, and through the alba
presynaptic intersection to the other side, from the tractus
spinothalamicus up to the thalamus; and the deep sensation side
through the posterior root medial section to the back of the
spine, it goes to branches on the homonymous posterior cord and
up, reaching the lower spinal nucleus funiculi gracilis and the
rear of the nucleus fasciculus cuneatus to exchange neurons, and
finally emerging from the fiber intersection to the opposite
side, and through the medial lemniscus to the thalamus. The
potential changes of this neural excitement can be recorded on
the spinal skin surface, and is different depending on the
recording method, and the wave shape obtained is also different.
In the tests of Yamada and Kimura, on the cervical region skin
surface C_ could be recorded at Ps, Ni1, Nis and N14, at Cy it
was possible to record Pe, Nii and Nis. In addition, there are a
lot of authors who have obtained similar results. When
stimulating the nervus medianus, the sources from where these
waves came are also rather different. The view of many scholars
is that P comes to the brachial plexus nerve, and tests reveal
that the latency time of Po and the stimulated lateral clavicle
area recorded movement potential latency time are similar, and
for Co., spinal root pathologies patients, the nervus medianus
potential in the cervical skin surface is not recorded. Nii is a
reflection of the nerve root excitement entering into the back of
the spine, and its emergence shows that the nerve excitement has
reached the Ce-> region, and there is synaptic forward potential.
Nis arises in the posterior horn 1 V-V layer potential,
representing the synaptic rear neuron activity, its sustained
time is long compared to Nii and N14, and there are tests which
show that in humans Nis is commensurate to the first negative
potential of the spinal surface potential in monkeys and cats,
and this wave arises from the valve value lowest As passing into
the fiber, using a micro electrode position its greatest value on
the posterior horn 1 V-V layer. Ni4 comes to the medial
lemniscus, because Ni4 appears 2 milliseconds behind Nil, and it
is not able to produce on the spine, and in high spinal
semitransection patients N14 disappears, and when there are
thalamus pathologies in the sensation conduction paths, N14 still
exists, so it is believed that this wave arises in the medial
meniscus.
The spine as considered the basic adjustment center of the
human body's movement, and normally in the spinal anterior horn
there is a large amount of motor neurons, including a and y motor
48
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
neutrons, and their axons through the front root are separated
from the rear of the spine through the controlled muscles. The a
motor neuron size is not uniform, and a large a motor neuron
. controls the quick muscle fiber. A small a motor neutron controls
the slow muscle fiber. An a motor neuron accepts
peripheroafferent information from the skin, muscles and joints,
and also accepts high-level information transmitted down from the
brain stem to the cerebral cortex, producing a certain efferent
excitement. For this reason, a motor neurons are the final
highway of spinal movement reflexes. The y motor neurons
cytosomes are scattered among the a motor neurons, and their
cytosomes are small compared with a motor neurons. The Y motor
neuron axons are also separated from the spine through the front
root, and control the intrafusal muscle fibers of the skeletal
muscles. The excitability of y motor neurons is quite high, and
normally have a high frequency sustained discharge, in quiet and
sedated animals it has been observed that even if the a motor
neurons do not discharge electricity, some of the y motor neurons
still continue to discharge. Under normal conditions, when a
motor neuron activity is increased, the activity of Y motor
neurons is also increased, and hence adjusting the sensitivity of
the muscle-spindles to tensile stimulation. The a motor neurons
control the muscle fiber outside the spindle, and the Y motor
neurons control the muscle fibers within the spindle. When the Y
efferent activity is strengthened, the muscle fibers within the
spindle contract, and this can increase the sensitivity of the
receptors within the muscle-spindles. For this reason, the
activity of y efferent fiber has a major effect on the adjustment
of the spindle stretching reflex. Tendon members are the
receptor positions for receptor muscle tension, and their
afferent excitement has a restraining function for unified muscle
a motor neurons, and the afferent excitement of muscle-spindles
has a stimulant effect on unified muscle a motor neurons. When
the muscle accepts retraction, first, the stimulated muscle-
spindle receptor site launches a stretch ( myostatic) reflex, and
the affected muscle retracts with an opposite retraction; when
the retractive force is progressively increased, then it is
possible to stimulate the tendon and constrain the stretch
reflex, in order to avoid having damage caused by the retracted
muscle. The spine's adjustment for the muscle movement is to
accept control at a higher center. The high center has an easing
effect and restraining effect on the spinal reflex. Some people
use an orientation device to stimulate different regions of
animal brain stem netted textures, and have revealed that in the
netted textures, there are regions that restrain muscle tension
and muscle movement. These are called restraining regions. There
are also regions that strengthen muscle tension and muscle
activity, and these are called easing regions. Under normal
circumstances, the activity of the easing regions is
comparatively strong, and the activity of the restraining regions
49
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
·

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
is comparatively weak. For this reason when adjusting the balance
of muscle tensioning, the easing regions are slightly more
dominant. The other cerebral cortex movement regions, the corpus
striatum and the cerebellar epivermis both have a muscle
restraining function, and the nucleus vestibuli and the
.
cerebellar epibilateral regions also have a muscle tension
adjustment function. These muscle tension restraining regions
outside the brain stem not only serve to strengthen the netted
texture restraining region activity, and restrain muscle
tensioning, but also are able to control the netted texture
easing regions, and restrain the activity of the easing regions,
shifting and reducing muscle tensioning. The function of the
netted texture restraining regions and the easing regions vis-a-
vis muscle movement, is primarily passed down through the netted
texture spinal fasciculus; the easing region passed down fiber
compared with the restraining region passed down fiber is
slightly on the back side, but the two have overlapping
locations. Tests prove that when the easing region is stimulated,
the muscle-spindle efferent stimulation is increased, and when
the restraining region is excited, the muscle-spindle afferent
stimulation is reduced. Research conducted by Chinese medical
science institutes in recent years on the spinal anterior horn
motion columns indicates that: the central nervous system breast-
fed mammals contains Golgi silver-plated chromosome heterophile
dendritic structures -- phobo-Golgi dendrites. The alba dendrites
of the anterior horn motor neurons of mice and rats stretch into
the alba funiculus, and extend under the mantle, forming a
dendritic clump under the mantle. It was revealed that the
central functional return path has been extended from traditional
"nucleus return path," to the "lateral return path, " not only
shal:ing the sharp dividing line definition based on the classic
spinc of Golgi's law, with a spine that is more anatomy related
spinal greyish white quality, but also has major significance for
a fresh consideration of the spinal anterior horn motor neuron's
normal activity and function adjustment. When a qigong
practitioner enters the qigong state, the EESG shape shows a
potential amplitude rise and a reduction in two types of changes,
a restraining-and an easing effect. There are also tests which
prove that in the qigong state, there is a rise in the sense of
hearing brain stem induced potential amplitude, and the brain
stem is in the easing condition. It is possible to imagine that
in the qigong state it is possible that due to the brain stem
yielding to the restraining system or the easing system, by
easing and producing different results for the spine. After the
restraining region is eased, through sending down the IPSPs of
the restraining system to act on the Y motor neurons of the
spinal anterior horn, the efferent fibre activity is weakened and
the within the spindle the muscle excitation efferent is reduced,
while at the same time the a motor neuron activity is weakened,
producing a relaxing of the muscles. According to Wanxuancaideng
50
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
theory, when a dendritic clump of motor neurons arrive at the
alba up to under the mantle, the hyperpolarization electrical
tension potential of y motor neurons restrains spinal activity,
and restrains EPSP reception, displaying after excitation of the
nervus medianus, and the recorded EESG is reduced, the stretch
reflex is weakened, the muscle tensioning falls, and there is a
slackening effect on the qigong state entering quiescence. When
the brain stem netted texture easing region is being eased,
through the reticular spinal fasciculus first there is a change
in the activity of the y motor neurons, increasing the Y efferent
fiber excitation frequency, increasing the contraction of the
muscle fiber within the spindles, and possibly increasing the
sensitivity of the receptor sites within the spindles. When the
afferent excitation within the spindles increases, the stretch
reflex activity is strengthened and the muscle tensioning is also
increased. Due to the increase of motor neuron activity, the
excitability of the y, a motor neuron and the potential activity
increase, and the dendritic excitation of the motor neurons
distributed under the alba and mantle causes easing of the spine,
the EEGG is increased, thereby displaying a rise in EEG voltage.
Normally, after the tendon members receive retraction, a
restraining effect is produced on the a motor neurons,
restraining the stretch reflex, and it is possible to avoid
damage caused by a retracted muscle. When in the qigong state, it
is possible to infer that due to spinal anterior horn motor
neuron easing, the tendon member afferent negative feedback is
blocked, so that supernormal muscle power is produced. Because
this experiment was only looking at the objective changes in the
subjects EESG when entering the qigong state, and has not yet
touched upon questions of qigong methods, the two types of
changes only a preliminary discussion can be made concerning
inferences about possible mechanisms of the qigong relaxing and
the supernormal muscle strength produced, and when it comes to
different qigong methods, further research should be directed
towards studying the detailed mechanisms involved in muscle
relaxation and the production of supernormal muscle strength.
2. Changes in the cerebral cortex evoked potentials in the
qigong state
Cerebral cortex evoked potentials are sensed when the
afferent system receives stimulation, and in the cerebral cortex,
a certain limited region gives rise to potential changes. A
determination of the changes in the cerebral cortex evoked
potentials in the qigong state can serve as an objective index of
the functional state of the cerebral cortex. The cerebral cortex
has 1010 neurons, the total number of synapses can reach 1011.
Based on this, we can consider that the information capacity of
the cerebral cortex is very large, and the functions of the
cerebral cortex are extremely complex. At present, the functions
51
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
of a large portion of the structure of the cerebral cortex,
particularly those structures which have developed to a high
degree during evolution, are far from being understood. The human
. brain is a huge system, which constitutes a specific state in the
midst of complex movement and mutual effects. Professor Qian
Xueshen points out that each functional state has a different
quality, and the human brain can have many functional states. We
already know about the sleep state, the hypnotic state,
emergency, awakening, attention, etc. At present many people
believe that the qigong state is a special functional state of
the brain, and the qigong state can aid in exploiting the latent
power of brain functioning. Some people equate the qigong state
to special functions turned over to the activity of the right
hemisphere of the brain. The work of Mei Lei and others considers
the dominant function of the frontal lobe, and when in the qigong
state, a clear frontal lobe brain wave ordering appears. Normally
in the dominant a synchronous peaks in the occipital lobe clearly
shift to the frontal lobe, and the power of the a synchronous
peaks shows a lengthening and increase in the wake of exercise
history. Those senior qigong practitioners who have been
practicing for many years have a typical a wave super-
synchronization, taking the frontal lobe as primary, and it is
also possible to have it expand out from the frontal lobe to the
entire brain, making the entire brain entre an ordered
oscillation. Using a large-scale computer model techniques,
successive scanning was conducted every two second for the
synchronous peaks of a brain wave power spectrum, and it was
revealed that these synchronous peaks are at an extremely low
frequency (4-10 cycles/sec) and have a regular rises and falls.
This extremely low frequency and the ultraslow rhythm are very
consistent. This ultraslow rhythm is only observed in the frontal
lobe and hypothalmic pituitary system. Hence it is believed that
when in the qigong state, under conscious function, the latent
connections in the frontal lobe- hypothalamus-pituitary system
are opened up, thereby making active control of the internal
organs possible. This is one manifestation of the latent
capabilities of the human brain. The research of neural
biologists demonstrates that processing of information in the
brain is layered, and after each type of information enters the
brain, it first reaches each the relevant elementary cerebral
cortex layer which conducts processing, and then is transmitted'
to adjacent layers of the sense cortex and sense association
cortex, where the first step of processing is done. Later, they
assemble in the crown-temple region association cortex, and
finally sent out and assemble at the front lobe cortex. The
transferring process for information in the brain is really
progress processing in different layer neuron return paths,
conducting a process with different degrees of analysis,
integration, abstraction, generalization and reasoning. The
higher the neural return path layer, the higher the level of
52
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
abstract reasoning, and the more complex the thought functions.
When in the qigong state of accepting conscious thought control,
the cortex functional changes of the organism are also quite
complex. When in the qigong state, the sense of hearing and the
sense of sight induced potentials are clear, the amplitude of
each wave is reduced, and the potentials can be controlled. Due
to the complex nature of the functioning of the nervous system,
the SEP changes we have observed in the qigong state are also
rather complex.
The SEP is composed of a wave group, and the
explanations for the source of each wave are still divergent,
especially for the long latency time component. The P14 produced
by excitement of the nervus medianus in the contralateral
cerebral cortex region is primarily indicates that the top nerve
excitement of the medial lemniscus has reached the thalamus, and
therefore the brain stem damaged patients seem to have & P14 that
is abnormal, and when the thalamus is damaged, only very few of
the patients' Pis are abnormal, therefore we may infer that the
primary source of Pi4 is in the brain stem, particularly the
medial lemniscus, and part arises in the thalamus. Nao originally
arises in the cerebral cortex and is subordinate to a distinctive
feature of the thalamus- cortex radiation. In patients with a
diseased cortex and internal capsule this wave is abnormal, and
it is commonly considered that it arises in the parietal lobe
cortex, and is the first cerebral cortex potential, and is a
primary component. Because for No, Nas and Nga in certain
pathologies selectivity disappears, we should point out that it
is possible to distinguish through certain independent paths
projected from the thalamus to the cortex. Experimental research
and clinical observation show that in addition to the major
pathway through the spinal rear standing pillar medial meniscus,
there is also another conduction path. P.v, Nos and Pho disappear
when there is damage in the top (crown) region, and when there is
damage in the frontal region, they are not effected. It is
believed that it is possible that they originate at the
postcentral sulcus crown region. Nee is distributed more widely,
and the different parts of Nes recorded can at the same time or
separately be disrupted. This indicates that the Nos series
involves early component and many different types of afferent
paths, and expanded projection to the opposite side of the
cortex. There are tests in which it is believed that Nes is
originates from a synaptic lateral lemniscus passage. The work of
Goff indicates that the early component has a more limited
distribution in the excited lateral corresponding sensory
projection region, and the amplitude is lower. This is believed
to reflect the activity of a distinct projection system. Research
has clearly shown that the SEP can be divided into three
components, the Primary Response, made up of Pi and Ni, with a
latency time of within 20 ms, and representing the activity of
the first sensory region of the cerebral cortex; Pa, N_, Pa and
No are the Secondary Response, with a latency time of within 60
53
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
m.s, and representing the potential activity of the second sensory
region and synapsis region of the cerebral cortex; the latency
time of P4 and Nu is above 60 ms, and they are called the After
Discharge, and continue to emit components, representing the
dispersion activity of the both sides of the cerebral cortex.
This component is also called the late component. Shagass
considers the early component and the transmission process of
information entering the central nervous system to be related,
and the late component then touches on related activity involved
in the processing of this information. Ivdnitsky believes that
the early component could represent the estimation of the
cerebral cortex of the excited physical parameters, and to be
closely related to the sensory information of consciousness. He
also holds that the late component could reflect the significance
of the stimulation on the receiver of stimulation and conscious
non-sensory information. There are tests which show that the SEP
early component, under the effect of various factors influencing
attention, remains stable, and the late component easily accepts
the influence of consciousness, attention and other factors.
There are some late wave phenomena that are related to certain
mental activity. Because the SEP itself is very complex, the
cerebral cortex potential change of a qigong master when he
enters quiescence also has comparatively large individual
differences. Some of the subjects at different times used similar
measuring conditions and achieved results which were also rather
different. Because the mechanisms of the SEP contributing factors
are explained differently, it is difficult to make an accurate
judgement concerning the significance of changes in the SEP in
the qigong state. Huang Shendu observed 9 changes of SEP in the
qigong state. He discovered that the majority of the subjects
during qigong after 100 ms had an amplitude drop for the late
component, and the wave change was more clear. This is because
the late component is related to the functional state of the
brain stem reticulated structure and the non-distinct projection
system, and during the qigong process, through the body adjusts
the upper restraining influence produced by the sensory
transmission of the reticulated structure, thereby reducing the
SEP amplitude and making some of the components disappear. Zhang
Wenbin points out in an initial report regarding the qigong
entering quiescent state SEP changes that the early component
does not change and the late component is reduced in the majority
of cases, and there are a few qigong practitioners whose early
and late components were both reduced or the early component
changed slightly and the late component increased, reflecting the
inconsistent nature of the SEP wave changes. In the given tests
the Ni wave discovered with a latency time of 20 ms to the Nu
wave with a latency time of 120 ms both had an increase and
decrease (two kinds of change), though the process of change was
different, as the change of the late component was more marked
than that of the early component. During some tests differing
54
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
changes were observed in each wave, and during the qigong state
there were some with amplitude value increases and some with
amplitude value reductions, and this can be repeated. For
example, during some- tests, after entering quiescence each wave
amplitude saw a clear increase, and after resuming the before
qigong state and again entering quiescence each wave again
clearly increased. Because the late component and the early
component pass through different distinctive projection paths to
reach the cortex expanded region, these waves easily accept the
influence of conscious, attention and thought, etc. mental
factors, and is related to high level activity involving
information processing in the cerebral cortex, therefore, its
changes are also comparatively large, and the qigong quiescent
state easily affects these components. The early component is
produced from the distinct spinal fiber efferent, and it is not
easily influenced by attention and other mental factors. Under
the qigong state the auditory and visual cortex evoked potentials
are restrained, and the changes in the SEP are both restrained
and have an increased effect. In addition, in the same series of
tests, there were some increases in amplitude, and there were
some decreases. It can be seen that the cerebral cortex sensory
region under the qigong state is able to have both a restraining
and an easing effect. This has significance for further
explanation of the theory of "yishou (anticipating and watching)"
and "represent the many in one." The origin of each SEP wave is
different, and is represented by the activity of different neural
regions. The inconsistencies in the changes in the SEP in the
qigong state is explained by the fact that the active state of
different regions of the cerebral cortex in the qigong state is
different, and the meaning of these changes is still worth
delving into further. Bafuluofu, in a conditioned reflex study
pointed out that when attention is concentrated on a certain
area, in a representative region of the cerebral cortex it is
possible to produce a dominance of excitement, and to maintain a
the excitement level of a certain region of the cerebral cortex,
this excitement can, through a negative guide and put the other
regions of the cortex in a restrained state. This could be a
condition the qigong practitioner in the "yishou" condition, who
would be able to enter quiescence and produce the objective
effect of "seeing and not seeing, hearing and not listening. "
This test used the SEP to observe certain changes in the
qigong state, and shows that under the qigong state, the cerebral
cortex has both an easing effect and also has a restraining
effect, and has supplied some clues for further discussion of the
qigong state cerebral cortex mechanism conditions. But at the
same time it has also shown that these changes can be the state
of a single practitioner, and such factors as mental activity and
the exercise method, etc. are closely related processes. As for
the clear significance of these changes, much research and
discussion remains to be done.
55
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Multiple Information Processing of an EEG in the
Qigong State
WU Giyao (Beijing Science and Engineering University)
HUANG Kunhou (Research Institute of Chinese Medicine)
and XIA Langyan (Institute of Chinese Medicine)
I. Summary
Chinese medical theory has long stated that "all qi (i.e. air, vital
energy) originates from the brain;" when they practice qigong, qigong masters
are always keenly aware of the control of the brain. Concentration,
controlled breathing, and yishou (regulation of mind), tiaoxi (regulation of
respiration), rujing (attainment of tranquility or quiescence) cannot be
achieved without the function of the central nervous system. Therefore, from
the perspective of neural science, to use the technology to measure brain
functions and research the brain waves in the state of qigong to find out the
characteristics of brain activity during qigong is significant and important
to the understanding of the mechanisms of qigong.
Nowadays, though the technology of measuring brain waves is advanced, it
remains a complex problem to analyze brain waves and extract significant
information from it. This is because: 1. Brain waves are a non-stable and
random electric signal; it is difficult to obtain accurate information
directly from the time domain waveform. Most of the data must go through
statistical analysis. One of the current and common methods is analyzing the
diagram (map) by using the FFT periodic mapping approximation method.
But
many commonly used methods, including the periodic mapping approximation
method, require that the data being processed is a stable ergodic random time
series. Because of the different requirements in the processing method and
the data to be processed, the result of the process differs much from the
actual situation. 2. The relationships between various physiological
phenomena and their manifestations in the brain are very complex.
In the case
of qigong, such manifestation not only varies in terms of participants and
time, but depending on the location where an electronic brain signals is
taken, its rhythm and intensity also vary.
This shows that brain activities
are multi-dimensional and random.
3. Experiments demonstrate that
pathological, physiological, psychological and other environmental factors all
affect the generation of brain waves; controlling and understanding the effect
and changes of these factors is crucial to obtaining accurate information on
Srain activity. 4. In most situations, such as during the qigong fagong
(initial stage of qigong, generating energy) phase, the distribution of brain
wave current changes rapidly with time. But it is rather difficult to factor
such dynamic information.
Based on the above, we believe that if our research is restricted to
proving whether brain waves vary during qigong and thereby demonstrating the
objective nature of qigong, the currently commonly used method of single guide
EEG periodic mapping analysis should suffice. But if we intend to further
factor the physiological characteristics of brain activities during qigong and
study the mechanisms of qigong, we cannot make any further progress using the
afore-mentioned method. For this reason, we introduce the concept of
56
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
"processing multiple information of the brain waves in the state of qigong."
Its precise implication can be interpreted as using multiple methods of
processing information to factor relatively complete information on the
physiology of the brain through multi-levels, and multi-positions in the
domains of time, frequency and space.
II. The Content and Basis of Multiple Information
EEG Processing in the Qigong State
In neuro-physiological studies, a widely used method is to observe the
response of the induced brain wave through external stimulation; because every
electric potential (EP), in correspondence to its stimulation, reacts in a
certain way, this makes it convenient to study brain functions and their
characteristics. But the premise of factoring EP is to filter out the
spontaneously generated EEG, thereby losing all of the "spontaneously
generated" brain wave signals. For this purpose, the German brain specialist
E. Basar introduced the concept of the EEG-Epogram, which is obviously useful
to the factoring of brain wave signals, but it is yet to be widely adapted due
to some application problems.
By multiple information processing we refer to the following:
1. Under various stimulations of sound, light, and electricity, the
comparative analyses of the variation of EP during the qigong entering
quiescence phase.
2. Under different stimulations, the comparative analyses of the single
guide EEG variation and EP variation during the qigong entering quiescence
phase.
3. Analysis of the double conductor (left, right, front, and back in
various combinations) and its correlation to EEG during the process of qigong
entering quiescence phase.
4. Analysis of the multi-guide EEG spacial TOPO Fig. during the qigong
entering quiescence phase.
5. Analysis of the changes of the parameter of EEG to time during the
qigong entering quiescence phase.
Afterward, another round of comprehensive processing of the above
results is done.
In order to insure the accuracy of the obtained information, one must
pay special attention to: 1. the selection of subjects; 2. improvements of the
processing method, such as enhancing the resolution and solving the problem of
instability.
III. The Study of Qigong
Using the Concept of Multiple Information Processing
Our purpose was to study the brain wave activity during the qigong
entering quiescence phase; we used safe (non-damaging) brain function
measuring technology, systematically applied it to ordinary people, beginning
qigong learners, qigong masters and other types of participants, and conducted
57
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
trial measuring of the "spontaneously generated" and induced brain wave
responses. After computerized analysis, and observing the changes in the brain
wave signal before and after qigong, we drew out significant characteristics.
Tests completed include: body stimulation evoked potential (8 cases), auditory
dermic evoked potential (6 cases), auditory brain stem evoked potential (6
cases), vision evoked potential (30 cases), EEG power spectrum analysis under
sound stimulation (6 cases), and EEG power spectrum analysis under light
stimulation (30 cases). In addition, our project partner, Zhang Jianzhou, of
the Beijing Research Institute of Chinese Medicine, analyzed the twelve-guide
EEG power spectrum diagrams during qigong and other electrical potential
diagrams (7 cases); Professor Liu Guolong, of the Institute of Chinese
Medicine, conducted analyses on the four-guide EEG average power spectrum
charts and compression spectrum diagrams, which were obtained from ordinary
participants during waigong (receiving qigong treatment). Some
characteristics of brain wave activity during the qigong quiescence process is
obtained and proven.
IV. Discussion of the Results
1. Through comparative studies of results of brain wave activity
obtained through various method, during qigong, the "a" peak appears to
intensify and centralize from the occipital to the frontal lobe area around
the head. In the occipital area, the "a" peak usually does not show any
significant change; a few cases slightly show a tendency to decrease.
This
was first reported by Mei Lei in 1981, and it was proven later on in our
experiments as well as in the experiments conducted by other participating
units. (See Figs. 1, 2, 8, and 9).
The frontal lobe area is an important area for the activity of human
consciousness; currently, "the a" frequency is normally considered to be
clearly tied to the lower hypothalamus area this area is the key to its
generation. The appearance of the dominant "a" peak may reflect the linking
up of the lower hypothalamus and the frontal bone areas during qigong. It may
be assumed that normally the "a" wave of the occipital area is dominant in the
external systems, and a person is in an open state to the outside world.
During qigong, the frontal bone, hypothalamus, and lower hypothalamus areas
are linked up, "a" waves appear dominant in the frontal bone area; the brain
hence increases its control over the body. Perhaps it is the intensified
control over the voluntary regulation of the body's organs and excretion
glands which contributes to the preservation and care of one's health.
2. During qigong, the dermic area of the brain, having lowered its
response capacity to external stimulation, is in a state of general
inhibition. As is shown by evoked response through various stimulations,
electric potential (EP) is being inhibited to varying degrees. Fig. 4 shows
the inhibited body response to stimulation during qigong entering quiescence
phase. Fig. 5 shows the inhibited auditory dermic response to excitation.
Fig. 7 shows that vision evoked response is also inhibited. These results
perhaps confirm the objectivity of the claim that during qigong, one may
experience "no hearing, no seeing, and no thinking."
3. Auditory brain stem. evoked potential has roughly more than seven
multi-phase waves within 10ms, which come from the various levels of the brain
59
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
stem. During qigong, some of the elements are in an easing state, see Fig. 6,
which reflects the complexity of the entire body dynamics during qigong.
This
result may indicate that during qigong, the body's response to external
stimulation is suppressed while the body intensifies its internal self-control
and self-regulation.
4. The figures of repeated electric potential (EP) (See Fig. 4) and EEG
time and spacial distribution (the compression spectrum Fig. and TOPO Fig. )
show that the stability of time, and the consistency and symmetry of space
have all been improved. To a certain extent, this shows that the neural
activity is better regulated.
5. The sleep phase is different from that of qigong: 1) Fig. 3 shows
that under sound stimulation during sleep phase, the "a" peak of EEG
disappears; 2) An article reported that during the sleep phase, the dermic
response to excitation is evidently enhanced; but during the qigong entering
quiescence state, the dermic response to stimulation is suppressed; the
responses of the two are opposite. 3) After a qigong practice, the dermic
evoked potential shows an obvious post suppression effect, which is also
different from the situation with the sleep phase. Of course, the above
results are far from enough, further distinction and analysis is necessary.
6. The brain waves of ordinary subjects who do not practice qigong,
during waigong, show similar changing patterns as the brain waves of those who
practice qigong, which is a phenomenon worth further observation and
investigation (See Figs. 8 and 9); it may help explain the mechanisms of
healing through waigong.
Up till now, our work has been still fairly experimental. All we have
done is to use strictly scientific methods to confirm phenomena already known,
we have yet to touch the unknown areas.
This entire field requires more in-
depth study.
1
2
1
功中
功前
5
10
.15
Fig. 1 EEG power spectrum Fig. of the dermic response under sound
stimulation.
1. Before qigong
2. During qigong
59
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 2 EEG power spectrum Fig. of the occipital area under light flare
stimulation.
1. Before qigong
2. After qigong
功前
1
功中
2
Fig. 3 EEG power spectrum Fig. of the temporal bone area during sleep during
sound stimulation.
-
5
10
15
20 Hz
60
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Fig. 4 Somatosensoty evoked
potential.
1. Before qigong
2. During qigong
3. After qigong, 15 minutes
4. After
qigong, 25 minutes .
N,
1
N2
N.
功訪
N.
3
功后15’
N, N, N,
NA
4
动后25’
[ 20HY
512ms
Fig. 5. Auditory dermic evoked potential.
1. Before qigong
2. During qigong
3. 15 minutes after qigong
4. 30 minutes after qigong
1 幼龍
2
-
3
功后15'
4
功后30°
-
512ms
61
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
功前
1
功中 2
.
3
功后15’
功后30*
10ms
4
L
Fig. E. Auditory brain stem evoked potential.
1. Before qigong
2. During qigong
3. 15 minutes after qigong
4. 30 minutes after qigong
功前
1
功中20’
2
功に ?!
3
.
50ms
Fig. 7 Vision evoked potential under light flare.
1. Before Qigong
2. During Cigong 20 minutes
3. After Cigong 20 minutes
62
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1
左前额
<
右前额
2
4
-
左枕
3
右枕
Fig. 8 EEG Average power diagram
(Solid line: Before qigong; Dotted line: During qigong)
1. Left frontal bone
2. Right frontal bone
3. Left occipital
4. Right occipital
1
左前额:
右前額
1
-
2
左枕
4 右枕
3
1
Fig. 9 EEG average power Fig. of ordinary participant receiving qigong
treatment.
(Solid line: Without receiving qigong treatment; Dotted line: during qigong
treatment )
1. Left frontal bone
2. Right frontal bone
3. Left occipital
4. Right occipital
63
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
REFERENCES
[1] E. Basar, "EEG-Brain Dynamics" 1980.
" [2] HUANG Kunhou etc. "Study of Response to Sound and Change in Auditory
Reception During ... " Zhonghua Qigong (Qigong in China), 4th issue, 1986.
[3] WU Qiyao etc. "Computerized Analysis of Brain Waves in ... under Sound
Stimulation"
Dong Fang Qigong (Oriental Qigong), 2nd issue, 1987.
[4] NIU Xin, "Analysis of the Brain Waves of Ordinary Men Under Waiqi, Masters
thesis (selection), 1987.
[5] HE Qingnian, Zhang Jianzhou, and etc. "The Effect of Qigong on Brain
Functions as Seen through Computerized Analyses of Brain Waves of Long Time
Qigong Practicing People. " Dong Fang Qigong (Oriental Qigong)
4th issue,
1986.
.
64
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Function of an AR Model in Extracting
Brain Wave Characteristics in the Superquiescent State
HONG Zhi, HU Zhongji, and LIN Dongqing
(Zhejiang University)
I. Introduction
Chinese qigong has a long history; it has many schools of practice and
its influence has spread far and wide. Over the years, qigong has contributed
to the development of human wisdom and the enhancement of people's health.
It
is an awesome
blossom of the flower
of civilization of our country.
The
purpose of qigong practice is to integrate and coordinate a person's body with
his mind,
SO
that the person's soul and qi
(vital elements) mutually
complement. Qigong focuses
on
the controlling of xin (the mind),
and
concentrates on the training of the brain and training of one's consciousness.
The exercise works on both the body and the mind so as to develop both.
In
his article, Hu Zhongyi(1) introduced the concept of modern qigong, which
divides the
process of modern qigong into four basic .states:
the super
quiescent state (or super tranquil state), the super dynamic state, the super
sensuous state, and the super energy state. Among them, the super quiescent
differs from ordinary the quiescent
state, because the person doing qigong
basically is free of the external disturbance and
internal noise and enters
into a state of extreme tranquility.
Currently the results of much measuring
and testing of the quiescent
(tranquil) state of qigong in this country have
demonstrated that in the state of deep quiescence (tranquility), many positive
indexes appear, such as the reduction in the consumption of air, the reduction
in the amount of air breathed in each time, the slowing of breathing, lowering
the heartbeat rate, the increase in brain
of blood
lactic acid, slowdown of
wave regularity; and many other signs.
These indexes indicate that during the
quiescent period of qigong, the brain has an effect over the entire body to
in
recuperative
state
of
low metabolism, while the
make
stay
synchronicity of
brain waves coordinates
the body and mind. All
of
this
indicates the
well-being of a person.
Hence the super quiescent state is
considered the basis of modern qigong.
There has been progress in research on the super quiescent state, but
the differences between human bodies make the question complex and difficult.
As of yet, no common characteristics of the super quiescent
state have been
found, and understanding of this state is far from
adequate.
Since the super
quiescent state differs from ordinary quiescent state, and various states all
have their distinctive characteristics, there must be certain inherent common
characteristics during
the
super
quiescent
state,
regardless
of the
differences
between the
human body.
It is worthwhile
to find the common
characteristics
through differentiating
the super quiescent state and the
ordinary quiescent state. This will aid in finding a new angle for research on
super quiescent state and help us further understand the super quiescent state
and provide a new method for the application of biological feedback.
Due to the dominant role of the human consciousness during the phase of
entering the super quiescent state, and
the fact that the frontal bone area
is, in terms of evolution, the newest
formed area of the head, the frontal
65
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
area, being the transitional
point from a neural process to consciousness, is
an important area of human consciousness. Therefore, to start with brain wave
signals
from the frontal area to differentiate the ordinary quiescent state
from
the super quiescent state,
it
is possible
to
identify common
characteristics during the super quiescent state. At the same
time, the time
.
series AR model
is a good method for extracting characteristics, and it is a
.
convenient method to use.
It can also be used to study the dynamic change in
brain waves when a person enters the super quiescent state from the ordinary
quiescent state.
II. The Drifting of the Base Line of Brain Wave Signals and
the Elimination of Disturbances from a 50Hz Power Supply(=>
The characteristics of brain waves are that they are small signals, high
in
noise, and among the brain wave signals there are false signals mixed in.
Therefore, the first step in computerized automatic analysis of brain waves is
to eliminate false signals. But the most common false signals are the drifting
of the base line and disturbances from 50Hz power supplies[3], which are
inevitable. Yet if false signals are not eliminated, they will eventually be
reflected in the model, causing the model to be unable to grasp the real brain
wave
signals.
failure
The consequences
will be a
to
extract any
characteristics
or
even the generation of a wrong conclusion.
For this
reason, we adopted the method of digital noise filtering to eliminate these
two
Finde of false signals, taking into consideration
the requirements over
these filters.
The internal lines of the passband are small. It has a large
decreasing
rejection and linear phase position.
Therefore, we selected a
digital non-recursive finite impact response noise filter (NRFIR) (4).
1. Method of elimination.
y (nT) = >
N.
x((n-i)T) - h(iT)
(1)
In this formula, T is the sampling interval , T=0.01s
y(nt)
Sampling of output signals
A(DT)
Sampling of input signals
Coefficient of finite impact response noise filter.
N
Length of sampling in noise filter.
Through the convolution of input signals with the impact response, the
frequency spectrum of output signals becomes their product. Considering
the
drifting of the EEG base line and the range of EEG frequencies, using
bandpass noise
filter, the ideal filtration frequency is shown in Fig. 1,fk
and is the cut-off for
low frequencies.
In addition,
around 50Hz, a very
narrow band can be
seen, for
eliminating
the disturbance
from industrial
frequency power supplies. When selecting fl, one must consider the importance
of the low frequency area of the brain wave signals and the drift of the base
65
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
line, and try to prevent
false signals from mixing into
the model
without
losing important information. For this reason, we select fr=1. 10Hz.
Using a Fourier series, after truncation, shifting, adding a window and
other mathematical processing, one can obtain the impact response coefficient
which fulfills the specific frequency requirement. For a detailed derivation,
seeres.
.
1.0
.
Hz
50
100
..
Fig. 1
2. Results of pre-processing
We apply the designed noise filter to the pre-processing of the actual
brain wave signals.
In Fig. 2, a is the sampling of brain wave signals of a
subject, the sampling time is 2.5 seconds;, b is the brain wave signal after
noise filtration,
is the filtered
base
fluctuation
element
and the
disturbance cf SOHz industrial frequency power supply. One can see
that the
noise
filter
effectively
eliminates
these two . kinds
of
false
signals,
demonstrating its effectiveness.
a
:
C
67
Fig. 2
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

...........
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
III.
The Principles of the AR Model and an Estimate of Parameters
In
recent years, with research on random signals,
a method
has been
developed
to establish parameter models
for
the
random
signals for the
smallest mean square error; in particular, this is the automatic return model
.
.
(AR).
Because it takes easy computation
to
set up,
it is fast
and is
effective,
it is widely used
in bio-medical
signal research, speech sound
differentiation, oil prospecting and other
spectrum
estimation,
the AR model is
also used
for data compression,
The reasons
for adopting the AR model for brain wave analysis are as
follows:
1) Any stable time series can be described by the AR model[5].
2) Overall,
brain waves are neither
linear, nor stable.
But within a
short interval, brain waves can be considered as stable and linear.
3) When the
signals are of a Gaussian
type, AR models are the best;
otherwise, linearity is the best.
Within a short period of time brain waves
are very close to Gaussian processces,
therefore the AR model
is closest to
the best.
The block diagram for the automatic return process is shown in Fig. 3.
e.
x.
白噪声过程
自回归过程
1
2
a,, 2
Z-1
2-1
X-2
XR-1
Fig. 3
1. White noise
2. Automatic return process
ap. Ix .- 1 +c.
(2)
In this formula, ap.i, i=1, ... p is the parameter for AR model of p order
p is the scale of the model;
ca is the input white noise, also called estimate error.
Do a z transform on both sides of formula (2), then
68
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
fields. Besides being used for
extracting of characteristics, and others.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
X (z)
E (z)
=
1+
Σαρ. ( 2-1
1
,
* In this
formula, X(z), E(z)
are the z transforms for xn, en;
from the above
formula, and one can
see that the AR model has only poles, which gives it the
name, all
pole model; the poles are on
a plane surface, which
reflects the
degree
the stability of the system.
This
is an
important
piece of
information in model analysis.
The key for
solving the AR technical
problem is the method
used to
estimate
the parameters
for the AR model.
The exchange method
has three
requirements: 1) it requires consistency of the estimates of parameters; 2)
fast speed; 3) the calculation method must be recursive. Currently, though
there are many calculation methods,
of which the Marple method is one of the
relatively effective ones.
This method is established on the basis of the
method of estimating the unconstrained
smallest square of
the AR parameter.
Therefore, :
it is more
effective than the commonly used Burg computation
method.
The amount of its computation can be compared with the Burg method.
For details of the derivation using the Marple calculation method see [7].
The selection of the scale of the AR model is not only related to the
nature of the signals, but also to the purpose of our
research.
Our purpose
is to introduce two principles for selecting the model
scale, based on the
extracting of the characteristics of the super quiescent state. The first one
is that a reasonable order number for the model can aid the AR model in fully
grasping the important information (the main consideration being the estimate
of
the power spectrum).
The second is to adhere
to the frugality principle
inherent in the theories of model building in the selection of model scale.
4 is
the estimate of power
spectrum under
various model scale
numbers.
The scale numbers are 7, S,
13
and 15.
A
large quantity
of
experimentation has shown that when p is scale number 9 and above, the shapes
of the spectrum estimate are
more or less the same, which is what we
call
Principle 2, we selected the model scale p = 9.
basically grasping the important . brain wave
information.
According
the
Considering
the stability and
Gaussian characteristics
of the brain
wevec within short periods of time,
the selected data length
N=256, and the
short time process is 2.56 ..
order 13
order 15
order 7
order 9
69
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 4
IV. Differentiation Analysis
Based on the available data, the categorization of research subjects is
. a problem
of differentiation.
It is the formation of one
or one
group of
functions.
Using available information, one determines the coefficient of the
differentiation
function as well as the differentiation index to decide which
individual belongs to which category. Our purpose is to start with brain wave
analysis to differentiate the super quiescent
state and ordinary quiescent
state.
The characteristics of the states are extracted through the AR model
and forming the AR coefficient form vector
This is considered as the vector which describes the brain wave state.
Because A is the dimension of p, and p is usually large, this means
there are
many
variables in
the differentiation analysis.
Therefore to
establish a
requires
of
computation, and when
the
differentiation
function
a lot
independent variable
is not
independent, it can lower the accuracy of the
computation
of the inverse matrix, and a pathological
condition may appear.
Therefore, the differentiation
function derived
from it is not stable, its
differentiation capacity is low.
Hence, it is important
to select important
The
method of step-by-step
differentiation
is an
appropriate method to
variables
among the
variables rendered
for differentiation categorization.
accomplish this taskrajraj.
Suppose W=(Wij), T=(tij), respectively, are the inner group
and total
dispersion matrix which are formed by p number of selectable variables al, a2,
|V |
1 = ITI
is the Woerkesi statistic,
which indicates the differentiation
capacity
of
these
variables;
the
smaller A is,
the lower
is
its
differentiation capacity.
The F testing method can be used to determine the
contribution of the th variable.
. .
F(G-1, N -G-m) ='
(2)-WG N-G-m
G-1
(3)
In it, S is category number; N
the sampling number; m is the variable number.
In the step-by-step differentiation > is the step number; the m in superscript
indicates the # number of the Gaussian elimination method.
Step-by-step differentiation includes two processes. (1) The process of
selecting variables.
(2) Establishing the differentiation function.
(1)
During the
selection
of variables,
each
step selects the best
variable to test.
If
this selected variable is significant, then examine
whether this newly added variable causes significant changes in the previously
70
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
variables, so as to promptly eliminate those variables that cannot
contribute additional information,
until there is no more selection and no
more
climination;
examine
.
finally,
the
additional information
of
those
unselected variables; if it is not
obvious, the selection
process is over;
otherwise,
select the variable that makes A the smallest, until the variables
left cannot contribute additional information.
(2) Establish the differentiation function,
the Baersi pure function
under normal state parent substance is
Yj=1nqj+Coj+C1jal+ ... +Cpjap
j=1,2, ... 0
In the formula qf is a pre-test probability;
when the differences between
various order
numbers are not great, this item
is usually omitted,
and the
formula becomes
Yj=Coj+Cija1+02ja2+. . . +Cpjap
(4)
In the formula, Cij is the differentiation
coefficient for
the unselected
variable i, there is Cij=0
Compare Yj of each type, select the largest to be this type.
Yj *= max(/j)
Y * = max
(5)
V. Clinical Testing Results
Wo conducted and recorded clinical brain wave testing in the brain wave
testing lab that we designed. The subjects were divided into two groups, with
ages ranging from 25 to 60.
The first group was a control group, consisting
of twelve people, all of whom do not practice qigong. The second group was
qigong group, which is made up of 8 subjects, all of whom have practiced
sigong for over three years, and who can basically be free of external
disturbance and internal noise and achieve fairly good quiescence. During the
test, each member of the qigong group had their brain waves recorded for 40
minutes, including 5 minutes before qigong, 30 minutes during qigong, and 5
minutes after qigong. The control group is asked to imitate the qigong group
for the test, but the testing time is shorter, about 30 minutes. The off-line
analysis of the brain waves of the
frontal bone area is in a block diagram
shown in Fig. 5.
In the
diagram, the function of the low-pass filter is to prevent the
effect of frequency mixing during
sampling. The sampling frequency is 100Hz
and the cut-off frequency of the noise filter is 50Hz.
Signal pre-processing
71
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

. ..
. ... ...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
refers to the elimination of the drift of the base line in the brain wave
signals and
the disturbance from the
50Hz power supply. The analysis of the
results includes analysis of the power spectrum, differentiation
analysis and
otherc.
The results are as follows.
Monitor Screen
V
Magnetic tape
data recorder
---
Magnifier
Low-pass
Filter
Sampling A/D
V
Result
Analysis-
------
AR
Model
--
Signal
Pre-process.
Fig. 5
1. EES power spectrum map
(a) Gigeng group.
Figs. S to 9 are EEG power spectrum maps of the
qigong group
(not including
after qigong)
(all refer to
frontal bone
area
EEGs).
1 s(s)
:
2 4 6
Hz
2 4 6
Hz
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
4
72
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Subject: Das XX
Subject: Zhu XX
.
2 4 6
Hz
2 4 6
Hz
Fig. 8
Subject : Wu XX
Fig. 9:
Subject: Hu XX
From the Fig.s, one can see that before qigong, the a wave basically
is
dominant. The range of the EEGs is the same as that of an ordinary person.
As
qigong progresses (deepens) into the
super quiescent state, the range
increases greatly. The greatest increase reaches to over ten times larger than
before qigong, and two phenomena appear: 1. The EEGs of the frontal bone area
shows a
great concentration of the @ wave power, the smallest
frequency is
6. OSHz.
That is, from the s peak to the 0 wave peak, the biggest frequency
shift reaches 4.70Hz, as shown in Figs. 6 and 7. 2. The concentration
of a
large amount of a waves, and the frequency of a wave peak shifts downward, as
In Fig. 8, from. 10.2Hz to 8. 6Hz, and in Fig. 9, from 12. 1Hz to 10. 94Hz.
(b) The results from the control group are shown
in Figs. 10 and 11.
Neither phenomenon 1 nor 2 appeared, and neither is it seen
that the range of
the EEss du enlarged.
2. The Results of Differentiation Analysis
We
use
the characteristic
vector
formed
by
AR
coefficient
for
differentiation
analysis. The sampling dimension m=9; 25 samples are taken of
the control group during the imitation qigong (n/=25); 20 samples are taken of
the qigong group during the super quiescent state (n2=20), mean value checking
and measuring is conducted to two parent substances (i.e. checking
and
measuring the differentiation result), and Hotelling's 72 statistics
is
converted into F statistics for the testtes; the results are as follows:
T2 (n/+)2-2)=0.36472, F (3, 35)=15.683
But F0 .05(9, 35) =2. 17, F>Fa, differentiation result is significant.
When doing
step-by-step differentiation,
take Fa
as the input variable
to use
for
adjusting the selected variables to improve their differentiation result. The
result:
the
selected variables are al and a; two special differentiation
functions are:
73
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
/1 =- 9.4635+17.3656=1+9.0423₴
Y2 =- 28.1917+29.958922+21.4446a
The principle of differentiation
If Y1>2, it is determined to be Group
1 (control group); otherwise, it is Group 2 (qigong group).
Using the obtained function to re-determine the original 45 samples, and
the result is shown in Fig.
1.
We can
also obtain the range for these two
groups of parameters a2, a9, as shown in Fig. 12. The dotted line in the Fig.
is the dividing line, I and II each represent Group 1 and Group 2.
We also conducted brain wave tests on Group 3 and Group 4 in the
Jiangong Hospital of Zhejiang Province. The subjects had practiced qigong for
about half a year, and their ability to achieve quiescence is about average.
There were 10 subjects total, and 20 samples were taken during qigong.
We
used the step-by-step differentiation
method on Group 1 and 3, Group 2 and 3
to determine
the two basic groups.
As before,
the range of the parameters
can be mapped out, as shown in Fig. 13 and 14.
dB
4 8 12
Hz.
4 8 12
Hz
Fig. 10
Subject: Wu XX
Fig. 11
Subject: Ying XX
ja,
x
0.2
*
: x
II
-0.1
x
x
I
x
x
x
1
0
1.0
2.0
a1
-- 0.1
1
-- 0.2
*
+
74
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
x
1
.
dB

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 12
Table 1
.
I
Y1
Y2
Original
Category
Differentiation
Category
1
5.896
-. 976
1
1
2
8.222
2.966
1
1
11.353
7.869
1
1
12.173
9.415
1
1
6
6.867
-1.174
1
1
6
7.256
.298
1
1
7
14.410
12.871
1
1
8
11.784
8.101
1
1
9
15.269
13.357
1
1
10
12.186
8.931
1
1
11
7.806
1.372
1
1
12
13.275
10.630
1
1
13
14.443
12.669
1
1
14
11.349
7.869
1
1
15
13.367
10.605
1
1
16
12.044
9.098
1
1
17
14.729
13.837
1
1
18
12.405
10.197
1
1
19
2.403
-7.973
1
1
20
2.833
-7.378
1
1
21
5.012
-3.797
1
1
22
6.187
-1.476
1
1
23
7.862
2.439
1
1
24
5.914
-1.033
1
1
25
1.551
-9.450
1
1
26
24.582
81.497
I
1
27
31.775
24.061
2
2
28
27.263
85.614
2
2
29
21.669
25.877
2
2
30
14.235
12.645
2
2
31
13.918
12.391
2
32
23.362
29.317
2
2
33
21.296
25.682
2
2
34
26.745
35.194
2
2
2
35
20.701
25.374
2
2
36
20.164
22.595
2
2
37
22.950
27.927
2
2
38
23.948
29.566
2
2
75
-
2
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
39
20.046
22.025
2
2
40
30.355
40.770
2
2
41
26.119
33.268
2
2
42
18.076
20.155
2
2
43
26.069
32.495
2
2
44
24.526
30.332
2
2
45
24.284
28.757
2
2
..
x
1
xx
X
1
×
-0.6
1
1×
II
0.4
x
-0.2
X
0
· 1.0
1x
2.0
a,
-0.2
-0.4
.
-0.6
Fig. 13
Based on discrimination of two basic groups, we differentiate
Group 1,
2, 3 as the three basic groups. We used the obtained differentiation function
to differentiate the state of Bao XX's (of the qigong group) entire qigong
process.
The result
is shown in Table 2. One can see that before and after
qigong the brain
waves and that of the control group are no different. When
s/he does achieve quiescence, s/he
appears to be in super quiescent state;
from ordinary quiescent state and super quiescent state, or from super
quiescent state back
into ordinary quiescent state,
there appears
transitional state like the middle group.
These results are fairly accurate.
10.4.
I
-0.3.
0.2.
0.1
×
-2.0
-1.0
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
Fig. 14.
75
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
x
.
,

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
VI.
Conclusion
.
.
1. In the super quiescent state and ordinary quiescent state, there are
great differences
in the brain waves of the frontal bone area.
In the super
quiescent state,
the brain
wave power
spectrum
increases greatly, the
frequency of the spectral peak decreases, the largest shift of the spectral
peak reaches 4.70Hz, which is a shift from the dominant a before qigong to the
great power concentration of the @ wave. Results of
initial experiments show
that the degree of shift of the spectrum peak is in positive correlation to
the degree of entering quiescence.
2. The AR model effectively grasps the characteristic information of
brain waves. Results of differentiation show: in the AR model, various states
have a similar parameter range.
Table 2
1
y,
Y,
Y.
DISCRIMINATION
1
62.82767
81.83720
61.38614
1
2
57.67648
54.13518
67.87144
3
54.77847
51.11292
54.86907
4
58.32027
55.49109
57.69641
1
5
90.86197
94.70979
85.08024
2
6
98.51144
103.99873
94.03935
2
7
94.02859
101.26982
89.09328
2
8
75.62750
79.75772
71.25853
2
9
99.91814
103.42058
98.23941
2
10
86.46051
96.94255
78.87012
2
11
40.73705
34.46613
37.38629
1
12
49.10265
47.63732
48.49743
1
13
47.22195
44.21285
46.87376
1
14
62.85608
69.37024
68.71066
1 STOP
77
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
References
[1] HU
Zhongyi, Modern Qigong,
Internal
Reference
Materials of
Zhejiang
University, March 1987.
.
[2] HONS Zhi, The Base Line Drift of Brain Wave Signals and the Elimination of
Power Supply Disturbance, Journal of Graduate Students of Zhejiang University,
March 1987.
[3] HUANG Yuangui, WU Shengling, Clinical Electroencephalogram (EEG), Shaanxi
Science and Technology Publishing House, 1984.
[4] A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, 1975.
[5] D. Graupe, Identification of Systems, 2nd ed. 1976.
[E] A. S.
Gevins et
al, Automated Analysis of Electrical Activity of Human
Brain A Progress Report, Proc. IEEE. Vol. 63, No. 10, 1975.
[7] Karry Marple, A New Autoregressive Spectrum Analysis Algorithm, IEEE-ASSP-
28: 441-454, 1980.
[8] YANS Ziqiang,
Differentiation Analysis and Step-by-step
Differentiation,
The Application of Computers and Applied Mathematics, Vol-10, P1-29. 1976.
ZHANG
Keting, FANG Kaitai,
Multivariated
Analysis and Additional
Information Testing Method, Journal of Applied Mathematics, 3rd Issue, 1977.
78
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
EEG Coherence and Topography in the State of Superquiesence
Wang Wei, Zov Bomin. Hu Zhongji (Zhejiang University)
Summary
This article will deal with an electroencephalogram (EEG)
analytical method used for studying the superquiescent state, and
explain the significance of the superquiescent state cerebral
region EEG coherence function. Debugging of the EEG coherence
analysis, the EEG power spectrum topographical analysis and the
EEG coherence topographical analysis programs was completed on an
Apple-II minicomputer, and after 30 test analyses it was revealed
that under the superquiescent state:
( 1) There is a distinct rise in the cerebral EEG coherence
index;
(A) The amplitude of the EEG increases rapidly, while energy
is transferred from the back of the cerebrum to the front;
(3) The dominant frequency of the EEG is reduced.
Finally, we will conduct a discussion about indices involved
in entering superquiescence and propose the concept of the
superquiescence level.
:. Thereduction
The superquiescent state is one of man's special
psychological conditions, and with China's Qigong and India's
yoga, as well as Transcendental Meditation (TM), it is possible,
through training, to make a person basically separate himself
from outside disturbances and inner noise, and make the cerebral
cortex enter into protective inhibition, thereby entering into
the superquiescent state. In the superquiescent state, a series
of changes occur in a person's mental state and psychological
indices, and a number of beneficial indices emerge.
Research both within China and abroad:23-[e]
indicates that
in the process of entering superquiesence, distinct changes occur
in EEG indices. With a normal person in a sober state, a large
number of high frequencies are recorded, along with low amplitude
random waves, the harmonics are very small, and EEG synchronism
concentrated in each region of the top of the head is quite
lacking. After entering the superquiescent state, a large number
of low-frequency harmonics in the brain waves are seen, first
emerging in the occipital lobe, and then shifting towards the
forehead region. The other special characteristic of EEG change
is the tendency of EFG activity in each region towards
synchronism. The physical training of Qigong, yoga, and TM not
only orders brain cell electrical activity, but also greatly
increases the intensity of the ordered activity. In addition, the
79
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
:. ..
. ...............
.. . ... ...

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
better the degree to which this state is entered, the more
distinct the synchronism of the EEG. For this reason, we use the
degree of synchronism between two EEG signals, called the
coherence function, which describes the improved condition of
cerebral ordering in the process of entering the superquiescent
state. The cerebral forehead region, which is a product of the
high degree of evolution of the human species, is responsible for
conscious activity, and the cerebral forehead region EEG
coherence function is able to act not only as a measure of the
harmonized synchronism of cerebral cortex activity, but is also
related to the high level functions of the cerebrum. Data
indicates[ 5]-[7] that there is a close link between the cerebral
forehead region EEG coherence function and human intelligence and
creativity, when the correlation coefficient reaches 0.60, (p <
C. CC1). For two single frequency sine signals, when their
coherence function value in a certain frequency position is
greater than 0.95, we can consider that the two signals are
completely synchronous' 41. For this reason, we select the
coherence index of the cerebral forehead region's two EEG signals
as the frequency component of the coherence function value
between the two signals within the overall EEG frequency range
which exceeds 0.95. In the process of entering the superquiescent
state, studies of the cerebrum forehead region EEG coherence
indices are of extreme significance.
Brain Electrical Activity Mapping (BEAM) is a major tool in
clinical diagnosis. In order to investigate the spatial
distribution of EEG sighels when entering the superquiescent
state, we have proposed an EEG power spectrum mapping analysis
technique, using an examination of the overall spectrum of the
EEG or the FEG power spectrum distribution of each frequency
range in practicing the changing trends of each state. On the
basis of EFG coherence analysis, we have also proposed an EEG
coherence mapping analysis method, in order to investigate the
changing conditions of the coherence indices of each region of
the cerebrum.
2. The Principles of Coherence Analysis and Mapping Analysis
and Algorithms for Implementing Them
The coherence function is a measure of the correlation of
two signals at a certain frequency, and is defined as
(Tx) (f) = S.(f) . Sy(/)
|Sxy (f) \'
05 (rxy (A) 'SI
(1 )
where S. (f) represents the mutual power spectral density of the
two signals x(t) and y(t) at the frequency f, S. (f) and S, (f)
respectively represent the individual power spectral densities of
the signals x(t) and y(t) at the frequency f. (The original
article referred to the double sided power spectral density) .
80
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
For the stochastic steady state processes x'=> (t) and
yr""(t), the following equation holds
Sxy (f) = lim FELX ,*(f, T)Y ,(f, T ) ]
(2)
where Y,-(f, T) is the finite Fourier transform of the Pth time
series yrn"(t), T is the length of the series. XA(f, T) is the
complex conjugate of X. (f, T), and E[ . ] means to seek the
mathematical expectation for a random variable.
For a time discrete series, the coherence function may be
written as
ISay, Al
(Tx, y, A)'= S, Sy .*
(3)
where k is the kth frequency component.
After writing the calculation of the mutual power and the
individual power
spectral densities of the kth frequency
components of the discrete series X, Y, as Sky., S. .. and Sy ..
respectively, an approximation of the coherence function of the
given freqvency can be represented as
(4)
For the estimate of the mutual power spectral density in the
shave equation, referring to equation (2), it is necessary to do
a cocothing. There are two types of smoothing methods: frequency
smoothing and the sectional method. From the point of view of
calculation,
it is more suitable to adopt the sectional method.
The sectional method takes a comparatively long series x-,
( ) = C.
N-1) and divides it into comparatively short
subseries x and yf, (1 = 0, 1, ... , N' - 1, P = 1, 2, ...
, n,
with overlapping among each subseries permitted). For the Pth
subseries, a spectral analysis is conducted to obtain the Fourier
transform coefficients X (k), YA(k) (k = 0, 1, ... , N'-1) of each
frequency component. The estimation of the mutual power spectral
density of the kth frequency component is given as
S.y, k = NY.
At
GpX$(k) . Yp(k)
(5)
where At is the sampling interval, N' is the length of the
subseries, and G. is a weighted series, which satisfies the
equality
.
EGp=1.
For the individual power spectral density estimations, there
are similar representations.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
81
.
+

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Normally, each Gr (P = 1, 2,
.. , n) is chosen as equal, ther
we have
X% (k) . Y p(k)
(6)
.
(7)
2
$= HN IY (k)|*
(8)
In this manner, the solution to the coherence function
estimation can be found using the following equation
(rxy,A)' :
N
XP(k)
2
X;(k) . Yp(k)
Yp(k) |
(9)
P-1
-
P=1
The definition of each parameter follows. The selection of the
sampling frequency is determined by the characteristics of the
signal frequency spectrum and the nature of the analyzed
parameter . For spontaneous EEG signals, with a comparatively
narrow frequency band, we selected a sampling frequency of 60 Ha,
because our analyzed coherence index does not place any special
requirements on the frequency resolving power, and we selected
the subseries length N' to be 128, and selected the series length
N to be 356. Now we have :
- sampling frequency fo = 60 Hz,
total sampling time to = N/f. = 256/60 = 4.265,
- the frequency resolving power Afe = fo/N' = 60/128 =
0.469H =.
Two factors must be considered when selecting the smoothing
number n: based on a consideration of the deviation and the
variance of the coherence estimation, n should be chosen large.
Considering the requirements of coherence analysis concerning the
calculation speed, the requirements for n for our selected
coherence index are not high (looking at the deviation and
Variance distribution of the coherence estimation, when the
coherence function truth value is comparatively large, the
deviation and variance of the estimation will be quite small ) ,
and finally, we define n to be 12.
Considering the two EEG signals x(t) and y(t), after
sampling by a frequency fo sampling circuit, we obtain a discrete
series x, Y (j = 0,1, ... , 255).
Then we take the total series and divide it into 12
overlapping subseries:
82
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
- series 2 (X11, X]
.. , Yase)
- series P ( Xiip-1x, Xiip-10)
.. . Xtip-116; Yiip-1, Yiip-15,
. . . .
- series 12 (Xaza, Xix=)
.,
Xxxx; Yısı, Yızz,
Y2240)
For convenience, we will rewrite the series Pas
- series P
A Fourier transform is done for the x'i,y"?', (j=0,1, ... ,127)
respectively in the series F, and the real portion AP',., AP',
and imaginary portion
B', BY
'y 'ko
of the Fourier transform
coefficients are obtained. Then we have the relation
64
[.AV .. cos (2mjk/128)
+ B'p),sin (2mjk/128) ]
64
y" = >[AP' cos (2x jk/128)
+ By .sin (2xjk/128) ]
j=0,1, ... ,127
and then
Xp(k) = A+iBY!).
Y p(k) = AV).+iB'!).
X$(k)Y p(k) = AT.).Ay .. + BT .. . BY".
|Xp(k) |'=(AT)))'+ (B' ... )'
|Yp(k) |'=(AY .. )' + (BY.'.)'
Equation (9) can be expressed as :
12
(Txy. A) } = = PDI
>
( A.P.).A.' "+ BY"),BY'.)
L
Σ
12
( 10)
(A .. ')' + (B'T.')'
×
2
P=1
ME
(AV) +(BY?)} ]
+
The goal of computer EEG analysis is to extract visval
characteristic information from the multi-path long-term EEG
83
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

. ... ..
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
recordings. Spatial analysis of the EEG signals (also called
topological analysis), is to consider the EEG activity of the
cerebral cortex from an overall angle, and has a visual and
imagery oriented nature. In 1976, on the basis of a multi-path
EEG parameter display, H. A. Harris proposed the area display
technique for spontaneous EEG signals and EEG induced electrical
potentials, as well as EEG mapping. This technique uses a
simplified cerebral cortex region which has two sectors with a
certain area resolving power. Based on the position of each
recording electrode and the recorded EEG signal, the EEG
parameter of each recorded electrode position is obtained through
analysis, and according to certain interpolation principles, the
ECG parameter values of the total displayed area are calculated,
and then an appropriate image is also displayed.
Fig. 1 Two-dimensional simplification of 10-20 electrode system
it
(N)
oko
i
20%
K(MF)
F.
1
AT
F
MF
20%
My C
MTDE
:
O
P
20%
MP 6
PT
.
O
20%
10% (MO)
Normally the cerebral cortex (three-dimensional space ) is
simplified to a circular region, and through this simplification,
the international 10-20 system electrode positions are displayed
as in Fig. 1.
Looking at the interpolation calculation, many electrodes
should be used, but because of the limitations of the EEG mapping
unit (the ND-82B type 8 path EEG mapping unit), we are only able
at one time to reccid 8 EEG signals, and from Fig. 1 we can see
the appropriately chosen eight points as the recording electrode
positions Foi, Fp_, MT_, Ce, Ca, MT4. O1 and O _. Fig. 1 should
serve as a topographically mapped display region or a change of
shape should be done, taking the circle and discretizing it into
a gusti-circle made up of smell squares. In determining the ares
resolving power (also a determination of the number of small
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
squares), it is important to look at the requirements of the
analysis and the limitations of the equipment, and we take the
diameter of the circle and divide it evenly into 49 sections, as
shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 2 in all has 1906 output units (each small
diamond is one output unit), and this time the 8 recorded
electrode coordinates are: Fp: (-10,20), Fp=(10,20), MT=(-20,C),
Co(-10,0), C(10,0), MT.,(20,0), 0:(-10,-20), 0=(10, -20).
Fig. 2 Topographical map display area
25
Fr2
-25
25
T,
C,
0
C.
1
0,
O2
-25
At each recorded electrode position, the computer, through
sampling, obtains a distributed EEG signal. After analysis and
proce. ing, each EEG parameter is obtained and matched with the
value of each small black square in Fig. 2, while the value of
each leraining position is sought through interpolation. The
interpolation processing uses a linear interpolation method, with
the value of certain points being found through linear weighting
being done for the EEG parameters of the three recorded electrode
positions nearest to the given point. The mathematical equation
f(x)=kıf(x1)+k2f(x2)+ksf(x3)
(11 )
where f( .) represents the EEG parameter of the point ( .)
location, x is the point processed by interpolation,
X1, X .. , and Xe respectively represent the distances x of
nearest three electrode positions,
!, K_ and Ko are respectively the corresponding weight
coefficients, and Ka + Ka + K= = 1.
Suppose the size of the weight coefficients is inversely
proportional to the distance between two points. Using lab to
represent the distance between a and b, we have
k1=ko/lxxx;k2=ką/lx ;; k,=ko/lx ;;;
and from the equality k + K.
+ K= = 1 we obtain
85
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Let
· L = 11+ + ++++ + lxxx
, then equation (11) can be written
-
+
X
(10)
( 12)
By reducing the multiplication frequency, the above equation
can be rewritten as
(x)= *** (f(x1)-/(x2)
+ ***** [f(x)-(x3)}+/(x)
(13)
For the value of the recorded electrode position, it is also
possible to look at a special case of the above equation.
The EEG parameters in EEG power spectral mapping analysis
are the tots) spectral density and the power spectral density of
each frequency range. The distribution of each frequency range is
given in Table 1. The power spectral density estimates use the
stepwise smoothing method, with samples obtained from independent
fiverlange FEG signals. The selection of each parameter and the
coherence analysis time are identical .
Table
:
:
Frequency
:
:
.
Frequency.
1.0-3.9 4.0-7.0 7.5-10.0 10.5-13.0 14.0-19.0 20.5-25.0
interval
(Hz)
In coherence topographical map analysis, the coherence index
of the left forehead (Fp1) position EEG parameter is chosen from
among the left and right foreheads (Fpa, F.), and the values of
the other recorded electrodes are separated into the coherence
index valve from among the given EEG signal and the left forehead
EEG signal, while the definition of the coherence index and that
sought and chosen is the same as the previous.
Analysis was done on an Apple II microcomputer in order to
reflect in real time the changing state of the EEG coherence
index in the process of entering superquiescence. For the purpose
of later being able to realize EEG coherence feedback training,
86
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
software design requires the use of a computer in the on-line
processing mode, with the programs written in 6502 assembly
language. The frequency spectral analysis uses the fast Fourier
transform (FFT) method. In order to reduce the leakage signal,
refining processing is done on the original data adding a cosine
slope map. The use of the real sequence property of a Fourier
transform makes it possible at the same time to conduct a
discrete Fourier transform for the two EEG signals, in order to
reduce the computer work load processing time for the FFT
transform, and in the interpolation operation, each constant
array produced by a BASIC program is sent to internal storage and
supplied to the assembly language program when it is running.
In the 6502 assembly process, we define one number using 3
bytes, with the following form:
First byte
Expelcat
?
0
Sign hit
Mantissa
Second byte
Numerical code
7
1. <-
Decimal
point
position
Sign bit
Mantissa high 7 bits
Third byt-
0
Mantises lower 8 bits
Here, in the sign position a 0 means positive and s 1 meshs
negative. The mantisse of the exponent uses a complement
representation, and the mantissa of the number uses an absolute
value type representation.
The printout of the topographical map uses different gray
scale (tonel) representation, with the gray scaling providing 11
gradations, with even quantization, and the printer output uses
the density of the graph to represent the size of the gray scale.
0
1
2
3
.
.
4
5
6
7
10
.
Fig. 3 EEG topographical map gray scaling
The rain program of the system is written in BASIC, and
after it is started, a transfer is done to the assembly language
87
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
i

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
program to do the coherence analysis, to find the power spectra,
and to de the interpolation and quantization operations, after
which control is returned to the main program, which reads the
results of these operations and completes the coherence analysis
and the printing of the topographical map.
The EEG coherence analysis and EEG coherence mapping program
flow-charts are shown in Figs. 4 and 5.
3. Test Subjects and Methods
The test subjects were divided into three groups. The first
group was the control group, consisting of 5 persons, all male,
who had not studied Qigong, and ranging in age from the oldest,
26 years of age, to the youngest, 24 years of age, with an
average age of 25. The second group was a group that practices
Qigong and has practiced Qigong for periods ranging from 2 months
tc 4 years, in all 15 persons, 12 male and 3 female, with the
oldest being 57 years of age and the youngest 22 years, and
having an average age of 44 years. The third group was composed
of people who have been Qigong practitioners for a comparatively
long time, on average over 5 years, and was 5 people in all, all
mele. They ranged in age from the oldest, 60 years old, to the
youngest, 30, with an average age of 52.
88
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 4 SEG coherence analysis program flow-chart
1. Read in
2. Data standardization
. 3. Transfer to FFT subroutine
.
4. Spectral decomposition operation
5. Find
读入x(n),♪(n)
( *= 1,2, ... 256)
数据规范化
2
P=1,m=0
-
读入xP)(n),y'r'(n)
(n=1,2, ... 128)
调FFT子程序
3
谱分解运算
4
P = P+1
Y
P < 12
三. 求(Pxy,x)2,(k=2,3, …… 65)
k=2
.-
(Vxy, k )2>0.95
Y
M=4+1
k= k+1
Y
K ≤6.5
STOP
89
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 5 BEG coherence topographical nap analysis program?
1. Start operation
2. Main program initialization
3. Start analysis?
.
4. No
5. Enter assembly language program, initialization
6. EEG signal sampling
7. Read in x(n), (n = 1, 2,
256)
8. Read in Y. (n), (n = 1, 2,
.
.. ,
256)
9. transfer to coherence analysis program
10. interpolation operation
11. quantization processing
12. Return to BASIC program
13. Read returned quantization results
14. Topographical map print output
系统启动
主程序初始化
.
否
分析开始?
进入汇编,
初始化
脑电信号采样
读入x(n),(n=1,2…256)
k= 1
读入 Yi (〃) (n =1,2,…256)
调相干分析程序
k= k+1
KE7
Y
插值运算
量化处理
返回 BASIC程序
读回量化结果
地形图打印输出
+
STOP
90
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
Recording of the EEG is done with a deadened shielded box,
and the shield layer (copper mesh) and the EEG unit are joined
together well. Inside, a chair was set up, and in order to have a
soft light, a direct current electrical signal lamp was erected.
A fan and an anion generator were located on the top and bottom
portions of the shielded box respectively, in order to provide
fresh air. The environment was kept comfortable as far as
possible beforehand in order to achieve good test results. For
studying the superquiescent state, the Qigong practitioners were
required to go through the following three conditions: 1) 5
minutes of rest before exercising; 2) during exercising, they
were required to enter quiescence as rapidly as possible,
exercising for 30 minutes; for the control group, they were
required to imitate practicing Qigong using a method of their own
understanding; 3) after exercising, stop, again rest and sit for
5 minutes. The required explanations were provided to the
participants prior to the test, and during the test a loudspeaker
kas mounted in the box for notifying the participants when to
start and stop with each condition. In order to avoid errors
caused by eye movement, the exercising was required to be done
with the eyes closed.
During the two EEG coherence analyses of the cerebral
forehead region, the two signals were obtained from F. and F ..
Taking the left earlobe as the reference electrode, both
electrodes were traced and recorded, taking the central point C.
as the ground terminal. When doing the EEG topographic map
analysis the single electrode recording method was used, still
taking the left earlobe as the reference electrode .
The EFG signal, after being directed through the recording
electrode to the BEG valt (ND-82B) and after amplification is
output from the pre-output terminal of the EEG unit, and along
one Detb, after amplification through an analog filter, is sent
to an A/D converter circuit (the filter is a two stage lowpass
filter, with a cutoff frequency of 40 Hz, and an amplification
factor of 10, while the A/D converter has an accuracy of 8 bits ),
for directly conducting analysis and processing. The other signal
is sent to a magnetic tape recording unit as a reset signal .
For the EEG power spectrum topographical map analysis, it
was required that each amplification factor be strictly
identical. It is possible to use the ERG mapping unit's
calibration signal as a simulated input/output signal to adjust
each amplification factor to satisfy requirements. For the
coherence analysis, there is no need to talk about amplification
factors, but considering the results after a Fourier transform
during the coherence analysis program, a gate value is determined
(when the value is smaller than the given gate value the given
value is set to zero), and for this reason we also should
maintain each amplification factor equal.
91
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4. Results of the Analysis
1. EEG coherence analysis of the cerebral forehead region.
Through EEG coherence analysis, we obtained the time
(distribution) of each of the test participants during the
. testing process -- the correspondence relation of the EEG
coherence index, as shown in Fig. 6. In the figure, the x-axis is
the time axis (each 30 seconds counts one point, hence 60
represents 30 minutes), and the y-axis is the coherence index
value .
.
We conducted analysis of the coherence index obtained for
the three time periods. The three time periods were before
exercising, during the conduction of exercising, and the after
exercising period. An average was obtained for each stage for 5
coherence indices (equal to the average coherence index within
2.5 minutes). The results of the analysis are shown in Table 2.
Fig. 6 DSG coherence analysis
Table 2
1. TI ::
2. Pararetor
E
功
前
前
刚进入功中
功
功
中
3. Group
参数
4. Before
别
均 值
均方差
均 值
均方差
均 值
均方差
5. During
6. After
第一组
6.36
0.408
6.36
0.852
6.48
1.121
7. Average value
第二组
6.08
1.411
6.63
2.232
*7.387
1.297
8. PUS error
第三组
6.45
0.84
** 9.5
1.212
** 11.45
2.177
9. First group
10. Second group
11. Third group
* shows under the p = 0.01 significance level a clear rise ( in
comparison with before )
** The examination's significance level is p = 0.005.
Table ? shows that during exercising, the two coherence
92
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
EEO COHERENCE
o
0
S
13
20
25
0℃
09
65
02
75
80
43

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
indice: of the Cigeng group's cerebral cortex forehead region
clearly ross (p < 0.01). The normal exercising gicup (group two)
had an increase in their coherence indices during exercising,
though this increase did not reach the significance level, and
this group had more relation to Qigong novices ( those who have
practiced for 2 months). The coherence index value of this group
after 20 minutes of practice showed a marked rise.
2. Coherence topographical map analysis
We conducted analysis on the coherence topographical maps of
the Qigong practitioners of the three groups.
For the control group, there was basically no change in the
coherence topographical distribution in two tests, and there was
only a slight increase in the rear area of the cerebrum and a
slight decrease in the frontal area.
The second group, in comparing the period during exercising
and the period before, had an increase in both the front and rear
part of the cerebrum (both the forehead area and the occipital
region), while there was no noticeable change in other areas.
For those with a longer exercise time, the coherence
topographical maps in the process of entering the superquiescent
state are show in Figs. 7 and 8. It may be seen that before
exercising there is not much difference with a normal person, but
when entering into practice, the coherence index of each region
increases. After having entered the superquiescent state for
several minutes, the increase in the frontal region of the
cerebrum and the left side is quite clear. After 30 minutes of
practice, a comparison of before and after shows that the
coherence
index of each region of the cerebrum has had a marked
increase, and the temporal lobe is particularly notable. In
comparing
discovers
EEG coherence topographical maps, che also
that at first, for the three time periods, the
coherence of the left side of the cerebrum is dominant, but
finally, the coherence index of the right side of the cerebrum is
very great, exceeding that of the left side. This indicates that
in the superquiescent state, each region of the cerebrum is
strengthened, particularly the nerve system relations between the
right and left hemispheres.
3. Power spectral map analysis
The control group EEG power spectrum map analysis: the
control group power spectrum distribution in the occipital region
is dominant. The energy distribution before and after exercising
shows no great change. The EEG energy concentration in the
frequency range (10.5-13.0 Hz), and the proportion of the energy
in the overall energy for the as frequency range before and after
the test increased. It may be seen from an analysis of the
relative power spectrum of the a. frequency range that the energy
concentration in the occipital region, and in the right and left
hemispheres was basically a symmetric distribution.
93
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The second group EEG power spectrum map analysis: during the
process of entering the superquiescent state, overall energy was
transferred from the occipital region to the forehead region, and
the energy of the other regions also had tendency to have a
relative concentration at the forehead region, and the &i
frequency range (7.5-10.0 Hz) power spectrum map analysis also
shows this, and one notes the EEG dominant frequency is in the a:
range .
Master Gigong practitioner power spectrum map analysis :
comparing during exercising and before, the most clear
characteristics is that the EEG wave amplitude suddenly increases
substantially. Beforehand, the dominant frequency is in the al
..
le covered upl
Fig.
...
EEG COHENCEMAP
LEFT
-
RIGHT
BEGCOHERENCEMAP
RIGHT
LEFT
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
19874.20 8: 52
BAO, XT38MALE
·
19874.20 9: 00
BAO. XT38MALE
94
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 8 The EEG coherence map changes for master practitioners who
have entered the superquiescent state
LEFT
RIGHT,
LEFT
RIGHT
.
000
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 .10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
9
10
* = #
Fig. 9 Comparison of @ range power spectral map distributions
for master practioners
-
IGHT
LEFT
RIGHT
0 1 2 3 4
LO
6 7 8 9 10
E
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
95
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Fig. 10 [ Title covered up!
ALPHAI 7.5 - - 10.0 (Hz)
LEFT
RIGHT
ALPHAI 7.5 -- 10.0 (Hz)
LEFT
RIGHT
0 1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fig. 11 EEG overall power spectral map analysis contrast for
those who have entered the superquiescent state for &
comparatively longer time
RIGHT
30005000000
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 1 2
3
5
6
7
8 9 10
M
.*
19874.20 9: 00
BAO. XT 38 MALE
.
19874.20 9: 30
BAO. XT 38MALB
96
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

. . ..
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
frequency range, while during exercising, the dominant frequency
shifts into the @ frequency range, and the EEG activity of the e.
frequency range seems to disappear (Fig. 9, Fig. 10). The energy
also undergoes a shift from the before exercise center in the
occipital region to the forehead region and right temple (Fig.
11). In comparing the left forehead recorded @ frequency range
power spectrum during exercising and the pre-exercise right
occipital recorded ai frequency range power spectrum, the former
is 210 times the latter. The dominant e wave amplitude during
exercising compared to the dominant al activity wave amplitude
should increase by 13.5 times. In addition, there is a growth in
the EEG activity amplitude in the entire head region. The
relative power spectrum distribution of the a_ frequency range
shows no major change .
During the other two tests, a similar dominant frequency
drop to the @ frequency range was recorded, and the EEG wave
amplitude increased tenfold.
It is generally believe that under the superquiescent state,
the BEG dominant frequency has a slight drop, and the EEG power
spectron increase is quite large. Yet there has been little
reporting on the above changes, and it merits further research.
5. Conclusions and Discussion
In summing up the above analysis, we have obtained that
under the superquiescent state:
( ! ) The EEG coherence index of each region of the cerebrur
showde marked increase;
(2) The EEG amplitude suddenly increases, and the energy
shifts from behind the cerebrum to the front ;
(3) Th: FFG dominent frequency is reduced.
In order to objectively reflect the depth to which the
Gigang practitioners enter superquiesence, we proposed the
concept of the superquiescence level, which is used to reflect
the degree to which the practitioner is able to eliminate
distracting thoughts.
After going through the above analysis, we believe that
there are three indices to consider in terms of the
superquiesence level :
( !) The coherence index value of each cerebral region.
Suppose the number of EEG recording electrodes is n, and the
EEG coherence index of each recording electrode position is C(i)
(1 = 1, 2,
n), and suppose that when doing the frequency
spectrum analysis, in all there are N frequency spectrum
componente. Then we will consider the influence of the coherence
indes on the superquiescence level to be
Q .= 1EC(i)
(14)
97
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-----

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
(C) The amplitude of the EEG signal of each cerebral region.
Suppose the number of EEG recording electrodes is n, and the
i-th recording electrode position EEG signal at the k-th
frequency component position's power spectral width is S., ., ( i =
1, 2, ... n, k = 0, 1,
.,
N), then we will consider the
Influence of the EEG amplitude on the superquiescence level to be
.
N
0,- ΣΣ ....
( 15)
(3) The drop in the EEG dominance frequency.
Suppose the dominant frequency of the EEG signal before
entering the quiescent state is fan, and the EEG dominant
frequency after entering the superquiescent state is foa. Then we
will consider the influence of the dominant frequency difference
on the superquiescence level to be
Q. = jab- 100
( 16)
In addition, we will should also consider the condition
where the EEG energy is shifted from the rear to the front.
Reference :
!!! #: Shopgji, Contemporary Gigong, Internal Material, 1987.
(2) Banquet, J.F. Spectral Analysis of the EEG in Meditation.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology. 1973:143.
[2] Haynes, C. T. et al. The Psychophysiology of Advanced
Participeris in the Transcendental Meditation Program :
Ccirelations of EEG Coherence of Transcendental Consciousness.
In: D.W. Orme-Johnson and J. T. Farrow, eds, Scientific Research
on the Transcendental Meditation Program: Collected Papers, Vol.
1, West Germany, MERV, 1976.
[ 4] Levine, P.H. et al. EEG Coherence During the Transcendental
Meditation Technique. In: D. W. Orme-Johnson and J. T. Farrow, eds,
Scientific Research on the Transcendental Meditation Program:
Collected Papers, Vol. 1, West Germany, MERV, 1976.
[5] Orme-Johnson, D. W. et al. EEG Phase Coherence, Pure
Consciousness, Creativity and TM-Sidhi Experience. Neuroscience,
1991: 0 :: .
99
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Turbidity Analysis of Brain Waves During Cigong
HU Xiehe and HU Zhongyi (Zhejiang University)
Summary
This article uses the method of non-linear kinetics to
analyze the turbidity of brain wave signals (time series) of
subjects who practice qigong. The results show that fragment
attractors of the brain wave signals (the system) of those who
practice qigong do generally exist, but in terms of the value of
their dimensions, d, it varies by person.
I. Introduction
In recent years, we have been striving for the testing,
analysis and research of indexes for the qigong functional state;
wc have conducted a large amount of clinical experimentation and
data analysis at the Shanghai Chinese Medicine Research
Institute, the qigong ward in the Zhejiang Jiangong Hospital and
other places. Recently, we have received a bidding project from
the Ministry of Public Health: An analytical system of micro-
computers for the functional state of qigong.
For this project,
we conducted a series of clinical experiments and data processing
in the lab.
This article will relate one aspect of our work.
According to statistics, up to now, the most widely
researched sres on qigong is the brain wave power spectrum.
Many
research groups, including the authors, have done research in
this area.
The major conclusions are : during gigeng, the index
of a wave
in most subjects' brain wave spectrum increases"1 . 71.
Put this conclusion does not apply to all of those who practice
Gigong.
For some subjects, during qigong, the a wave decreases
instead of increasing, because the increase or decrease of the
index of a wave is closely related to the degree to which the a
wove ordinarily existe in this person's brain waves.
Therefore,
the use of the a wave index to measure the effectiveness of a
qigong practice and the degree of entering quiescence is worth
looking into further.
New developments in physics and non-linear kinetics provide
us with a series of methods to analyze and study the multi-
variables, non-linear characteristics and complex systems.
In
terms of the brain wave signals of the subjects who practice
gigong, it is undoubtedly one of the most complex systems in
Leture. For this reason, can we use the method of turbidity
kinetics to study brain waves? Can we determine from our study a
set of indexes for the analysis of the functional state of qigong
and the degree of entering quiescence?
This article explores the
first question and has a positive answer to it; for the second
question, we hold a very optimistic attitude.
99
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
II. Theoretical Basis
We obtain brain wave signals from the skin of the skull of
the subjects who practice qigong.
From the surface, the time
series of this single variable can only provide rather limited
information.
Some people, in particular, will say that it is
rather limited to use a "one dimensional" approach to the process
of a system of numerous interwoven variables.
In reality, this
time series contains much richer information: it contains all the
traces of all the variables of the dynamics involved; it makes it
possible for people to confirm some important characteristics
latent in a system, which have nothing to do with any model.
To analyze the turbidity of brain wave signals, one first
must prove whether there are fragment attractors existing in
brain waves .
If there are no attractors, there will be no
turbidity to toll: about; secondly, one must solve for the
dimension of the fragment attractors, d, when d=1, the system we
process is the self-maintaining period oscillation; when d=2, we
face two incompatible quasi-period oscillations; only when d is
en incompatible quasi-period oscillation, and only when d is not
ch. integer ci is larger than 2 (fragment attractors, see section
3.10 in reference [3]), will the system indicate a sensitivity to
the primary condition and possess unpredictable eigen turbidity
oscillations.
1. The system to be proven
The question is whether or not brain wave signals contain
stir stay :; all is needed is to draw its phase plot, with X(t ) as
its horizontal axis, and X(t+r) as its vertical axis, and see if
its phase trace can be restricted within a sub-set of a quadrant .
If it is, there must be attractors in the system (and this sub-
set is called a attractors) .
2. The dimension of the attractor can be determined through
the following steps
(1) Suppone our obtained brain wave time series is Xo(t),
now introduce a vector Xi
Xl= (XO(ti), XO(to+r), ... XO(ti+(n-1)r)
( i=1, 2, ... , N)
( 1)
In the formula,
=mAt, m is a positive integer, and At is the
sampling time.
(2) For different i's, solve for the distance between X,
and X., that is
100
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ry=|X .- X,I (,j=1,2, ... ,N, }#1)
(2)
(3) For r of different values (the value of r is a rather
small positive integer), solve for C(r)
(+)=N= 20(1-111)
j#i
(3)
In the formula, @(X) is Heaviside function, that is
0(x) ={}(x>0)
'0(X<0)
(4)
" is a standard to measure the distribution of Xi. The
measurement of the non-zero C(r) affects the degree of
distribution of other points because of the existence of X. .
Therefore, C(r) can be considered as the attractor's integral
correlation. function ..
( 4) In calculating the dimension d[ 4] of the attractor,
bocause
C(r) cord
(5)
therefars
"d = Inc(r) /Inr
(6)
The s here is the dimension of the attractor.
III. The Steps in the Experiment
We let the subjects sit quietly in a screened room, put four
electrodes on their heads; the measured brain wave signals are
sent out through cables from the screened room into an eight-
track electroencephalogram (EEG); after noise filter and
magnification, it is sent to a four-track tape recorder and the
signals are recorded on the recorder.
During the analysis process, the brain wave signals are
retrieved from the tape; after IBMPC sampling, the original data
is sent through network into a VAX-II mini-computer to go through
a series of processing and analysis steps.
101
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
IV. Results of Analysis
1. Proof of the existence of attractors
Following the method explained in Section II, we plot phase
trace diagrams of the subjects' brain waves.
The diagrams show
that their phase trace stabilizes within a certain area, which is
a sub-set of a quadrant; therefore, attractors do exist.
This
conclusion is consistent with the study""" on brain wave
attractors of the sleep phase, done by A. Babloyantz and others;
the shapes of the diagrams are more or less similar (see Fig. 2);
in Fig. 1, r: 10; the sampling frequency is 100Hz, total time is
20 seconds, and the differentiating frequency is 10bit.
( Insert
Figs 1 and 2)
2. The dimensions of attractors
Fig. 3 plots the curves of Inc(rr) and Inr at various times,
n .
The slope of the curve in the diagram is the dimension d of
the attractors; the diagram shows when n
6, slope d is
unchanged.
This is the first saturation value d, which is the
dimension of the attractor for the corresponding brain wave
signal system; here d = 2.10.
Fig. 4 shows the curves of d and n; Table 1 gives their
actual values .
Following this method, we analyzed four cases; their
situations are basically the same, but the d value is different.
The result is shown in Table 2.
Fig. 1
Two dimensional diagrams of the subjects.
f= 100Hz; r=10 , N=1000 total 10s. Plotted on VAX-II.
x (1++)
512
256
(a) The phase plot for before qigong.
0
X0 (1) 256
512
.
% (1 ++)
256
.
1
x0(*) 256
512
(b) The phase plot for 10 minutes into qigong
102
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
{ (a)
2400
** (1+2);
2000
1600
1600
2000
2400
x. (1)
(a) The awake phase
(b)
2400
** (1+2)
2000
1600
1600
2000
2400
xp (1)
(b) The fourth stage of the sleep phase.
Fig. 2 Two dimensional Fig.s of the sleep phase plotted on EEG.
f= 100Hz, r -: 0At, N=4000 total 40s.
Plotted on PDP 11-44.
' Loc ( r )
1
i
. * = 2
-2
n= 11
1
- 4
·- 2
-1
0
2
Lnr
Fig. 3 The curve relation of InC(r) and Inr to the various time,
r. .
f= 100Hs, N=2000, N=500, Flotted on VAX-II
103
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
A

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
d
3
2
3
5
₾
Fig. 4 The curve relation between d and n
Table : The relation between d and n
N
D
29
2
1.217
1.614
1.783
5
1.946
6
2.103
2.137
2.161
E .
..
@
The subject and the @ value
...
(Ny tombe: )
1.
3 valve
I
ʻ
1
1
1
No.1
2.10±0.10
No.2
1.51±0.10
No. 3
1.17±0.10
No.4
2.24 ±0.10
:
V. Conclusion
The above ar
alysis shows that for the subjects, their brain
wave signale apte
turbid (I.e. there are fragment attractors ) ;
.0
104
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-------

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
but the distribution of the dimension d value of their attractors
is wide, see Table 2.
On the other hand, the & value of the
dimension of the attractors, which we obtained from the head of
the subjects (d value is approximately between 2 and 3), differs
greatly from other people'sr"1 results, which are for the awake
phase (d=5 approximately) and the sleep phase (d= 4
.
approximately). Perhaps the value difference can be used to
measure the difference in the qigong skills of the subjects.
But
this is only an assumption; specific effort to prove it must be
carried cut.
References
[1] Zun Full and others, Journal of Psychology, 4th issue, 1984,
PP422.
(2) HT Xiske, HU Zhongyi, Journal of Zhejiang University; Special
Issue on Electrical Machinery, 1986 pp. 70.
[3] G. Niplis & I. Prigeging, Exploring Complexity Press
FFEEKAN, New York 1986.
(4) C. Nicolis & G. Nicolis, Is there a climatic attractor?
Nature Val. 21: No 11, 1984 pp529-532.
[5] A. Bekleyento, et.al.
Evidence of the Chaotic Dynamics of
Frait. Activity during the Sleep Cycle, Phy Eett Vol !11A, No. 3
1998 22 150-100.
105
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Distance Transcending Effect of
External C:, And Analyzing it Using Laser Raman Observation
of Solutions Which Have Physiological Effects
,
.
YAN Yin ( Chongqing Chinese Medicine Research Institute)
LI Shengping, YU Jianyuan, LI Baihe
( Chemistry Department, Qinghua University)
LU Zuyin
( High Energy Physics Research Institute,
Chinese Academy of Science)
Summary
Using a SPEX1403 Laser Raman Spectroscope, through checking
and measuring of such solutions as tap water, physiological
saline, glucose solution, maidimeisu solution, etc., all of which
have physiological effects upon the qigong masters' release of
externs!
received qi in transcending distance (several meters
to 1900 km), it was discovered that the Laser Raman spectrum of
the sant!
of solutions go through changes with the effect of
external
Scientific experimentation on qigong, especially the
scientific experiments conducted by the first-class qigong
Masters, is different from other scientific experiments.
article
detailed explanation on how to design
This
experiments of this kind.
I. Introduction
The practice of qigong and the use of external gj to cure
sicknesses and the unusual effects it achieves have gradually
draw. the interest of scientists.
But everybody is hoping for some breakthrough on such a
mysterious and profound subject.
Based on the many years of research on qigong science, we
have realized that scientific qigong research experimentation
must involve the help and participation of the experienced and
seasoned first-class qigong masters, the thinking out and
planning of the experiment must be improved, and modern
analytical equipment must be used for checking and measuring.
For this purpose, we completed some rather difficult
experimentation on solutions, such as tap water, 0.9%
physiological saline, 50% glucose solution, a 1.5mg/ml maidimeisu
solution and other samples, over which the distance transcending
106
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
+

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
gi hes = physiological effect; we used a laser Raman
spectroshape for checking and measuring to observe and determine
whether external gi affected the samples.
II. The Method and Design of the Experiment
Equipment used for the experiment.
In this experiment, the
equipment used was a SPEX1403 laser Raman spectroscope .
Its main
functional indices are as follows:
0. 15cm= 1 (Hg579. 1nm)
Pcsolving power
Ramen shift interval
5 -- 4000 cm-1
Wave accuracy
1 cm"1
( < 4000cm-1 )
0.2cm-1
Sample ..
Tap water, medical 0.9% physiological saline,
medical 50% glucose solution, and a 1.5mg/ml maidimeisu solution.
The total concentration of Ca++, Mg++, and Na+ is 5.7mg/l.
Experiment design.
In the past ten years, scientific
experimentation and research on qigong has developed rather
quickly.
From an experimental methodological point of view,
these efforts can be put into three categories: (1) Directly
applying external si to the detecting head or sensor, in order to
discove:
the its composition and its functional mechanisms.
(2)
During the release of external q; and the circulation of internal
qi, using various means to measure the change in various
physiological parameters and organisms in human and other
bic:
bodies.
(3) Directly apply external qi to detached
(such as cancer cells) and other bacteria, and then
method to closely analyse and study its
functional mechanism: .
Now it is clear that the manifestations of qigong's effects
And the layers of gongli (the force or intensity
of qigong cheigh) are rather complex.
Under the effect of the
esteinal ci
from first-class qigong masters, the detecting head
(come: ) of modern analytical equipment as well as its other
parts (exchange, magnification, display) can all be affected,
which may lead to false results in the experiment.
This is why
in s first-class qigong experiment, great care is needed when
adapting the original positional ( in situ) experimental method.
In past experiments, the functional system of "person --
person" or "person -- living organisms" is usually adopted, which
means the qigong masters release external qi to persons, living
bodies or living organisms, and it is measured by equipment.
This kind of experiment cannot eliminate the psychological effect
on the recipient of the external gi. In terms of the living
organiste, individual as well as environmental differences can
107
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
also be factors.
.
Therefore, it is necessary to design this kind of experiment
to completely eliminate the interfering elements from the
biological background.
The experimental system is actually
formed by person -- object.
That is, the external qi released by
the qigong masters is done on a lifeless object.
In experiments of this kind, our standard for selecting
samples is that their structures must be simple, they are stable
under normal circumstances, and they possess certain biological
effects.
Because in the body of an adult, the various tissues and the
body fluid consists over 65% of water, it is appropriate to
select tap water, medical 0.9% physiological saline, medical 50%
glucose solution, and a 1.5mg/ml maidimeisu solution, all of
which have biological effects. Because tap water, physiclogical
saline, and such solutions are very stable under normal
circumstances, we must ask the help of first-class qigong masters
in order to have any effect on them.
Therefore, in qigong
experimentation research, the qigong masters must be involved in
the planning and decision of the experiment. At the same time,
the gongli of qigong masters can be affected by their energy,
state of mind, time, environment, and many other complex
conditions. Hence, whether the experiment can go on, how qigong
is done or when it is done must be decided by the qigong masters.
This differs from ordinary scientific research; in experiments of
this kind, the qigong master is the main participant.
This is
exactly the unique characteristics of science research involving
the havan kedy.
In addition, in order to confirm the belief that distance
transcending external gi can cure sicknesses, we designed an
experiment in which the qigong masters do not touch the sample
but as the external qi from a distance of several meters to
docens of kilometers, with the longest being 1900 kilometers.
Obviously, the degree of difficulty in this type of
experiment is -extreme. Each time before the experiment,
depending on different situations and conditions, the qigong
masters must use many different methods for generating qigong
energy), as part of preparation, they use fagong (the initial
stage of qigong, which is the beginning of the generation of
energy) and shougong ( the ending of the generation of energy, the
concluding phase ) .
But since the gongli of the qigong masters
can be affected by their energy, state of mind, environment, and
other conditions, in every experiment, the effect of their fagong
and its force vary.
Under such conditions, one should not demand
niekad repetitions of the experiment.
However, as long as we
108
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
are clear on the background of the experiment, and cur analytical
method is applied correctly, we can still tell false results from
rcel ches in a limitedly repeated experiment.
The checking and measuring conditions. For those qigong
masters who generate great energy, using the original positional
method may cause interference in the analytical equipment;
therefore, we place samples in a designated lab to receive fagong
(within the same lab there are other samples for receiving
fagong) .
After fagong, it is checked and measured on the laser
Raman spectroscope.
To determine if the equipment is working
properly, one must frequently measure the standard sample ( the
background) .
In this experiment, the measuring conditions are:
the Jaser spectroscope is an Ar spectroscope, the measuring power
is 400mW -- 500mW, the wave length is 5145 A, lighting type is 900
and the coenning speed is 0.5s.
Control experiment.
In this experiment, all samples are
mixed solutions taken from large containers, which will guarantee
the consistency of the samples ( including the background control
and samples ) .
Before each experiment,
all the background
samples are tested.
The results show that all the measuring of
the control samples through leser Raman spectroscope is
consistent.
Fig. 1, 2, 3, and 4 are respectively the control
spectrum diagrams of tap water, medical 0.9% physiological
selinc, medical 50% glucose solution, and 1.5mg/ml maidireisu
sclet :::..
10.00 EOS
Intensity
0.00 800
4000.00
400.00
2200.00
Raman shift (om1)
Fig. 1
Raman spectrum diagram of normal tap water
109
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4.8250
.
Intensity
0.15E04
400.00
170.00
.285.00
Raman shift (cm" )
Fig. C Panel spectrum diagram of normal medical 0. 9%
physiological saline
4.50E03
Intensity
1.20 E03
200.00
1700.00
3200.00
Raman shift (cm+)
Fig. 3 Pamat spectrum diagram of normal medical 50% glucose
solution
110
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
5.00 E03
Intensity
.0.00E20
200.00
1700.00
3200.00
Raman shift (cm1) A-80
Fig. 4 Renan Spectrum diagram of 1.5mg/ml maidimeisu solution
The qigong experimentation method.
Before each experiment, the
preparation of samples is: use a small glass tube to take out
samples from glass containers full with samples; then seal it.
Each semple is divided into two groups; each group consists of 2-
One group of tubes will be target samples for fagong,
and the other group will be kept, untouched by fagong, as control
All the sealed samples must be checked and measured to
samples .
be background.
The samples for the experiment must be deposited
inte a designated lab, the door of which will be locked, and
seledy will be allowed in before fagong. Doctor Van Xin will be a
long distance away and begin to fagong at the designated time.
fageng distance is 7 kilometers.
The duration of fagong is
normally onder 10 minutes.
After fagong, the Samples will be
transported to the lab containing the laser Raman spectroscopy
for checking and measuring.
The control samples will be Kept in
the laser Raman lab throughout.
The experiment is done using a double-blind method; that is,
the scaling, checking and measuring are all done by the equipment
operator; no other person is allowed. Neither is anyone allowed
in the laser Ramen lab during the checking and measuring.
The
situation and condition of this group of experiments is listed in
Table : .
Table 1 Conditions of the Experiment
Date
Content
12/22/96
Tap water
13
Method
of Communic.
Temper.
OC
Distance
Result
3m
Change
111
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
12/27/86
Top water
12
phone
7km
Change
12/31/86
Tap water
12
20m
Change
.
1/5/87
Glucose solut.
13
phone
7km
Change
Physiol. saline
1/8/87
Tap water
11
phone
7km
Change
Glucose solut.
Physiol. saline
1/9/87
Tap water
11
phone
7km
Change
midimel su solution
1/12/97
Glucose solut.
10
phone
1900km
Change
Physiol. saline
maidimeisu solution
1/17/87 5
Glucose solut.
11
phone
1900Km
Change
Physicl. saline
1/20/97
Glucose sclut.
11
phone
1900km
Change
Physiol. saline
maidireist solution
1/23/97
Glucose solut.
11
phone
1900km
Change
III. Results and Discussions
Tests on tap water.
Over twenty tests on the background of
tap water demonstrate that there is an -OH contracting
oscillation peak area around 3410cm-1 in the laser Raman spectrum
diagram, while around 1635cm-1, there is an accompanying -HOH
distorted weak oscillation area. But after distance transcending
external gi, the laser Raman spectrum diagram of the tap water
shows that there is a huge unknown peak within the 1000cm-) --
3000cm-1 range .
The typical result is shown in Fig. 5. In the
experiment, on the condition that the analytical condition
remains unchanged, we conducted a trace test.
The result shows
The
that this peak diminishes and disappears within one hour.
result is shown in Fig. 6. Because test samples and control
samples are taken from the same container of tap water, and the
background spectrum of the control sample remains normal; hence
there is no possibility of contamination causing fluorescence.
Moreover, this kind of unknown peak appears numerous times in the
112
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Glucose solut.
Physiol. saling

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
laser
Pazar spection of test samples after they have received
external ity Lot
appears in the background spectrum test
of the control samples.
There is, therefore, sufficient reason
to believe that the appearance of this unknown peak is caused by
external qi.
Tests on medical 0.9% physiological saline.
Under
distance
transcending external qi, there are some changes in the Raman
spectrum of the 0. 9% medical physiological saline, in comparison
to
the normal control
spectrum.
These changes mostly appear in
the shifting of the 248cm"1 to 238cm-1 of the low wave range
between 200 -- 260cm-
Its typical result is shown in Fig. 7.
Because Doctor Yan Xin did fagong differently each time, the
changes as indicated in Fig. & are also noted. Obviously, peak
248cm"1 disappears.
Of course, like the test on tap water, the
spectrum of the control samples remain unchanged throughout.
= fact shows that the equipment is functioning normally, and
the changes in the laser Raman spectrum of test samples are
caused by external çi.
Tests on medical 50% glucose solution.
Like the tests on
tap water and medical C.ON physiological saline, after super
distance external qi, the Raman spectrum of the glucose solution
shows changes in comparison to the spectrum of the control
spectrum.
Its typical result is shown in Fig. 9.
Obviously, in
Fig. 9 there is the phenomenon of the disappearance of the
7100m1
peak .
Trace tests cr
physiological saline and glucose solution
Now that the Femen
spectrum on the samples in the four days of
tracing after external gi do not appear to change.
Test on 1.Eng/hl maidimeisu solution.
After external qi,
the Ramch spectrum on the maidimeisu solution, in comparison to
the Remon Spectrum of the control sample, also shows changes .
Likewise, these changes appear in many toots. Its typical result
is shown in Fig. 10.
Obviously, the 207cm-1 peak shifts to
:97Com-1.
Since the above four solutions are stable under normal
room temperature, and we also check to see if the equipment
functions properly by checking the control samples before and
after the test, and randomly check the samples during the test;
therefore, we can definitely determine whether the laser Raman
spectrun on the external qi samples shows any changes over the
lasel Ramon spectrum of the control samples that do not receive
external qi.
The tests show, under the distance transcending effects of
external
qf of Doctor Yan Xin, changes of varying degree occur in
the Pamen spectron for the four sample solutions of physiological
characteristics used in the experiment .
This fact shows that
113
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
external qi bas affected the structure of these solutions to a
certain extent.
Therefore, this experiment also reminds people
that one of the ways qigong masters cure sicknesses in people
with external qi is through the effect of external qi on the
fluids and tissues in human bodies, causing a certain degree of
structural and functional change, thereby achieving the effect of
cure through physiological adjustment.
Therefore, development of
this kind of experimental research is of significance.
Of course, this work only uses a Laser Raman unit to measure
and confirm the effects of external qi used by a qigong master on
several solutions having physiological effects. The work is still
in an early stage. But in order to for deeply probe the mechanism
of the biological effects produced by external gi on matter,
especially the mechanism of distance transcending external qi, in
the future it will be necessary to conduct much further in-depth
research .
114
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1
b
400.00
2200.00
1000.00
Raman shift (cm"!)
Fig. 5 Raman spectrum Fig. of tap water after external gi
8 -- 0.5 hour after qigong
b -- tap water background before
Intensity
C
4
200.00.
2200.00
Raman shif (cm~1)
Fig. 6
Raman spectrum trace Fig. of tap water after qigong.
c -- 0.5 hour after external gi
b -- 1.5 how after qigong (7km super distance)
a -- 2 hours after qigong.
115
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
'Intensity
------
b
0
170.00
285.00
400.00
Rman shif .(cm"')
Fig. 7
Raman spectrum diagram of medical 0.9% physiological
saline solution.
a -- Taman spectrum before external qi (7km distance )
b Raman spectrum after external gi
9.00 E03
a
b
2.00 E03
200.00
250.00
300.00
Raman Shift. (cm+ )
-
Fig. 9 Faman spectrum of medical 0.9 physiological saline
a -- Raman spectrum before external Gi
t -- Raman spectrum after external qi
116
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
Intensity
b
200.00
1700.00
3200.00
Raman shif (cm"1)
Fig. 9
Raman spectrum diagram of medical 5% glucose solution
a -- Raman spectrum before external qi
b -- Raman spectrum after external qi
6.00E 03
b
0.00 E00
200.00
1700.00
3200.00
Raman shift (cm )
Fig. 10
Raman spectrum of 1.5mg/ml maidimeisu solution
a -- Raman spectrum before external qi
b -- Raman spectrum after external qi
117
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Effects of Qi on the Polarization Plane of a Laser Beam
Yan Xin
(The Chongqin Research Institute of Traditional
Chinese Medicine)
Li Zuyin
(High Energy Research Institute, Chinese Academy
of Sciences)
Yan Sixian
(Department of Physics, Qinhua University)
Li Shengpin (Department of Chemistry, Qinhua University)
Introduction
Experimental surveys on the orientation of the polarized plane
of laser emission in the helium neon cavity models show that
rotation occurs when Qi is applied.
The application of Qi is credited to Dr. Yan Xin, a Qigong
Master. He released energy (Fagong) from a distance of 7 km
and 2000 km from the experiment chamber on five different
occasions. Experiment results clearly showed that when energy
was released, rotation of the polarized plane occurred.
By collating the experiment results, an argument has been
put forth concerning the remarkable characteristics of Qi and
its long distance applications.
The use of modern scientific and technical methods to conduct
research work on Qi has a history of only 10 short years.
118 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
Scientific research documentation on Qigong has been done
by a pioneer group only in the recent past. This group still
needs to discover and promulgate many unknown manifestations
of Qigong. Moreover, there is need for future progress in
the research and knowledge of the scientific laws of Qigong
and the establishment of its phenomenological theory.
These experiments have also been conducted for the above
mentioned purpose. They have two aspects.
The first is the observation of the effect of Qi on the stable
output of a helium neon capacity laser. We also calculate
the working conditions of the laser device as reflected in
the orientation of its comparatively sensitive polarization
plane, using it as the target of our survey. Qigong doctors,
by releasing energy, can cure sick people from a distance.
the characteristics of this long-distance action still require
clarification through in-depth experiments.
The second is to try and map out the long-distance processes
of Qi through testing and verification.
1. Design and Preparation of the Experiment
Planning the experiment has two parts: once concerning the
release of energy and the other concerning the experiment
- 119 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
equipment.
In this experiment, the energy release (Fagong) was always
undertaken by Qigong Master Dr. Yan Xin.
The goal of this
experiment was solely to record the long-distance action of
Qi.
Therefore, we used the method of emitting energy upon
a distant target.
At first, Dr. Xin emitted energy from 7
kms away.
When the experiment was successful, he emitted energy
from a distance of 2000 kms
This was the first experiment in the research of Qigong in
which energy was emitted from such a remote distance.
Long distance emission of energy is difficult and complex.
Before each emission the Qigong Master requires 1-2 days of
preparation.
Preparation time depends on the distance of
emission.
Prior to the experiment, the Master undertakes an
exploratory survey.
He ensures the arrangements are complete,
and if not satisfied, can refuse to proceed.
Once the experiment begins he emits energy using the traditional
and comprehensive thought methods of Qigong.
According to
the distance, he must add on the relevant thought and feeling
method, expel obstruction method, etc. After the experiment
is completed, he must restore himself and replenish expended
120 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
4
-
energy .
While the experiment is under way all persons must leave
the laboratory and shut the door. Only after completion can
they enter to obtain experiment data and begin analysis.
2. Experiment Preparation
The experiment uses a helium neon inner cavity type laser
( Illustration 1) with a power of 2 mW. 20 cm in front of the
laser beam tube place a flat mirror.
When the normal line
of the mirror is clamped on at an angle of about 57 degrees
to the incidence of the laser beam, the mirror reflects the
components of the incidence of the polarized laser beam as
it falls vertically.
This is recorded using a silicon photocell.
The photocell
must be placed 20 cm from the foot of the mirror.
The polarize plane of the laser beam's angle to the flat
surface is
.
When there is any change on the polarized surface,
and rotation occurs, this will be recorded by the silicon
photocell because the light strength I of the vertical components
p
will change.
The value of.
1
changes into I , and the
p
p
becomes
-
121 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

4
.....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the angle of rotation, I, is the force of the incident beam.
The measure of
I
can then be calculated as the rotation
P
of the polarized plane
·
On the other side of the laser tube place another photocell
at a distance of 10 cm, Use this to monitor the changed output
energy rate of the laser beam.
Illustration 1
2.
3.
光电池
激光管
平面玻璃
4 .
光电池
图】
实验装置示意图
1. Silicon photocell
2. Laser Tube
3.
Mirror
4.
Silicon photocell
The automatic balance recording apparatus of the constant
light flow of the two photocells will record anything beyond
4 metres.
3. Self disturbances created by the equipment
Rotation of the laser polarized plane can also occur because
of the following factors.
(a) Changes in temperature.
Differences in ambient temperature
122 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
,
.
between the inside of the laser tube from which current Is
being discharged and the outside can lead to changes in the
length of the resonant cavity in the laser tube,
£
This can
transform the resonance frequency.
-
In the polarized laser beam produced by the gas cavity type
of laser device, each and every longitudinal membrane becomes
polarized with linear characteristics. Two neighboring
longitudinal membranes in a polarized square are mutually
vertical.
The drift jump frequency of the longitudinal membranes causes
changes in relative strength between each membrane. This results
in the rotation of the polarized surface.
The rotation of the polarized surface is extremely sensitive
to temperature changes. For example, in a 30 cm long glass
laser tube, if the temperature changes by 0.26 degrees, this
can create a jumping membrane, causing rotation. Even the
slightest breeze, created by a person walking past, can produce
rotation of the polarized surface.
b. Change in gas refraction index. A change in the gas
refraction index can also lead to a frequency drift. Due to
changes in the discharging current, the gas inside the tube.
- 123 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
can become separated.
Changes in pressure can also lead to
change in the gas refraction index. In a helium neon laser,
however, these changes need not be serious.
The laser tube was in a stable setting before conducting
the experiment. No changes were caused by separation of gas
or by pressure changes. These difficulties were completely
overcome.
We were able to determine through surveys that temperature
is the most important factor causing rotation of the polarized
plane. Thus we were able to successfully cause rotation through
the action of Qi. The best method is to project the laser
tube in an environment of steady temperature so as not to cause
self-rotation of the polarized plane.
The laser tube thus generally should be operated in a stable
situation for at least half an hour before energy release.
In the 2000 km experiments, energy was released only after
the laser had been operating stably for 3 hours.
In order to maintain a completely stable environmental
temperature, the experiment equipment was placed in an inner
chamber inside the darkroom which was inside the laboratory.
before energy emission all personnel must leave the room and
- 124 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
$

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
lock the door behind them. Even after emission of the long-
distance energy has stopped, human body temperature can cause
disturbance in the laser.
While Qi is emitted, the voluntary balance recording instrument
can immediately start recording a few inquiry numbers that
are reflected.
We must start with these numbers and the record
wave patters of the polarized surface.
When Dr. Yan Xin was directly emitting energy to the voluntary
balance recording instrument, we recorded the inquiry number
waves that came up.
These may be seen in Illustration 2.
Dr. Yan Xin always used the "expelling disturbance" method
to emit energy.
In the real survey of every experiment we
are still to discover in the record of the wave pattern recordings
in Illustration 2 any inquiry numbers which the voluntary balance
recorder gave off by itself or which are not caused by the
reception of energy release.
Illustration 2
The inquiry numbers which were recorded when Dr. Yan
Xin was directly emitting energy to the voluntary
balance recording instrument
10
1.
1
(rel)
0
10
1
. rel )
0
8: 05
8: 08
8:11
8: 14
8: 17
1
125
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
---- -

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
10
1
1
1
1
1,
(rel)
0
10
1
(rel)
0
9: 00
9: 03
9: 06
9: 09
9:12
.
图2 严新直接向自动平衡记录仪发功时记录到的讯号
2. The Experiment
The experiment was started at the end of December 1986.
Dr.
Yan Xin made a number of visits to the laboratory to understand
the experiment installations and the site of the laboratory.
He conducted one experiment of releasing direct energy on the
voluntary balance recording instrument.
After that he never
again visited the laboratory during the experiment period.
In the one month experiment, we succeeded 5 times in recording
a clear undulating change in the I
p
value when energy ( Fagong )
was released. This was done thrice when the Master was 7 km
away and twice when he was 2000 km away. These recordings
can be seen in Illustrations 3-5.
Illustration 3 is the result of an energy release 7 km away.
While energy was released for a period of 55 minutes, the
- 126 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
..... ' -

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
+
-
1
previously stable I
P
value 10 times manifested an undulating
oscillation.
After receiving energy it became even more stable.
The I
p
value changed by 10%, equal to a rotation of 6 degrees.
Illustration 3
The experiment result of a 7 km energy release
发功
Qi Emission
10+
1
I,
(rel)
v
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
10#
0
30
35
40
45
50
55
收功
.
i
10F
0
60
65
70
75
80
85
t (min)
Illustration 4 shows the result of an energy release from
2000 kms away.
The illustration shows a recording one hour
before energy emission and the stable 1/2 hour after energy
was received and the clear polarization disturbance which took
127
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
place 6 times in 1 hr 45 min when energy was released.
The
I
wave fluctuation perimeters were 12%, equal to a rotation
p
of 7 degrees.
Illustration 4
The experiment result of a 2000 km energy release
101
(re1)
0
0 : 15
0: 30
0: 45
1: 0
发功
-
1: 15
1: 30
1: 45
2: 00
2: 15
2:30
2: 45
发功
3: 00
3* 15
1
3: 30
Illustration 5 shows a second result of an energy release
from 2000 kms away.
the stable I_
p
put out a stable fluctuation
128 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
----
-- -
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
-
-
of nearly 20 minutes after energy was released. Especially
noteworthy
was a repeated increase in a category of ripples
in big rises of disturbance. Our previous experiment records
show that this type of ripple phenomenon is not a product of
the laser device's independent action.
The fluctuation perimeters
of I
p
were 10%, equal to a refraction of 6 degrees.
Illustration 5
The experiment result of another 2000 km energy release
104
(rel )
0
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
发功
-
33
36
39
42
45
48
51
54
56
58
1
60
62
64
66
68
1
1
70
72
收功74
76
78
1
1
80
83
86
89
92
95
98
101
104
(min )
129
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
In every one of these experiments the laser tube output rate
was monitored as being stable. We have thus not drawn the line
for this stable work rate.
The above experiments were conducted after eliminating all
outside disturbances.
thus the results are remarkable and
show that when the temperature is stable, the action of Q can
cause the polarization plane of a laser to rotate.
3. Discussion
1.
Here are a few outstanding characteristics of our laser
beam experiment records :
To create an accepted scientific concept, it is necessary
to consistently duplicate the experiment and the experimental
data.
However, the Qigong experiments have been conducted with
only a few samples.
This is because they all require Qigong
Masters.
The release of energy ( Fagong) depletes 10,000 breaths
and the Qigong Master suffers harm to both physical and inner
strength.
therefore, the Qigong Master is incapable of repeatedly
duplicating energy release. When energy is being emitted from
far away, the depletion of energy is an especially big problem.
Therefore we are left with small sample experiments.
- 130 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
1
Every time the Master emits energy, the emission is closely
linked to his physical, emotional and mental condition, thus
making duplication very difficult.
It was very hard for us
to ensure consistency and duplication for the experiments.
Clearly it was impossible for us to fulfill all the requirements
for experiments since we cannot conduct large sample experiments
or ensure rigorous duplication.
So how can these experiments
be considered reliable?
The above conditions needs not be completely fulfilled by
the analysis of the results of experiments which aim to discover
the effects of Qigong.
this is because the immediate goal
of statistical analysis at this point is to come up with new
discoveries in the course of the experiment so a false impression
can only be created by statistical fluctuations in the usual
background.
Our reply to the above question utilizes the "Hypothesis
Method" which is a study of mathematical statistics. In the
method the important thing is the precise understanding of
statistical fluctuations in the background. Thus the background
is surveyed as the detailed model and not the new manifestations.
in these situations one has to discover a few high remarkability
131 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
instances to prove the reliable occurrences of new manifestations.
Moreover, duplication of the same high reliability instances
in every experiment is unnecessary.
In recent decades of
scientific discovery, particularly in that of basic chemistry,
examples like thus are not rare.
Take for example a certain physical quantity X which is surveyed
many times, we get an average value" and a standard error
o
.
For a certain number of surveys, we get the value x* of
the significant deviation l . D/x-a/. So, s becomes the
reliability of the above sample. When S > 5, we know that
the significance of the example has been highly fulfilled.
This is because the possibility factor of these examples being
created by the background statistical fluctuations is only
5.8×10-7.
Thus we can take these instances as being a confirmation
of new manifestations.
Following the same principle, we also came to the conclusion
that the rotation of the laser beam polarized plane in our
experiments was caused by the action of Qi.
2. The long distance action of Qi in our experiments clearly
contradicts the scientific laws stating there exists a
- 132 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
.....

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
proportionate ratio between the strength of the long distance
and close-up action.
This reality is difficult to understand.
In the study of physics, the active strength of gravity and
electro-magnetism follows the law of the inverse square ratio.
But the mutual strength action or mutual weakness action does
not follow this law.
The law of inverse square ratios is not
the foremost law describing action strength and distance. There
are a few physical manifestations, eg., laser beams can pass
through a thousand li and still keep their luminosity because
of the very tiny divergence angle.
Similarly, it is not
impossible that Qi can go through 2000 kms and still maintain
its action strength.
The existence of the above-mentioned long-distance action
of Qi, there are various other characteristics like its intense
piercing characteristic, acting on more than one target, and
two-way regulation, etc. that cannot be explained by modern
physical science theories. Clearly Qigong science goes beyond
modern scientific knowledge. Under the restrictions of today's
1
level of scientific development, the characteristics of Qi
remain to be verified and its laws have been delved into only
slightly.
133 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
Under these conditions; to determine the genuineness of Qigong
manifestations has taken great determination on our part because
we have had to employ a simple "yes or no" method to conform
to modern scientific theories and regulations.
- 134 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
The Effect of Qi on the Phase Behavior of Liposomes
- Yan Xin
(The Chonqui Research Institute of
Traditional Medicine)
- Zhao Nanming
(Department of Biological Science
Technology, Qinhua University)
- Yin Zhangcheng
(Department of Biological Science
Technology, Qinhua University)
- Liu Zuyin
(High Energy Physics Research Institute,
Chinese Academy of Science)
Introduction
This article studies the effect of Qi on the phase behavior
of liposome (artificial membrane). research was conducted
using a differential scanning calorimeter. Results show that
apart from the original phase deviations of liposomes at over
41.5 degrees C, under the action of Qi they undergo an enormous
endothermic step at around 46-48 degrees C. Moreover, this
endothermic step is related to the catabolismof the phosphatidic
choline on the extreme tip of DPPC into phosphoric acid coalmine.
- 135 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
In the course of this experiment Dr. Yan Xin used the
long-distance energy release method and that the farthest target
was around 9 kms away.
To determine the action of Qi on a bio-membrane, as a first
step we used a differential scanning calorimeter to study the
effect of Qi on the phase behavior of DPPC (Dipalmitoy
Phosphatidic Choline) liposomes (artificial membranes) .
1. Materials
The DPPC was a product of the American Sigma Corporation.
The1090B model thermal analyzer was the product of the American
DuPont Corporation. The thermal flux measurement accuracy
was l mw/cm.
Preparing the DPPC liposome. We placed an accurate measurement
of 2 mgs of phosphatide in a test-tube. We added 100 ml of
buffer liquid (140mm NaCl, 5mm NaPO, PH 7.4).
After the
phosphatide was disintegrated in a vortex oscillator, it was
further oscillated to become a turbid floating liquid in a
50 degrees C water-bath type of ultrasonic generator.
2. The Experiment Step by Step
After the liposome samples were properly prepared, 10 ml
of the sample was extracted by microsyringe and injected into
- 136 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
an aluminum specimen case. We then proceeded with the DSC
survey .
During the 4 hours or so from the point when the specimens
were ready to the time when the experiment started, the specimens
were examined 3 times.
To act as a contrast, the liposomes had one transformation
point of 41.5 degrees C when they changed from gel form to
liquid crystals. The survey results showed that the apex did
not transform and the specimen was stable.
After this the surveyed sample was subjected to an energy
release period. Dr. Yan Xin released energy for 5-10 minutes.
After this, the sample was sent to the laboratory for testing
and its DSC curve was recorded.
During the experiment Dr. Yan Xin avoided all physical contact
with the samples. After being surveyed, the sample once again
was subjected to an energy release period by Dr. Yan Xin, after
which it was again tested in the laboratory and its DSC curve
recorded for the second time. This was repeated 2-3 times with
every specimen.
The DSC scanning perimeters were 20-60 degrees C, and the
rate of temperature rise was 2 degrees C/minute. A micro-machine
- 137 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
control program was used to record and process data.
3. Energy Release Method
Apart from directly releasing energy on the specimen, Dr.
Yan Xin also used the long-distance energy release method.
During this period, the specimen was 7-10 kms away and radio
contact was used to arrange timings.
4. The Experiment Results
These experiments tested a total of 5 specimens and energy
was released ll times.
Energy was directly released on the
subject twice, from 20 meters once, from 3 kms twice, and from
9 km 6 times.
Survey results for each time were astonishing.
Moreover,
these results did not merely incorporate the long-distance
effect.
See Table 1 and the survey results of specimens l#
and 2#.
All the surveys, without exception, show that after energy
emission, apart from the original transformation peak of the
DPPC at 41.5 degrees C, there was also an enormous endothermic
step at around 46 degrees C. The thermal flux value is over
10 times greater than the peak value of 41.5 degrees C.
We conducted a 6 day long tracing on specimen #1, and basically
- 138 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
its DSC curve appearance did not change (Graph 2) .
5. Discussion
A. The stability of DPPC liposomes.
The most important question considered in this experiment
is whether the instability of DPPC causes the endothermic step
at 46 degrees C.
DPPC is a comparatively stable phospolipid. In the research
of all membranes, it is often used in the preparation of liposomes
acting as model membranes in the study of the structure and
functions of cell membranes.
We increased the flourescein calcium yellow green primary
contained in the DPPC liposome. If the liposome, due to
restrictions etc. caused the membrane to have defects, these
would have shown `up through a flourescein leak. Such leaks
can show if a liposome is stable. During our 9-month long
survey, we have never observed any evidence of flourescien
leaks.
The experiment period never extended beyond 5 hours.
Calculating from the time that the specimen was prepared, it
never extended beyond 12 hours. Thus, instability of the liposome
is completed ruled out.
- 139 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
After the first time the liposome received energy, the
endothermic step was situated at 46 degrees C. But after the
second time it further increased to 51 degrees C. Since we
scanned specimen 1# for 6 days, we know that the endothermic
step is comparatively stable and it is impossible to jump it
5+ degrees C in a short time.
This authenticates Qi action.
B. A thorough examination of the endothermic step.
All scientists conducting research on liposomes know that
if the DPPC does not manifest a catabolic appearance, its
molecular structure is preserved.
Therefore, if its transformation point is 41.5 degrees C,
it cannot come up with another transformation peak.
So if an enormous endothermic step occurs at 46 degrees C,
-
the DPPC molecular structure is undergoing various changes.
For example, a catabolic manifestation at its extreme tip,
or a break in the link of its fatty acid chain, or the production
of an independent base.
Using thin-layer chromatographic analysis technology, we
analyzed specimen l# which led to a particularly enormous
endothermic step.
we discovered that the phosphatadic choline
(PC) on the extreme end of the DPPC catabolized and the choline
140 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

-
( (CH3) 3N (OH) CH CH OH) ) becomes Phosphadatic Ethanolamine
(PE; NH CH CH_ OH).
Note of thanks
We are extremely grateful to Shen Shu Min, Biophysics Research
Department of the Chinese Academy of Sciences; Prof. Zhan Fengyu
for his beneficial suggests; Prof. Bao Fengfu and Comrade Che
Chenwu for their thin-layer chromatographic analysis.
Table 1: The DSC Value Curve of Specimens 1, 2#, & 3#
1#,2#,3#样品的 DSC 曲线值
表 1
1.
样 品 情 况
测量时间
5
相变温度 ℃
-
5
峰位℃
宽度℃
刚制备后
16:00
41.4
-
本月五小时后
21:03
41.6
10
分为三个样品1#
23:33
41.5
0:11
41.7
11
第x次发功后
平均 41.55±0.08
1 #
2
1:18
41.6
49
7.4
2 #
2
4:05
41.7
51.5
9.8
1
2:09
41.7
17
5.3
3 #
2
2
3.09
41.6
47.5
5.9
3
3:30
41.7
49.8
8
平均 41.66±0.05
i3 当天 1:18
41.6
19
14 次日 10:30
41.6
48.5
1 96天 10:45
41.6
48
1
0:33
41.6
18
6.4
1
1:48
41.7
46-48
4.3-6.3
141 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
......
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4 吸 热 台 阶
12

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
1.
The specimen conditions
2.
Survey period
3.
Contrast timings
4.
Endothermic steps
5.
Peak
6.
Fall
7.
Background
8.
Immediately after preparation
9.
After 5 hours
10.
The 3 separate samples
11.
The energy emission time
12.
Average
13.
That day
14.
Next day
15.
6th day
Illustration Ia: The DSC curve of Specimen 1#
THERMAL
FLUX ?
(mW)
0
- 2
c
- 6
- 8
20
24 28
32
36
40
44 48
52
56
60
64
(C)
a. Contrast
b. After Ist energy release
c. After 2nd energy release
- 142 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

:
. . ">
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration Ib: DSC curve of Specimen 2+
THERMAL
FLUX
热流
2
(mW)
0
-2
b
-6
-8
20
124
28
32 36 40. 44 48 52 50
80
a. Contrast
b. After Ist energy release
c. After 2nd energy release
Illustration II: DSC curve of Specimen 24 after 6 days
THERMAL
FLUX
a
热流
b
c
d
30
40
50 温度(℃)
TEMPERATURE
a. Contrast
b. After energy release
c. 33 hours after energy release
d. 6 days, 9 hours, 37 minutes after energy release
143 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
The Hyperchromic Effect of Nucleic Acid Solution Induced by Qigong
Yan Xin
(The Chongtai Chinese Academy of
Traditional Medicine)
- Zheng Changxue
(The Department of Biochemical
Technology, Qinhua University)
-
Zhon Changxue
(The Department of Biochemical
Technology, Qinhua University)
- Lu Zuyin
(High Energy Physics Research
Department, Chinese Academy of Science)
Lu Shenpin
(Chemistry Department, Qinhua University)
Introduction
This paper documents the action of on calf pleura DNA and
yeast RNA.
Under the action of Qi, the ultraviolet absorption
value of 257 nm of nucleic acid solution rose dramatically.
it produced a "Hyperchromic effect which is normally produced
-
after the hydrogen bond breaks in the DNA double-helix chain.
The hyperchromic effect of the DNA ultraviolet solution was
maintained for at least 9 hours after the Qi action.
A comparatively mathematical statistics solution was given
to the experiment results.
A special feature of the experiment is that Dr. Yan Xin emitted
energy 3-10 kms away from the sample.
To investigate what
Qi can manifest in the macromolecules of organisms we measured
the changes in the ultraviolet absorption value of calf pleura
- 144 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
DNA and yeast DNA solutions.
1. Materials and recording Instruments
The calf pleura DNA was a product of the Biochemical Reagent
Factory of the Biophysics Research Department, Chinese Academy
of Sciences. The yeast RNA was a product of the Shanghai East
Wind Biochemical Reagent Factory.
The above mentioned specimens
were dissolved in deionised water.
In order to eliminate other
factors, no acid or alkali were added to the solution.
The
solution was put in a centrifuge to eliminate undissolved water,
and then put away inside a freezer.
To survey the ultraviolet absorption, we use the Swiss KONTRON
Vvikon 860 Model automatic recorder which can scan at a fast
speed. This visible light spectrophotometer can continuously
scan a 220-320 nm' wave-length range. The scanning speed is
1000 nm/minute, and the measurement accuracy is +/- 0.001.
2. Experiment Steps and Energy Emission
We took 2 ml of nucleic acid solution, placed it in a quartz
absorption call and covered it. At room temperature, Dr. Yan
Xin emitted energy on the specimen for 10-15 minutes. The
difference before and after energy emission was determined
through the ultraviolet absorption of the nucleic acid.
A total of 5 DNA samples were used and energy was emitted
- 145 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
15 times.
The long-distance method was used each time, thrice
from 3 km away, and 12 times from around 10 kms away.
Two RNA samples were used and energy was emitted on them
6 times.
Four times Dr. Yan Xin emitted energy from right
next to the specimen and twice from 6 kms away.
When the Qigong Master emitted energy from a long-distance,
he fixed the emitting energy and the receiving energy periods
with us via telephone.
It was the tester's responsibility to put the specimens in
an energy emission period and to send them to be measured.
Dr. Yan Xin did not take any part in the preparation, movements,
and measurements of the samples.
3. Experiment results
A.
The DNA Specimens.
In the two hours before energy emission, we scanned the
ultraviolet absorption measurement of the specimen every 20-30
minutes.
The result was stable ( Table l & Illustration 1).
The following are the experiment results of specimens 4-2#,
3-2#, and 4-4#.
Specimen 4-2# The absorption value before energy emission
was 0.4225 plus/minus 0.0006.
After the second energy emission,
the absorption value rose in 50 minutes from 0.428 to 0.434,
146
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
-
a value of 2.8%.
After the third energy emission it rose to
0.441, increasing by 4.5%.
the contrast 4-3# specimen's value
of 0.423 did not change.
Energy emission on the contrast specimen
was delivered from roughly 15 km away.
Specimen 3-2#. Its low absorption value was stable at 0.517
+/- 0.0002.
After the first energy emission it rose to 0.529,
and after 45 minutes of energy emission it rose to 0.539.
After the second and third times which went on for 9 hours
in all, the absorption value rose to 0.579, increasing by 12%.
The contrast specimen placed in the capacity flask still had
the same absorption rate of 0.517.
Specimen 4-4#. This specimen was placed inside a small lead
pot (inside radius 28 mm, outside radius 48 mm) adjacent to
specimen 4-2#.
1
After it had been subjected to energy emission
thrice, its absorption rate rose from 0.424 to 0.435, increase
by 2.6%. Thus,
the lead pot cannot entirely screen Qi action.
In every experiment, the room temperature was maintained
between 16-18 degrees C.
B. The RNA Specimen.
The absorption value of specimen 4#
rose from 1.831 to 1.918 after energy was emitted three times,
showing an increase of 4.8%.
That of specimen 2# rose from
1.831 to
147 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

1 ... .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1.855, i.e., by 1.3%.
Two hours before testing, the absorption
value of the specimen was 1.861 +/- 0.011. (Table 2 & Illustration
2). The room temperature was 16-18 degrees C.
4. Discussion - The Experiment's Reliability
In the above experiment, 5 DNA samples were used and energy
emitted 5 times. in a small model experiment, proof of result
reliability is needed.
The Qi experiments rely on energy emission by a Qigong Master
which depletes his Qi element. The number of emissions must
be limited, making the experiments small model experiments.
Moreover, there can be no precise duplication of the emissions.
Therefore, how are these experiments to be relied on?
We all know that research work of discovering new manifestations
-
is divided into two phases. The first is to make the discovery
of new manifestations of an experimental goal. The second is
to explore the regularity of the new manifestations.
the
statistical remarkability question which comes up in the
experimental results in the first phase can be answered by
the often used "remarkability examination" method of mathematical
statistics.
The size of the significance level "a" of an abnormal result
in an experiment determines whether new manifestations have
- 148 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

. .. . .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
been discovered or the abnormal result is merely a statistical
fluctuation in the constant background.
If "a" manifests in
a situation where no new manifestations are being discovered,
then it represents only statistical fluctuations. So we can
say that the smaller "a" is, the greater the possibility that
new manifestations exist.
Take a certain physical measurement "x", its average value
is u . and its normal fault is
o.
One significant value
is calculated as deviating from a .
This value's significance
(x-ul)
×
o
and its significant average
a = N (x* , 11, 02)
N(x, Ul, O) is the distribution function of the normal
distribution. then assuming that "x" is following the normal
distribution situation, then
(x* - ML)
o
S
approximation rate arises. If
S = 5 times, a = 5.8 x 10-7
S = 6 times, a = 2 X 109
If we are using the significance test method to determine
new manifestations, it is important to first completely and
- 149 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
precisely comprehend the background fluctuations. The
determination of the existence of new manifestations only requires
the significance of the "abnormal example" to be sufficiently
high and it is not necessary to find find very big experimental
models because small numbers of a few high significance examples
can fit the bill.
.
-
The same significance does not need to be found in each and
every example, so it is not necessary for the energy emission
strength of the effect it has has to be exactly alike every
time.
Therefore the experiments that we have listed above fall
into the category of the new manifestations caused by the effect
of Qi because they coincide with the significance determining
tests.
This example was to measure the ultraviolet absorption of
DNA (257 nm) and to determine whether it can transform due
to the action of Qi. It is then necessary to have an exact
understanding of the new factors which could affect 257 nm
absorption of DNA. denaturation of the nucleic acid can cause
an absorption increase at 257 nm which can be called the
"Hyperchromic Effect". the nucleic acid denaturation can point
to a break in the double-helix chain structure or a snap in
- 150 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
the hydrogen bond (but not to be related to breakage in the
covalent bond between nucleotides), which are important
biochemical characteristics of nucleic acid (1).
Factors that can cause nucleic acid denaturation are as follows:
(a) Thermal denaturation: generally speaking. thermal
denaturation starts at 77 degrees C. the fusion temperature
for calf pleura DNA denaturation is around 85 degrees C. in
our experiment, the temperature was less than 18 degrees C
at the time of energy emission (10-15 minutes) measurement
(not more than 1 minute at a time) and when the specimen was
kept in the laboratory.
Therefore thermal denaturation could
not have taken place.
(b) Denaturation caused by the addition of some acid, alkali,
or even some organic solvent. In the course of our experiment,
no acid, alkali, or organic solvents were added. Therefore
the above mentioned factors leading to denaturation did not
exist.
(c) the effect of calf pleura purity: All the specimens used
left the factory with an index saying that the molecular weight
was 1 x 10 , DNA purity was 90-95%, and the only other important
impurity was protein.
The biggest ultraviolet absorption value
of protein is at 280 nm.
Moreover, its content as compared
151
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
to that of the DNA was one weight grade less.
Therefore the
absorption value of the DNA at 257 .nm cannot be considered
as being disturbed by the protein.
The background absorption value of specimen 3-2# averages
0.517 +/- 0.002, 0 = 0.002.
the maximum increase after energy
emission is 0.063, S = 31.5, a ( 2 X 10-9.
The average absorption value of specimen 4-2# averages 0.4225
+/- 0.0005, maximum increase after energy emission is 0.018,
s=30, a ≤ 2 × 10-9
.
The experiment results were highly surprising.
In the action
of Qi, both DNA and ANA ( Translator's note: the term ANA is
not a translation error) manifested different degrees of
ultraviolet absorption hyperchromatic effect as caused by the
snapping of the hydrogen bond.
Reference
(1) Sheng Tong, Wang Jingyan, Zhao Banti editor,
Biochemistry,
Chapter 4; People's Academic Publishing House, 1980.
(Tables start next page)
152 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table la
The UV Absorption of the Calf Pleura
DNA of Samples 4-2#, 4-3# and 4-4#
4-2 *
4-3
*
4-4 *
2.
.
-10
15-
量 品
n m
吸收 增加吸收
比例曲线
257
吸收增加吸收
比例曲线
257
12
吸收
增加
比例
时
曲线号 吸收值 增值 %
号
n m
吸收值 增值
%
号
吸收值 增值
%
14 本 底
18:13
3301
0.422
3401 0.424
3501 0.424
18:40
3601
0.422
19:00
3602
0.423
19:30
3603
0.423
15,平均
0.4225 ±0.0006
16.发功后测量
17. 第一次发功
(19:30-19:45)
20:00
3701
0.422
3801, 0.423
3901 0.423
18.第二次发功
(20:30-20:45)
21:10
4001
0.428
.005;1.3 4101 0.423
4201 0.427
.003
21:30
4301
0.434
.011 2.8 4401 0.423
4501 0.430
.006
22:00
4601
0.434
.011 2.8 4701 0.424
4801 0.431 .007
1.7
19. 第三次发功
(22:10-22:30)
22:30
4901
0.441
.018 4.5 5001 0.423
5101 0.435
1. 011
2.6
2.0. 注:1. 三号样品为对照样品。距二号样品约 15 m。
2. 四号样品放在小铅罐内。小铅雄:内径为28 mm,外径为48 mm,
高 130 mm。挨着二号样品。
1. Specimen/measurement time
7. See 3
2. Absorption curve numbers
8. See
3. 257 nm absorption value
9. See 5
4. Absorption increased value
10. See 2
5. The increase proportion %
11. See 3
6. See 2
12. See 4
153 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
t
样
2.
吸收| 257
-
-
-
间
n m
:
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
13. See 5
17. Ist energy emission
14. Background
18. 2nd energy emission
15. Average
19. 3rd energy emission
16. Measurement after energy emission
.
20. Note 1: The No. 3 specimen is the contrast specimen. The
distance of the No. 2 specimen is _ 15 m
Note 2: The No. 4 specimen is placed inside a small lead
flask of inner radius 28 mm and outer radius 48
mm, and height 130 mm. It was placed next to
No. 2 specimen.
Table 1 (continued )
2.1.
样
1-2
25.
2.6.,
22.
时
/ E
23.
品;
吸收
曲线号
24
257 am
吸收值
吸 收
增 值
増 加
比例%
27 .、 本
底
18:00
9701
0.515
18:30
97 02
0.516
19:00
9703
0.518
19:30
9704
0.520
20:00
0201
0.517
28.
平均
0.517
±0.002
29. 发功后测量
30. 第一次发功(20:10-20:20)
20:30
0501
0.529
.012
2.3
21:15
1001
0.539
.022
4.3
31. 第二,三次发功(21:35-21:45, 22:30-22:40)
22:40
1301
0.537
.020
3.9
1601
0.538
.021
4.1
31.次日7:40
1901
0.579
.063
12.0
33. 再测原容量瓶中样品本底
34.次日7:40
2201
0.517
- 154 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
21. Specimen
22. Measurement time
23. Absorption curve
24. 257 nm absorption value
25. Absorption increase value
26. Increase proportion %
27. Background
28. Average
29. After energy emission
30. First emission
31. 2nd & 3rd energy emission
32. Next day
33. The background of the
specimen measured once
again in the original
capacity flask
34.
Next day
Table 2: The UV absorption of yeast RNA Samples 4# & 2#
1
Yeast RNA
Yeast RNA 2*
10
2
时
品 曲线号
257nm
吸收值
吸收
增值
比例
%
1
曲线号
257nm
吸收值
吸收
增值
%
15:00
19:55
7301
1.831
7301
7801
1.831
1.831
11
第一次发功
20:00-20:15
7701
1.861
0.030
1.6
2 第二次发功
20:45-20:50
8001
1.891
0.060
3.2
8101
1.867
0.036
2.0
-
-
13 第三次发功
21:20-21:30
8301
1.906
0.075
4.1
8401*
1.867
0.036
2.0
8:21 (next day)
8701
1.918
0.087
4.8
9101
1.855
0.024
1.3
14 15' 内重复测量三次均得 1.867
1.
Sample
2 .
Measuring time
3 &
7.
Curve
4 &
8. Absorption Value at 257 nm
5 &
9.
Absorption Value increase
6 & 10. Proportion %
11.
First energy emission
12.
Second energy emission
13.
Third energy emission
14.
The repetition of measurement 3
times within 15
feet gave an average of 1.867.
- 155 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
比例
间
3
ix
6
样
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 2 (continued) : The stability of yeast RNA
15.时
间
15. JH
线
号
17.4
均
值
2.26 09:21-11:26
9401-9410
1
1.861±0.011
:
18· 每 15’ 测量一次
15. Time
16. Curve numbers
17. Average value
18. Measured once every 15 feet
Illustration
la: The UV absorption changes of the calf pleura
DNA samples 4-2# after energy emission
abs
0.600
-1901
1001
-0501
-0201
0.300-
!
0.000+
220
250
280
310
340 om
156
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration lb: The absorption curve of the contrast specimen
-
abs
0.600
0.300-
9704
-2201
0.000
220
250
280
310
340 nm
(Contiued next page)
- 157 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration 2a
The UV absorption changes of
yeast RNA specimen after energy
emission
Illustration 2b
The absorption curve
of the contrast
specimen
1.
吸收
2.000
8001
7701
-7301
1.000
7301
8001
7701
0.000
220
250
285
310
340 nm
2 . 吸收
2.000
.7301
7801
1.000
0.000
220
250
280
310
340 nm
1.
Absorption
2. Absorption
- 158
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
The Disproportion of CO & H Mixture Induced by Qigong
-Yan Xin
(Chonggin Research Institute of Traditional
Chinese Medicine)
-Li Shengpin et. al.
-Liu Zuyin
(The Qinhua University, Department of Chemistry)
(Department of High Energy Physics, Chinese
Academy of Sciences)
Summary
A compound mixture H,:CO:N = 1:1:1 gas was placed in an
infrared gas cell at 30 units of atmospheric pressure. Energy
was emitted by a Qigong Master from a distance of a few tens
of meters to 1900 km under conditions where no catalyst was
used and the room temperature was 10-13 degrees C. testing
was then proceeded with a Boliye" alternate infra-red device,
and it was discovered that carbon-dioxide had already been
created.
The contrast experiment showed that under conditions in
which there is no catalyst and room temperature is constant,
it is not possible for the compound gas system to create
carbon-dixode when Qi is not used. Up to now, there have
' been no reports seen about the above-mention effects of Qi.
159 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.......
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1. Introduction
Previous experiments conducted on the physiological effect
of Qi on solutions shows that Qi produces certain reliable
effects on solutions containing in ions or organic solutes) .
In order to have an even more widespread understanding of the
various effects of Qi, we conducted a few experiments on
compound gas systems.
The compound gas system we used (H +CO) is a very simple
material having basic origins in the organic chemistry industry.
But in the research of monocarbons, it holds a very important
position.
Therefore our experimental research on the effect
of Qi on this compound gas system not only gives meaningful
data on the research of Qigong science, but also gives some
1
pointers to research work on carbon chemistry.
2. Experiment Design and method
The equipment used in these experiments was manufactured
by the Nicolet Company, namely the 5DX "Boliye" alternative
infra-red spectrum machine. The compound gas system used was
made at a ratio of 1:1:1 of the materials listed below.
Nitrogen Gas :- Highly pure nitrogen gas, containing 99% NO,
produced by the Beijing Oxygen Factory.
160 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
.

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Hydrogen Gas: - Highly pure hydrogen gas. containing 99% H.,
produced by the Beijing Oxygen Factory.
Carbon Monoxide :- 99% CO content, provided by the Beijing
Chemical Industry Research Department.
The normal position infra-red cell (called the infra-red
cell for short) was the type used by the Catalyst Teaching
and Research Station, Department of Chemistry, Qinhua
University.
It has a rust-proof metal body and NaCl salt
board.
it is capable of withstanding high temperatures
of 250 degrees C and 250 atmospheric pressures. the compound
gas is filled between the 2 NaCl salt boards and the distance
between them is around 1-2 mm.
Experiment Design
Generally the production of a chemical
reaction in compound gas requires a catalyst and a temperature
of several hundred degrees. Thus for the Qigong Master to
produce energy that would begin to affect this gas mixture
requires a tremendous amount of his power. Therefore in a fixed
period of time this experiment can be conducted only a few
times, and unlimited duplications are impossible.
1
Simultaneously, due to the fact that the energy emissions
require the physical strength of the Qigong Master and that
161 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
+
his mood can be affected by the environment, it is impossible
for the resulting Qi to be identical for every emission.
Therefore it is important to fully understand the background
conditions of each experiment and conduct an in-depth survey
on the two contrasting sides of each experiment.
Only then
can one hope to achieve precision in the method of measuring
the effect of Qi on the compound gas specimens.
3. Specimen Survey Method
The tranformation conditions of the compound gas inside
the infra-red cell had to be surveyed.
therefore, a different
spectrum testing method was used to eliminate the follow-up
effect of air on the gas inside the cell.
This different spectrum method is as follows:
Before each experiment, we took the air inside the
infra-red laboratory as the background and entered its data
into a calculator. A model of the air background is shown
on Illustration 1. (See next page. )
After this the infra-red cell is filled with the compound
gas is placed inside the laboratory and surveyed. The calculator
can then automatically conduct a "different spectrum" analysis
between the infra-red spectrum of the background and that of
162 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration 1
The Infrared Spectrum of Air.
Room temperature
= 13 degrees C. Light flux = 22,000 lumens
-
4600.0
3000.0
1800.0
1000.0
600.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm- )
the gas compound.
This gives us a clear specimen chart which
was then stored inside the calculator.
This compound gas
spectrum model is shown in Illustration 2.
Illustration 2
The compound gas spectrum inside the normal position infrared
cell after the "different spectrum". Room temperature is 13
degrees C. Light flux is 7000 lumens.
4600.0
3000.0
1800.0
1000.0
600.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm-)
- 163 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

S. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
In each experiment, the background and specimen need to be
surveyed before and after the experiment. The scanning
interval between the two should not be more than 10-15 s. It
is then possible to ensure elimination of the effect of air.
During the course of the experiment a random test must be
done on the already known specimens to ensure their constant
stability. In this way, all suspicions about the Qi effect
recordings are eliminated.
Contrast Experiment. In order to eliminate the possibility
that the compound gas is capable of automatically creating
certain transformation inside an infra-red cell, we prepared
an identical compound gas (H ): CO:N = 1:1 :1, atmospheric
pressure = 30 units) and placed it inside an infra-red cell
in our laboratory.
We kept it for one week in conditions where
it was not receiving any Qi. We tested it many times and
thus proved that if compound gas is placed inside an
infra-red cell, it remains stable and does not manifest any
changes that can be tested. The spectrum model of this can
be seen in Illustration 3.
- 164 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
Illustration 3
The compound gas exists in a stable state inside the infrared
cell.
8
b
4600.0
3000.0
1800.0
1000.0
600.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm )
2.
the infrared spectrum of the compound gas inside the
infra-red cell before cycle l
b.
The infrared spectrum of the compound gas inside the
infrared cell after cycle 1
1
4. The Qigong Experiment Method
Before the experiment we blew N, into all the pipes of the
infra-red cell, causing N, to fill the cell. Next, we blew
the compound gas (H):CO:N = 1:1:1; atmospheric pressure =
30 units) into the infra-red cell, filling it.
Finally, using
the above mentioned "different spectrum" method, we tested
the infra-red spectrum of the specimen.
Five minutes before energy emission, the experiment personnel
- 165 -
4
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
locked the infra-red cell inside the
laboratory. Then Dr.
Yan Xin emitted energy for 5-15 minutes.
After which the cell
was taken out for testing.
The"different spectrum" method
was used.
At the same time, random checks were made on the
standard specimen to ensure that the tests were constant.
The spectrum of the compound gas was
then
compared with
the above-mentioned specimen spectrum.
This experiment was conducted 6 times. (Results: Table 1)
Table 1
Condition of the compound gas experiment
1.
实验字号
2.
实验内容
3
室温℃
4.
联络方式
5.
发功距离
6
实验效果
1986.12.22
H,+CO
13
3 m
出现CO1
1987.1.5
H,+CO
13
电话
7km
出现CO;
1987.1.8
H,+CO
13
电话
7km
出现CO2
1987.1.9
H,+CO
=
电话
7km
出现CO,
1987.1.12
H,+CO
10
电话
1900km
出现CO;
1987.1.17
H,+CO
11
电话
1900km
出现CO2
1.
Experiment dates
2.
Experiment contents
3.
Room temperature degrees C
4.
Method of staying in contact with Dr. Yan Xin
5.
Energy emission distance
6.
The experiment result
7.
Telephone
8.
CO2 appeared
- 166 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

:
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Dr. Yan Xin transmitted energy usually from 7 km, but sometimes
from 1900-2000 km.
That long-distance emission can cause an effect on the molecular
quality of the material has never been proved before this.
5. Experiment result and Discussion
After the action of Qi. the infra-red spectrums of the
compound gas inside the infra-red cells all show 3 new peaks.
The different value of these is 2362.5 cm
and 2340.5 cm
.
-1
-1
These are a characteristic of the CO.
key vibration.
From
this we can see that under the action of Qi, the compound
gas systems all create CO, every time.
In one case the CO, that had already been created in one
compound gas system, unfortunately destroyed 2 hours after
the experiment completion. (See Illustration 4.)
This seems to show that a reversible disproportionation
reaction is caused by the effect of Qi on compound gas"
200 = C + CO2
Later on Dr. Yan Xin was asked if it was possible for him
to increase the amount of CO, created in the compound as and
simultaneously make it stable under the influence of Qi.
In
the following long-distance experiment, after the infra-red
- 167 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
- ------- -. .
.
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
survey was completed, we discovered that the amount of CO,
created had increased dramatically.
To check if the CO, created this time inside the infra-red
cell existed stably, we conducted a test in which we tracked
it for 4 days.
the result showed that the CO, did not get
destroyed during our testing period. This experiment is shown
in Illustration 5.
in this experiment, Qi energy was transmitted from Guangzhou
to Beijing.
The result showed that CO, was created in the
compound gas system.
At the same time, the contrast specimen
showed that the amount of CO, created in it was comparatively
less. These experiments are shown in Illustration 6.
These experiments show that a high-level Qigong Master can .
through the use of different Qigong techniques, achieve
whatever goal is desired.
These courses of action, especially
the over-coming long-distance mechanics. are very valuable
in research and inquiry.
The reaction process in which a stable CO, is created is
generally found in the F-T compound, methanol compound, etc.
compound gas systems. This type of disproportionation
process usually requires catalysts and several hundred
- 168 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
degrees of high temperature conditions. The relationship
between its thermodynamic equilibrium constant and
temperature can be seen in Table 2.
Table 2
The equilibrium constant of the disproportion reaction
K = Pce, / Pico, at m - '(1 .01325 x 10'P'a) ":
100 K
500 K
600 K
700 K
2.1 X 1013
6.1X10^
5.9 × 10'
4102
Illustration 4
The equilibrium constant of the disproportionation reaction
=>
c
4600.0
3800.0
3000.0
2200.0
1800.0
1400.0
1000.0
800.00
600.00
400.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm"1)
169
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
a.
The compound gas spectrum before energy emission
b.
The compound gas spectrum 0.5 h after energy emission
c.
The compound gas spectrum 2 h after energy emission
Illustration 5
The infra-red spectrum of the CO, created in the
compound gas system.
Light flux 7000 lumens
b
C
d
4600.0
3800.0
3000.0
2200.0
1800.0
1400.0
1000.0
800.00
600.00
400.00
WAVENUMBERS(cm" >
a. 15 minutes before energy emission
b. 0.5 hours after energy emission
c. 1 day after energy emission
d. 4 days after energy emission
If we look at things from the angle of thermodynamics, low
temperature conditions benefit the disproportionation
- 170 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
reaction process.
If these conditions are not used, the
kinetic speed constant of the CO, created is very small.
But under conditions where Qi is used, the compound gas can
create a comparatively large amount of CO, in a short time.
Therefore, due to what process is CO, manifested under the
action of Qi? What are the mechanics of Qi action? These
questions are very valuable for inquiry and research.
It is important to see that earlier on, when it was pointed
out that the compound gas was capable of manifesting the
disproportionation process, it was taken as a mere conjecture.
This is because the vestibule volume of a normal position
infra-red cell which was used was very small (volume is
around 0.16 ml and optical distance around 1-2mm) .
Therefore the carbon, which came out through the
disproportionation reaction, was never tested before this.
The work of this article was merely to precisely realize
the remarkable fact that is possible for a compound gas
system to create CO.
N
without the use of a catalyst under
constant temperature conditions by using
infra-red light
as a medium.
The above mentioned work is only a beginning in the inquiry
- 171 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
-
into the profound mystery of the effect of Qi on compound
gas systems.
References
(1) Anderson, R.B., The Fisher-Tropsch Synthesis
Academic Press, Inc., 1984
Illustration 6
The CO, created by Qi action from 1900 km away
a
X
b
4600.0
3000.0
1800.0
1000.0
600.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm )
(a) 10 minutes before energy emission (Light flux = 2000
lumens )
(b) 45 minutes after energy emission
- 172 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Substitution of n-Hexane by Bromine Induced by Qigong
- Yan Xin
(The Chongtai Traditional Chinese Medicine
Research Department)
- Li Shen Lin
(Chemistry Department, Qinhua University)
- Chang Zengjia (Chemistry Department, Qinhua University)
- Zhen Zuying
( Chinese Scientific Institute, High Energy
Physics Department)
Summary
Given the important role of chemical reactions in biological
processes, can Qi affect the organic body systems and treat sick
people from a long distance? The clinical practice of Qi is commonly
used to treat sick people even at a distance.
But ours was the
first experiment to attempt a preliminary scientific verification
of this phenomenon.
The Qigong Master (Dr. Yan Xin) emitted Qi on a test-tube of
a Bromine and n-Hexane compound solution from distances of tens
of meters to 10 km. The solution was in room temperature and in
darkness. Yet after Qi emission, the original deep-red color of
this solution became colorless.
Infra-red analysis showed that a 3Br-C link vibration peak appeared
showing that a substitution reaction had occurred in the
- 173 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
Bromine n-Hexane system. At present the mechanism of this
long-distance action remains unclear.
1. Experiment Design and Method
A. Experiment equipment and chemical reagents. The analysis
equipment used is a 5 DX "Boliye" alternate infra-red recorder
produced by the Nicolet Company.
The reagents used were analysis
pure n-Hexane and liquid Bromine, both from the Beijing Chemical
Reagent Factory.
B. Experiment design.
The experiment was at effect of the physical
stamina, mood etc. of the Qigong Master.
Therefore it was critical
to ensure the complete reliability of testing methods.
The substitution reduction in alkane systems is a well-known
chemical process.
,
A Benzine n-Hexane compound solution can undergo
a free-base substitution reaction when strong light is applied
to it.
C. Testing the specimen The Benzine N-Hexane is a deep red color
due to the existence of Benzine molecules. As soon as these molecules
cease to exist, the color disappears.
A model Benzine N-Hexane mixture solution is shown in Plate 1.
Using an infra-red device, any change is easily detected.
The
infra-red spectrum of a constant Benzine N-Hexane compound solution
- 174
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
is shown in Plate 2. (Translator's note: Plates 2 and 4 are actually
illustrations; Plates 1, 3 and 5 are photographs. )
Plate 2:
Benzine n-Hexane mixture solution's infra-red spectrum. Light flux :
10,000 lumens
1
%T TRNSMITTANCE
· 100,00
60.000
0.0000
4600,00
3000,00
1800.00
1000.00
600.00 ·
WAVENUMBERS (cm- )
.
D. Contrast Experiment. We conducted two sets of contrast
experiments. The mixture solutions were the same as for those
specimens receiving Qi.
The specimens used for the first contrast experiments were in
4 test-tubes. We wrapped these in double-layer kraft paper envelopes
and placed them inside a dark room.
After two months, we discovered
that neither the color nor the infra-red spectrum of the Benzine
n-Hexane solution had changed.
- 175 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

......
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The second contrast experiment was to see if a flashbulb can
cause any reaction in the Benzine N-Hexane solution, as each specime
is photographed before the experiment. We illuminated 4 test-tube
specimens 10 times with a flas bulb before sealing them inside
double-layer kraft-paper envelopes placed inside a dark room.
No change was detected after 3 days.
E. The Qigong Experiment Method. Because a substitution reaction
can occur in the Benzine N-Hexane mixture solution under high light,
all the preparation, composition, packaging and receiving energy
was conducted at night.
Preparation work began an hour before the experiment.
First
a solution was compounded of 1 ml liquid Benzine and 40 ml n-Hexane.
It was then divided into 4 test tubes stopped with rubber stoppers.
These test tubes were enclosed in double-layer kraft paper envelopes.
Two were used for the experiment and two as contrast specimens.
Five minutes before the experiment, the 4 specimens were
photographed after unwrapping.
They were then enclosed in the
envelopes again.
One set of 2 was placed inside a dark chamber.
The door was locked and the specimens were ready for Qi emission.
The other set of 2 test-tubes was placed in a dark chamber around
20 meters from the first laboratory to act as a contrast specimen.
176 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
-
The energy emission was for 5-10 minutes every time.
The test-tubes
were then removed for examination of color changes.
Simultaneously.
the contrast specimens were unwrapped, and a color contrast conducted
An infra-red analysis was also conducted on the specimens and
a comparison made of the infra-red spectrums before and after the
experiments.
The experiment was conducted four times. the results are given
in Table l.
Table 1
The experiment conditions of the Benzine n-Hexane mixture solutions
1.
实验日期
2.
实验内容
3.
室溫C
4.
联络方式
●发功距离
km
6.
实验效果
1987.2.27
溴+正己烷
16
电话
7
变色
1987.2.27
溴+正己烷
16
电话
10
变色
-
1987.3.4
溴+正己烷
16
电话
3
变色
1987.9.27
溴+正己烷
25
0.01
变色
7.
8.
9.
1. Experiment day
2. Experiment contents
3. Room temperature, degrees C
4. The method of staying contact
5. Energy emission distance
6. Experiment results
7. Benzine and n-Hexane
8. Telephone
9. Changed color
- 177 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
2. Experiments results and Discussion
These experiments show that the long-distance energy emission
by Qigong Master Dr. Yan Xin can have a real effect on the the
Benzine n-Hexane mixture solution. We tested the above solution
using an infra-red monitor.
The results showed that the already
expanded vibration peak of the 3Br-C link was stimulated at 6.885
cm-1.
-1
The infra-red spectrum of the specimen inside the test-tube
before and after energy emission can be seen in Illustration 4.
Accordingly, we proved that a substitution process was manifested.
But because the Bromine amount in the solution is comparatively
small, the H-Br created by the substitution process is also small.
The increased H-Br vibration link position is roughly at 2969 cm
1
. This is also the position of the strong vibration peak of the
methyl link in n-Hexane. Due to this, it was very difficult to
examine the vibration peak of the H-Br link.
It is generally known that under the action of light, a free
base substitution reaction can occur in a Benzine and n-Hexane
mixture solution. In this reaction, the homolsyis of Benzine
molecules under light action produces a free base leading to a
chain reaction. This important step is as follows:
178 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
hv
Br : Br
2Br
Primary Stage
C6"14
+ Br
C6H13
+
HBr
Rising Stage
C6"14
CH.
+ Br
6 13
Br
Final Stage
-
Illustration 4
The Infra-red Spectrum of the Bromine and n-Hexane
mixture solution before and after the experiment
8
.
C
d
.
725.00 713.08 702.78 691.67 680.56 669.44 658.33 647.22 636.11 625.00
WAVENUMBERS (cm)
(a) n-Hexane solution infra-red spectrum
(b) Bromine + n-Hexane solution infra-red spectrum after experimen
(c) Bromine + n-Hexane solution infra-red spectrum after experimen
(d) Bromine + n-Hexane solution infra-red spectrum before experime
The contrast experiment has already shown that under conditions
of room temperature (13-16 degrees C) and no light, it is not possib
for an independent substitution reaction to take place on the
solution, especially not in such a short period of time ( from energy
- 179 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
emission to examination 20-25 minutes) .
But under the action of Qi, especially long-distance energy
emission, this substitution reaction does take place.
Yet another strange phenomenon occurred. In order to show that
Qi action can be precisely directed to a certain region, in one
experiment Dr. Yan Xin emitted energy on two test-tubes of the
solution.
in one, the color completely changed in the 2 cm high
test-tube.
But in the other 2 cm high test-tube, he caused the
color of the upper 2/3rds of the solution to fade, and the lower
1/3rd remained the same.
This can be seen in Plate 5.
The photographic record of this experiment proves that Qi definitel
has directionality and can be focused over any given area.
This
is already accepted in the clinical practice of Qi.
The above mentioned test-tube specimen which had only partially
changed color, became completely colorless after 30 minutes had
passed.
using the infra-red test, we saw that a similar substitution
reaction had occurred in this solution.
Now we need further exploration as to whether the substitution
reaction in the Benzine and n-Hexane mixture solution caused by
Qi has other reaction avenues apart from that of the homolysis
of the independent base pattern.
- 180 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
Clearly we have conducted only one type of test. The work is
only a first step.
But it does show that Qi can cause a substitutio:
reaction in Benzine and n-Hexane mixture solutions, even at a long
distance.
Plates 1. 3 and 5
Plate 1: Photograph of the color of Benzine n-Hexane mixture
solution.
Plate 3: Photograph of the faded color of the Benzine n-Hexane
mixture solution as affected by long-distance emission
of Qi.
Plate 5: Color photograph of the partial fading of the color
of the Benzine n-Hexane solution under the long-
distance action of Qi.
- 181 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
An Initial Look at the Effect of Qi on Some Free Radical Reactions
- Guo Shuhao
( Jinan University Chemistry Department)
- Zhan Zenngi
(Hunanan Teacher's College Physics Department)
- Guo Xiaoming (Jinan University Physics Department)
Introduction
Taking Qi's action on some chemical changes, we looked at
the effect of Qion some chemical reactions. Thus we were able
to come up with some meaningful ways of using Qi.
In the past
few years. we have done pioneering work on the action of Qi.
part of which has already been published (1).
In this paper,
we basically want to introduce the effect of Qi on some free
radical reactions.
1. Experiment Method
The reaction we chose to experiment on is one which has been
observed for a long time, i,e, the reaction mechanism of the
free radical reaction in the alkane bromine substitution reaction.
The alkanes used were n-hexane and cyclohexane (colorless)
amd the benzine was prepared into a benzine and carbon
tetracholride solution (reddish-orange color) .
Under well
lit conditions, the reaction produces hexane bromide (colorless,
comparatively complex product ) .
182 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The reaction formula is:
light
-> C6 H 14 Br + H Br
n - CH
+ Br
· Reddish Orange.
Colorless
If this specimen is placed in the dark in room temperature
conditions, the above reaction does not take place and the
reddish-orange color does not change. We used 2 methods to
observe the experiment results. (1) Visual color-comparison
and (2) 721 spectrophotometric method.
A. The experiment reagents n-hexane (or cyclohexane), benzine
and carbon tetrachloride.
B. The experiment equipment
Colorimeter tubes (or test
tubes), absorption measuring tubes, a 721 spectrophotometer
( Shanghai 3rd Analysis Equipment Factory) etc.
C. Experiment Operations
1. We took two colorimetric test tubes and in a drak room
separtely added 2 ml of n-hexane and 0.513% of benzine carbon
terachloride into them. We shook them evenly and covered them
indivdiually in black paper muffs. We then placed them on
2 metal . shelves.
2.
Next we took the 2 colormetric test tubes and placed
them in separetly in 2 identical rooms. Then the Qigong Master
emitted Qi on to one of them and the other acted as a contrast.
- 183 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
6 14
2
C CLA
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The Qi emission time was 5 minutes.
3. Then the 2 black paper muffs were removed and the 2
colorimetric tubes were placed in 2 test-tube stands. They
were then exposed to light.
The reaction began, and the color
slowly changed in the colorimetric test tubes. We measured
and recorded the time it took for the color to change from
red to colorless.
4. To measure the color-change in a spectrphotometer, we
took the 2 colorimetric test-tubes, i.e., one on which Qi had
been emitted and
the contrast specimen; and before they were
exposed to light, their solutions were quickly poured into
two calorimetric utensils measuring 2 cms. These were then
placed in a spectrometer. We used the n-hexane solution to
act as a reference solution and in A = 600 nm, we measure the
Absorption (A).
2. Experiment Results
(1) The visual colorimetric method: In 1985, from December
6 to 8, 14 Qigon teachers emitted Qi from the city of Guangzhou
( the site oof the Guangdong Province of Qigong Scientific
Research. ) The experiments were conducted at Jinan University.
The results showed that when 10 Qigong Masters emitted Qi,
184 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
. . .

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
t
the reaction proceeded at different levels of delay and the
color changed slowly. There was only one instance when one
of Qigong Masters energy emission was unclear.
The results
are in Tables 1 and 2.
2.
The Spectrophotometric Method:
We used a spectrophotometer
in order to reduce the chances of human error that might occur
in the visual colorimeter method. The 721 Spectrophotometer
was employed to compare the reaction proceedings between the
different colors of the 2 solutions in the Qi emission test-
tube and the contrast.
This was done by comparing the absorption
levels.
From the middle of March 1986, we requested 4 Qigong Masters
and a few Qigong enthusiasts to conduct a series of experiments.
First we chose 4 sets of experiments ( Tables3, 4, 5 and 6) .
In these, n-hexane was used as the reference solution.
We
measured the absorbance as
A= 600 nm.
Table 3 is different.
In Table 4, the absorbance was measured
every 5-10 minutes.
In Tables 4 and 6 we only measured it
twice. The first time was absorbance before the experiment;
the second was absorbance after the solution had turned colorless.
185 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
3. Discussion
1.
The experiments were conducted for over one year. The
Qigong Masters and enthusiasts participating numbered nearly
20.
Only one Master failed to get a clear effect.
Notable among these are Qigong Masters He Heng and Zeng Qiang
who participated several times. All the results were remarkable.
2.
From the different readings we got in our experimenyts,
we can see that different Masters and enthusiasts can have
different effects on the reactions. Some of them can come
up with an accelerated action, and others with a slowing down
effect.
3.
That Qi can cure sickness and strengthen the human
constitution is something people already accept.
Moreover ,
biological phenomena is based on chemical reactions.
1
In recent
years, in-depth research by scientists both in China and abroad
has revealed that biological phenoemna like old age and cancer
etc. have a relationship with the action of free radicals.
Some of the research data has shown that the existance of
free radicals inside the human body has a two-fold effect.
On one hand, free radicals give the body resistance, but on
theother. there is a possibility that free radicals cause
- 186 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
f
imbalances in the body's equilibrium and could cause early
aging (2).
Therefore, our research on the effect of Qi on chemicals,
especially some free radical reactions, can identify avenues
for further research on the mechanisms of the effect of Qi
on physiology or biochemistry.
References
1.
Guo Shuhao et al: Guangdong Qigong Scientific Research
Academic Exchange Conference Treatise Compilation.
2. Li Wenjie The Chemistry of Life
1986; Vol. 6. Chapter
5. Page 45.
Table 1
Summary of Experiment Conditions of 10 Qigong Masters
1
1.
发气时间(min)
2.
平均褪色时间(t)(min)
5
3. 试验组(1)
27
4.对照组(12)
19.4
5.时间差(11-1:)
7.8
1. Energy emission period (minutes)
2. Average time in which color fades (t) (minutes)
3. Experiment group (t)
4. Contrast
5. Time difference (t, -t))
- 187 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 2
-
A summary of the experiment conditions of - 3 Qigong Masters
【、 发气时间(min)
2.
平均褪色时问(I)(min)
5
3. 试验组(z))
14.3
,对照组(b:)
20
5、时间差(z1-1)
-5.7
1.
Energy emission period (minutes )
2.
Average time in which color fades (t) minutes
3.
Experiment group (t] )
4.
Contrast
5.
Time difference (t) - to
(continued next page)
- 188 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 3
The effect of Qi on the reaction (accelerate)
-
1.
试验日期
1986.7.20
12.
气功师
8.
曾 强
5.
吸光度(A)
8.
测定时间
9.
吸光度(A)
测定时间
6. 对照液
7
试验液
对照液
11.
试验液
9:52
0.55
0.58
11:03
0.14
0.06
10:00
0.70
0.70
11:08
0.13
0.06
10:05
0.67
0.67
11:13
0.12
0.06
10:10
0.46
0.46
11:18
0.106
0.05
10:17
0.43
0.42
11:23
0.105
0.05
10:23
0.40
0.36
11:30
0.09
0.05
10:28
0.35
0.32
11:35
0.09
0.045
10:33
0.28
0.26
11:40
0.085
0.04
10:38
0.25
0.22
11:50
0.08
0.037
10:43
0.21
0.17
12:00
0.075
0.035
10:48
0.20
0.135
12:05
0.07
0.035
10:53
0.17
0.09
12:15
0.065
0.035
11:58
0.155
0.07
12:20
0.065
0.035
12.(停)
1. Experiment date
2. Qigong master
3. Zen Qiang
4. Measurement time
5. Absorbance (A)
6. Contrast solution
7. Experiment solution
8. Measurement time
9. Absorbance A
10. Contrast solution
11. Experiment solution
12.
Stop
- 189 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 4
The effect of Qi on the reaction (accelerate)
---
试验口期
1986.8.17
2.
气功师
3.
柯
衡
4
15. 7.5
液
8. 试
验
液
测定时间
透光率(T)
吸光度(A)
P.
透光率(T)
10吸光度(A)
12:10
30%
0.523
31%
0.509
15:35
62%
0.208
93 %
0.032
1.
Experiment date
2.
Qigong Master
3.
HeHeng
4.
Measurement time
5.
Contrast solution
6.
Transparency (T)
7.
Absorbance (4)
8.
Experiment solution
9.
Transparency (T)
10.
Absorbance (A)
.
Note 1. In accordance with Lambert-Beers Law: The relationship
formula between Absorbancy and Transparency is:
A=1& Ia = 18}.
I
2. The processing method for the reaction solutions in Tables
4 & 6 is not the same as the general operations. They are
not exposed to bright light, but are wrapped in black paper
muffs and kept in soft lighting.
- 190 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 5
.
.
The effect of Qi on the reaction (delay)
试验日期
1987.3.1
R· 气 功 师
|3. 焦 趣 南
4
5. 吸光度(A)
8
测定时间
9. 吸光度(A)
测定时间
6-对照液
7. 试验液
10
对照液
11
试验液
2:30
0.520
0.530
4:20
0.318
0.268
2:35
0.548
0.550
4: 25
0.291
0.230
2:40
0.545
0.548
4:30
0.255
0.198
2:45
0.542
0.549
4:40
0.170
0.164
2:50
0.541
0.543
4:50
0.122
0.137
3:00
0.538
0.540
5:00
0.081
0.107
3:10
0.631
0.532
5:12
0.063
0.093
3:20
0.522
0.530
5:20
0.054
0.082
3:30
0.530
0.549
5:25
0.050
0.079
3:40
0.550
0.570
5:30
0.048
0.075
3:50
0.560
0.580
5:40
0.040
0.066
4:00
0.500
0.420
(停)
4:10
0.312
0.328
1. Experimental date
2. Qigong Master
3. Xiao Gainan
4. Experiment ,time
5. Absorbance
6. Contrast liquid
7. Experiment solution
8. Measurement time
9. Absorbance
10. Contrast solution
11. Experiment solution
(continued on next page)
- 191 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
Table 6
The effect of Qi on the reaction (delaying)
试验日期
1986.8.21
2.
发气者 郭××
4 .
对· 照
液
7.
试
液
测定时间
透光率(T)
●吸光度(A)
8
透光率(T)
吸光度(A)
10:40
31%
0.509
31.5%
0.502
16:15
90%
0.046
79 %
0.102
1. Experiment date
2. Qigong Master Guo
3. Measurement time
4. Contrast solution
5. Transparency
6. Absorbance
7. Experiment solution
8. Transparency
9. Absorbancy
- 192 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4
1

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ANALYSIS ON EEG POWER SPECTRUM DURING QIGONG STATES AND
THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI RELEASED BY QIGONG MASTER
[Niu, . Xin; Liu, Guolong; and Yu, Zhiming, Beijing Institute of Traditional
Chinese Medicine]
Chinese qigong, with a history of several thousand years behind it, has
a very rich substance and involves medical science, physical education, arts,
martial art and religion. As reported in pertinent documents, it had been in
vogue as the method for life preservation even before the Spring and Autumn
Period (770-476 B.C. ) and the Warring States (475-221 B. C. ) [1].
Qigong-
therapy is a general medical term for qigong and should be carried out in two
aspects: The patient exercises qigong himself to invigorate the functions of
his internal organs for the sake of eliminating illness and prolonging life,
and the qigong master releases his emitted qi into the patient to achieve the
objective of medical treatment, which in the ancient time was called "pushing
qi" and categorized as the qigongtherapy with emitted qi.
Both traditional Chinese medicine and the theory of qigong believe that
human body is an integrated organic entity of "physique" and "mind," and
advocate that "all qi is from the brain," showing that man's mental faculties
have an enormous impact on the body. Because the central nerve system plays a
role in regulating human body, heart and breath by qigong, and a person's mind
and conscious activity definitely affect the function of his pallium, qigong
researchers have all along attached great importance to the techniques for EEG
analysis. In the early 60's, Xiao Zun, Qin Chen and others 2,3] ran an EEG
study on qigong practitioners using EEG as the index; in late-70's, Zhao
Guangxiong and fellow researchers[4] conducted contrast observation of their
neuro-electrophisiology with EEG integration. However, due to the complicated
causes of formation and significant randomness of EEG, and the interference of
noises at the time of measuring, all the means employed in past researches,
such as visual method and EEG integration, have failed to pinpoint the law of
electrical activity of the brain during qigong states.
Along with the development and popularization of computer techniques,
there have been some effective ways to analyze EEG signals and obtain useful
information through computers. In recent years, researchers in China have
successfully applied analysis on EEG power spectrum to the study on qigong,
yoga and transcendentic meditation (TM) [5-14], but most of the past work
was limited to the EEG study of the internal gi of the body in the qigong
state, and seldom touched the EEG changes in both the qigong master and the
recipient at the time when the former was releasing emitted qi into the
latter. Therefore, to explore how the functions of the brain are activated
in the central nerve system during qigong states by the effect of emitted qi
released by qigong master to find out the law of the activity is definitely
of vital importance and significance for expounding the organic theory of
qigong and unveiling the mystery of human brain. In this experiment, with the
information processing system of advanced computers, we conducted a power
spectrum analysis on the EEG changes in normal testees when under the effect
of the qigong master's emitted qi and of subsonic sound, on their brain waves
when under the influence of analog emitted qi, and on normal people's EEG
recorded for a long period when they are in a static state.
193
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
I.
Method
Before the experiment, we first tested more than 20 participating qigong
masters to determine the quality of subsonic sound in their emitted qi, and
used it as the norm to select six having a subsonic sound level above 70dB for
the test of the effect of emitted qi. The testees, all 18-30 years old, in
good health and having no history of malfunctioning brain, were divided into
four teams: 45 for the test of the effect of emitted qi, 20 for the test of
the effect of subsonic sound, 28 for the test of analog emitted qi, and 27 for
the test of normal people in a static state.
-
RM-6000 multi-wire biological recorder and RAIG-5304 magnetic recorder
made by Japan's Nihon Konden Co. were used for recording, and electrodes were
hooked up by unipolar
leading-in in accordance with the internationally
adopted standard 10-20 method[ 15].
During the experiment, we readied the
testees for the test by entering them into full concentration with biofeedback
produced by GSR-2, a product of Canada's Thought Tech. The "Shenyun" subsonic
sound generator made by Shenyun Electronics Co., Ltd of Shenzhen City could
generate 10Hz subsonic waves in three different intensities. We adopted the
double-blind method and analog emission of qi by a non-qigong practitioner to
lessen psychological disturbance to the testees. At the beginning of the
experiment, the testees stayed in a static state for 15-20 minutes and took a .
five-minute recording of their brain waves for self-contrast, and then began
the EEG recording after being under the effect of the emitted qi released by
qigong master.
The identical recording procedure was applied to the other
three teams.
The magnetic recorder fed the recorded time-domain brain waves into
7T17(S) signal analyzer made by Japan's Sanei Co., and the frequency domain
power spectrum was obtained after they went through fast Fourier transform
(FFT). Of the acquisition of analog EEG signal samples, the time was 10ms,
the number of points were ,256 on each channel, the analysis time was 256 x
10ms = 2.56s, and the number of spectrum-line points was 100. A 0-40Hz power
spectrum was reached after materialization of data and elimination of noises
and interfering signals. The results of the analysis is composed of three
parts: (1) the array of compressed power spectrum, (2) the diagram of average
power spectrum, and (3) the diagram of T-test, all showing the EEG power
spectrum in the four areas of the brain. The 10 front rows in the array are
the power spectrum of self-contrast and 10 rear rows the power spectrum after
the brain being affected by all different factors. The solid and dotted lines
in the average power spectrum denote the changes before and after the effect
of the emitted qi released by qigong master, respectively. In both the array
and the average power spectrum, the vertical axis represents the relative
energy and the horizontal axis the frequency range. The diagram of T-test
corresponds to the other two diagrams, and the interfacial value of its solid
line is T = 0.01 and of its dotted line is T = 0.05. All the results of these
three parts are printed by 7T17 (S) signal processor.
II.
Results
1.
Compared with the team for the test of analog emitted qi, the team
for the test of the emitted qi released by qigong master shows an obviously
different change in its power spectrum (p < 0.001), and so does it in the
194
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
comparison with the team for normal contrast (p < 0.001). Of this team's
examples of self-contrast, 20 show a distinct difference (p < 0.05), and 12
show a very distinct difference (p< 0.01). (See chart 1 and diagram 1)
The
change in the EEG power spectrum of the team for normal contrast and of the
team for the test of analog emitted qi have no statistical significance.
.
-
2. The change in the EEG power spectrum under the effect of the emitted
qi released by qigong master is featured by energy expanding in the frontal
area and making a reverse turn in the frontal and occipital areas, and the
whole pilot power spectrum synchronizing with alpha rhythm.
Diagram 2 is the
power spectrum in mean square root under the effect of the emitted qi released
by qigong master. Before the effect, EEG in the occipital area takes alpha
rhythm as the main rhythm and has a character peak, and the peak of alpha
rhythm in both the temporal area and the frontal area is low and flat. Two
minutes after the effect, EEG in the occipital area begins to spread and
seemingly moves to other areas. Three minutes after the effect, the peak of
alpha rhythm in both the frontal area and the top area is noticeably rising
and energy is concentrating, and the peak of alpha rhythm in the occipital
area is declining slightly. The array in the compressed power spectrum, the
diagram of average power spectrum and the diagram of T-test in Diagram 3 show
a reverse turn of energy in the frontal and occipital areas even more
directly. In this diagram, we can clearly see that energy is larger in the
occipital and top areas and very small in the temporal and frontal areas
before the effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master, while after
the effect, as indicated in the power spectrum, it expands most distinctly in
the frontal area, reduces in the occipital and top areas, and changes very
slightly in the temporal area. The energy expansion in the frontal area and
reduction in the occipital area in the power spectrum in Diagram of T-value
are of statistical significance (p< 0.05) .
3.
After being affected by the effect of the emitted qi released by
qigong
master, the dominating peak frequency in the EEG average power
spectrum changes (see chart 2). This chart lists Il examples showing a
change in the value of the peak frequency in the testees' EEG average power
spectrums after they have received the emitted qi from qigong master Yu XX.
Except three examples which show no change, the peak frequency in the average
power spectrum of all other eight examples moves 1-2.5Hz to the left after
the effect. The subsonic sound frequency of the qigong master's emitted qi
is 8Hz.
4.
Compared with the team for normal contrast, the team for the test of
the effect of subsonic sound also shows a quite significant change in its EEG
power spectrum (p < 0.01).
After the effect, 13 of the 20 examples for
self-contrast have a change of p
0.05 and 3 have a change of p < 0.01.
Under the effect of a 10Hz, 90dB weak subsonic sound from the subsonic sound
generator, the peak value energy expands in the alpha frequency range of
9-10Hz, whether in the occipital area or in the frontal area. The changes of
all indexes in the power spectrum seem similar to the results of the test for
the effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master. (The statistic x2
test p < 0.05) (see chart 1, diagram 4).
III.
Discussion
195
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1.
There are no available data on the study of EEG changes under the
effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master. Japanese scholar Fujiki
Takeo [14 ]
once reported that during the delivery of "remote attack" by a
martial art master in a match, his opponent showed an obvious increase of EEG
activity in both alpha rhythm and beta rhythm in his right lobe and occipital
area. As indicated in the results of our experiment, after being affected by
the effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master, the testee's energy
is concentrating and expanding in the frontal and temporal areas, especially
the latter, and making a reserve turn in both, which is different from what
was reported by Mr. Fujiki.
The reasons:
(1) In his case, it is the "qi
waves" delivered by the martial art master for attack, while in ours, it is
the emitted qi released by the qigong master for therapy. (2) Since the two
masters have different degrees of power, the "qi" released by them are of
course different in quality. (3) In his case, the recipient is also a martial
art master, while in ours, he is a normal, ordinary person.
(4) We must also
The Japanese team
take the testee' state in the two cases into consideration.
used the EEG remote recorder, and the martial art master being tested was
still practicing and had a full scale of body movement during the recording,
while our testee was motionless with his eyes closed, being in a relatively
static state. Thus, these two tests cannot produce totally identical results;
however, they have one thing in common, i.e., the "remote attack" or the
spread qi causes an expansion, not a reduction, of energy in the testee' power
spectrum. Whether or not we can use this instance to prove that human energy
is transferred from one individual to another requires further study.
2.
In his first recording of brain waves at Je Na in 1924[16], Mr. H.
Berger described that normal EEG had both alpha and beta rhythms, and that
alpha rhythm had an 8-13Hz frequency which was most evident in the top and
occipital areas and went into synchronization when the person was receiving a
warning irritation. Now, we believe that the starting point of alpha rhythm
is located in the reticular thalamic structure [18].
As the frontal lobe
emerged only during the late period of the mankind's evolution, and is related
to man's advanced function -- conscious activity[20], Mr. Eccles regarded the
frontal area to be the place where the neural process changes to the conscious
process. [20 ]
The enery's reverse turn in the frontal and occipital areas
and expansion in the alpha power spectrum of the frontal area during qigong
states[5, 7] explain that at this moment, the thalamus and the pallium are
functionally linked up with each other[5]; therefore, the fact that the
testee being under the effect of emitted qi released by qigong master shows a
change in the EEG power spectrum similar to the one when his internal qi is
in a static state must have a special significance. These phenomena seems to
suggest that qigong master's special state may affect the testee's brain
function and lead him into a new power state similar to the qigong state. The
catalyst that effects the connection and causes EEG changes in the testee is
exactly the mysterious emitted qi released by qigong master; however, we do
not rule out the possibility that the psychological factors between the
qigong master and the testee may also result in these phenomena.
Since
emitted qi can make chemical changes in nonliving substances, nucleic acid
and even as deep as at the cell level[21,22], and arouses EEG changes in
human body as seen in this experiment, it certainly confirms the existence of
its function. Whether these phenomena are caused by psychological factors or
by the special effect produced by emitted qi through a special receptor
remains a mystery to be solved.
196
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
3. By testing, we know that the emitted qi released by qigong master has
the quality of subsonic sound. If the detected subsonic sound is more than a
phenomenon associated with the release of emitted qi, it is possible that its
waves are carrying signals sent out by the qigong master. Human body being
in a world full of vibrations not only generates but also receives them; thus,
while the testee is feeling the vibration of the subsonic sound released by
qigong master, he is also taking in other signals than the emitted qi.
In
this experiment, the testee's EEG frequency starts to change after he receives
emitted qi from the qigong master, and toward the subsonic sound frequency in
the emitted qi. Based on the available knowledge of EEG, we know that the
change of everybody's adjusted alpha rhythm is not big, generally smaller than
1-1.5Hz[23], but as the results of our experiment exceed this range, the
subsonic sound frequency in the qigong master's emitted qi, therefore, is
seemingly the signal causing the change in the testee's EEG frequency.
In
terms of intensity, the subsonic sound in qigong master's emitted qi being a
weak subsonic sound cannot directly cause the brain to order a vibration;
hence, the EEG change under the effect of the emitted qi should be a regrouped
effect reorganized and processed by the pallium instead of a simple associated
effect of outside irritation.
4.
We choose subsonic sound for the experiment of contrast because we
want to decide whether it can cause coherent oscillation in human brain as
electromagnetic field does. As of today, the question of how alpha rhythm
starts in human brain has not yet been fully answered. In 1941, Adrian [ 24]
proved the close relationship between the rhythmic activity of the thalamic
neuron and that of the cortial neuron. In 1950, Zhang Xiangtong explicitly
pointed out that a reverberating circuit of oscillation is formed between the
thalamus and its relevant pallium[ 25].
Since it is known that this feedback
circuit is related to the generating of rhythmic activity in the pallium,
human brain's alpha rhythm matches the subsonic sound spectrum, the vibration
of subsonic sound waves has a frequency smaller than 20Hz and is not audible
to humans, and most viscera's resonant frequencies are in the subsonic sound
range[26], would human brain be able to receive other irritating signals
than those to the five senses? Since it is known that human brain can produce
coherent oscillation
with external electromagnetic field[27], and
the
emitted qi released by qigong master can change the structure of artificial
fat layer, would subsonic sound be also able to cause resonance and coherent
oscillation in human brain, or say, in the thalamus's neuronal circuit?
Neuronal circuit has its own fixed oscillation
frequency and electrical
characteristics.
Since low-frequency electromagnetic oscillation can induce
responses in the brain 24], can't the vibration of subsonic sound or the
vibrating elements in the emitted qi released by qigong master do the same?
The emitted qi released by qigong master or the vibration of subsonic sound
waves first changes the electrical characteristics of the neuronal membrane
and then the number of transmission of nerve impulses in the neuronal circuit,
and at last the frequency of the neural activity in the reverberating circuit
between the thalamus and the pallium. Thus, the latent possibility that
subsonic sound waves can change the frequency of human brain's oscillation
does exist. As also attested by the results of our experiment, weak subsonic
sound from the subsonic sound generator can cause an EEG change similar to
that done by the emitted qi released by qigong master. Mei Lu has brought
forward the theory of frontalization[29] believing that coherent oscillation
due to the influence of outside environment is most likely to appear in the
197
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
frontal area. Hence, we guess that the oscillation of the subsonic sound in
the emitted qi released by qigong master causes certain neuronal circuits
between the thalamus and the pallium to be in coherent oscillation through a
certain type of middle link. It seems that only this phenomenon is a possible
neural mechanism causing a change in the testee's EEG rhythm when he is under
the effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master.
Brief Summary
(1)
Under the effect of the emitted qi released by qigong master, a
normal
testee's EEG power spectrum expands, more evidently in the frontal
area.
The change is similar to the EEG change when his internal qi is in a
static state.
(2) The characteristic of the subsonic sound in the emitted
qi released by qigong master is related to the change in the testee's EEG
frequency.
(3)
The subsonic sound waves produced by subsonic sound generator
can cause similar results as the emitted qi released by qigong master does.
Thus, by inference, qigongtherapy with emitted qi has its material basis.
Qigong master can affect the patient's central nerve system through the
emission of qi to achieve the objective of curing his disease.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[1]
Guo, Murao The Era of the Slave System, The People's Public Health
Publishing House, 1972, p 262.
[2]
Xiao, Zun and Lin, Yagu A Collection of Essays on Scientific Achievement
in Celebration of the Tenth Anniversary of the Founding of the People's
Republic of China, compiled by the Ministry of Health, People's Republic of
China, 1959.
[3] Qin, Zhen; and Qu, Zhiping The Study on Electrobiology of Qigong -- EEG
Changes During the Course of Qigong Practice, Shanghai
Traditional Chinese
Medicine Magazine, May 1962, p 10.
[4]
Zhao, Guangshen; and Qiang, Meida Qigong and Contrast Analysis of EEG
Integral Values Before and After Rest, Traditional Chinese Medicine Magazine,
1979, p 12:20
[5]
Mei, Lu; Zhou, Chuandai, etc. The Study on Brain Waves During Qigong
Functioning State, Nature Magazine, April 1982, p 9:662.
[6]
Sun, Fuli; Wang, Jisheng, etc. The Analysis on Spontaneous EEG
Power
Spectrum and Coherent Function During the Course of Qigong Practitioner
Entering the Undisturbed State, Psychology Journal, 1984, p 4:422.
198
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
[7]
Zhang, Jianzhou, etc. The Study on EEG During Qigong
States With
the
System Statistic Maps of Brain Topography,
Traditional
Chinese
Medical
Engineering Journal, 1986, p 6:12.
[8]
Zhang,
Qingnian,
etc.
The
Analysis on
Statistic
Maps
of
EEG
.Isoelectricity During the Functional State of Qigong, Oriental Qigong, April
1986.
-
[9]
Hu, Senqi, etc. The Change in EEG Power Spectrum During the Course of
Practicing Relaxing Qigong, Zhonghua Qigong, April 1985.
-
[10 ]
Banquet, J. P.
Electroencephalography and
Clinical
Neurophysiology,
1973, pp 35:143-151.
[11] Wallace, R. K. Science, 1970, pp 167:1751-1754.
[ 12] Wallace, R. K .; Amev, J .; etc. Physiol, 1977, pp 14:52-57.
[13]
Ishikawa, Mitsuo The Comparison of
Analyses on EEG
Power Spectrum
Between of Qigong Master and Yoga Master, Collected Essays of the Forum on
Chinese and Foreign Qigong, Essay No. 15, 1986.
[14] Fujiki, Takeo The Study of EEG of "Remote Attack," Collected Essays of
the Forum on Chinese and Foreign Qigong, Essay No. 16, 1986.
[15] Binnie, C. D. etc. A Manual of Electroencephalographic Technology, 1986,
pp 324-330.
[16] Berger, H. Uber das Electrenkepnalo Gramm des Menchen, Arch. Psychiat
Nervcenkr, 87: 1919, pp 527-570.
[17] Huang, Guiyuan; and Wu, Shenling Clinical Electroencephalography, 98-99,
Shenxi Science & Technology Publishing House, 1984.
[18 ] Purpura, D. P .; Shofer, R. J .; and Musgrave, F. S. J Neurophysiology,
1964, pp 27:138-151.
[19] Luria, A. P. (translated by Wang, Qing, etc. ) Theory of Neurophysiology,
Science Publishing House, 1983, pp 183-221.
[ 20] Eccles, J. C. Human Mystery, Springerberla, 42, 1979.
199
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
[ 21] Lu, Zuoying, etc. The Study on the Biophysical Basis of Qigongtherapy,
an Essay of the First Forum of China National Qigong Science Society, 1987.
[22] Feng, Lida, etc., Observation of the Effect of the Emitted Qi in Qigong
on Gram-Negative Diplococci, 5 (3), 1982, pp 163-164.
[23] Feng, Yingkun Clinical Electroencephalography, People's Public Health
Publishing House, 1984, pp 36-39.
-
[ 24] Adrian, E. D. J. Physiol., 100, 1964, p 159.
[25] Chang, H. T. ( Zhang, Xiangtong) J. Neurophysiolo., 13, 1950, pp 235-257.
[ 26] Tu, Yan; and Zhao, Shuqing The Wonder Subsonic Sound, Science Publishing
House, 1979.
[ 27] Andersen, P. and Anderson, S. A. Physiological Basis of the Alpha Rhythm,
Appleton, N.Y., 1968.
[ 28] Adey, W.R., etc. Behavior and Brain Electric Activity, Phenum Press,
1975.
[ 29] Mei, Lu Qigong and Encephalogy, Zhonghua Qigong, 1985, pp 1:1-5.
.
200
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

1
1
1
TREND OF THE CHANGES IN
THE SELF-GENERATING EEG POWER SPECTRUM OF
ALL TESTED TEAMS
CHART
1
PEG RATE IN
9%
D
EXPANSION
OF POWER
IN FRONTAL
AREA ·
EXPANSION
OF POWER
TRANSFER
BETWEEN
IN OCCIPITAL FRONTAL &
AREA
WHOLE PILOT
POWER
SPECTRUM
OCCIPITAL AREAS
WHOLE PILOT
ALPHA RHYTHM
COHERENT
OSCILLATION
CHANGE IN
FREQUENCY OF
CHARACTER
PEAK (Hz)
TEST OF DISTINCTNESS
E
X
TEAM
p<0.05
P<0.01
Normal
Contrast
n =27
(11)47.8
(10)43.4
( 3 )13.0.
( 4 )17.4
(9)33.1
(9-11.5)
8.5-11.5
(2)8.7
Effect of
Emmited Qi.
n =45
(41)91.1
(21)57.7
(19)42.2
(23)51.1
(31)68.8
(9-11.5)
8.5-11.5
(20)44.4
(12)26.6
Analogic
Emitted Qi
n =28
(13)46.4
(1 )39.2
(1 )3.6
(5 )17.9
(11)39.3
(8.5-11.5)
8.5-11.5
(3 )10.7.
Effect of
osonic Sound
n=20
(17)85
(11)55
( 7 )35
( 9 )49
(14)70
(9-11)
(9-11.5)
(13)65
( 3 )15
201
NOTE:
Number in parentheses denotes the number of examples. In the column of Change in Frequency of Character Peal
number in parentheses denotes the range of change before the effect; number outside of parentheses the range
during the effect
CHARACTER PEAK FREQUENY IN TESTEE'S AVERAGE POWER SPECTRUM
UNDER THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI RELEASED BY QIGONG MASTER
2
TESTEE
LI
ZHU
X
X
LIANG
X
LI
X
X
FENG
X
WANG
X
YUAN
X
×
CHENG
X
X
LI
×
X
LI
WU
X
LF-
X
COMPARISON
Before the
Efect
(Hz)
10
9
10
9.5
10.5
10
11.5
9
9
11
9
After the
Effect
9
8
10
9.5
9.5
9.5
9
8
8.5
9.5
9
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270801-6
CHART
X

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
CH1
CH2
A
CH3
CH4
5 12/010
( POWER)
(POWER)
CHI
CH2
,
.
B
8
9
10
11
12 Hx
8
9
10
-
12 H=
CH3
CH4
(T-VALUE)
(-VALUES
--- CH1
---- A-CH2
8
9
10 :1 12 Hz
8
9 . 10 11 12 H&
C
Diagram 1
Testee Jia XX's Array of Compressed EEG Power
Spectrum, Diagram of Average Power Spectrum,
and Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of the
Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master Wu XX
CH1 is 01, CH2 is Fp1, CH3 is º2, CH4 is Fp2
202
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
CH3

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
A
0,
T,
C
T,
C2
0
F,,
1
F,,
.
0,
B
T,
C,
Diagram 2
Testee Peng XX's EEG Power Spectrum in Mean Square Roots
After. Being Affected by the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master
A -- Self-contrast before the effect.
B -- Two minutes after the effect.
C -- Three minutes after the effect.
. (The emitted qi-releasing qigong master:
Wu XX)
203
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
--
01
T3
C3
FP1
A
.
3 HZ/DIV
.
.
( POWER)
(POWERS
T8
01:
.
8
9
10
11
12 Hs
8
9
10
11
-
FPL
C3
1
CT-VALUE)
( T-VALUE )
T.S
c
8 9 10 ' 11 12 H= . 8
9
10 11 12 Ha
... ..
C3.
Fp1
Diagram-3
Testee Feng XX's Array of Compressed EEG Power
Spectrum, Diagram of Average Power Spectrum, and
Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of the Emitted
Qi Released by Qigong Master Lu XX
204
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
TD

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
CH3
CH1
CH2
CH4
3 KZ/03U
(POWER)
CHỈ
1
CH3
B
(POWER)
CH2
CHA
9
18
11
12 Ha
8
8
10
C
(T- VALLÉE)
CH3
4
.... CHL
( T-VALUE)
06-12
CHA-
9 10 11 12 Ha
8
9
10
11 12 He
.
Diagram 4
The Array of the EEG Compressed Power Specturm,
the Diagram of the Average Power Spectrum, and
the Diagram of T-Test Under the Effect of
Subsonic Sound of 10Hz, 90dB
205
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.. .
-
-- -
.
1
.
A

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
THE INFLUENCE OF EMITTED QI ON
THE AUDITORY BRAINSTEM EVOKED RESPONSES AND
AUDITORY MIDDLE LATENCY EVOKED RESPONSES IN THE CAT
.
[ Liu,
Guolong;
and Wang,
Pei (Beijing
Institute
of
Traditional
Chinese
Medicine; Peng, Xueyan (Beijing Institute of Acupuncture) ; and Zhong Xuelong
( Tangshan Institute of Woman and Child Care) ]
In China, using the emitted qi released by qigong master for health care
and medical treatment has a long history. Many scientist at home and abroad
are focusing their attention to this practice because it produces certain
"enigmatic" effects.
In the article of "Anthroposomatology
Is
a
Large
Department in the System of Modern Sciences," Prof. Qiang Xuesen explicitly
points out that qigong is an important substance of anthroposomatologylll.
To the study of qigong mechanism with modern scientific techniques, his words
are of guiding significance which we should not ignore. There has been a
great deal of reporting in China and foreign countries on the biological
effect of qi when it is in the intrinsic power state, particularly the effect
on the central nerve system into which this laboratory has probed [2-15], but
the study on emitted qi remains in the starting stage as of today. Questions
concerning emitted qi, such as whether it does exist and have materiality,
What it is, how it is generated, whether it can be taken by human body to
produce biological effect, all need to be answered. In recent years, many
scientists in China have done considerable scientific study on emitted qi's
physical effects and vigorously proven its materiality. The fact that it can
change the birefringence of liquid crystal[14], the structures of water,
normal saline and glucose solution[15], and the structure of fat layer [16]
has confirmed its objective effect at the molecule level, and it functioning
at
the
cell
level
has
attested its biological effect [17, 18, 19].
By
applying the analytic method to the array of EEG spontaneous potential power
spectrum and the evoked potential of cortex, this laboratory has observed the
effect of emitted qi on the central nerve system(10, 11, 13] and provided
the basis for further experiemental study on this issue. All past researches
on the biological effect of emitted qi using human body as the object of
experiment have failed to eliminate the influence of psychological factors
because the testee's psychological activity is closely related to his
spontaneous EEG potential and evoked potential no matter which one is taken
for analysis. We all know that the effect of qigong itself cannot be free of
psychological effect, but we cannot interpret it solely as a psychological
effect, either. In a previous experiment conducted by this laboratory to
eliminate the effect caused by psychological factors, we observed a rabbit
with electrodes placed on it, and found that emitted qi indeed affected the
spontaneous EEG potential in it when it was not anesthetized.
In this
experiment, we took anesthetized cat as the object to monitor how emitted qi
influenced its auditory brainstem evoked responses (ABER) and auditory middle
latency evoked responses (MLR), and confirmed that it did have an objective
effect on the cat's central nerve system functioning mainly above the midbrain
level in two forms, namely, the facilitating effect and the inhibiting effect.
The findings are of vital significance for explaining how emitted qi regulates
organic functions and treats diseases.
206
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
I.
Method
The cat, weighing 2.5-3.5kg, was anesthetized with
chloralose at
the
ratio
of 80mg to each kg of its weight and fixed on a stereolocator in an electrical
shielding room by hollow ear bars through which sound was led for stimulation.
It was kept warm in a 38℃ thermostatic water mattress, and its ABER and MLR
were evoked by 100 ms-wide short sound waves. The recorder was Neuropack-II
MEB-5100, a potential evoking system which automatically processes data and
feeds sound of a 70-90dB intensity into the animal's both ears. During the
recording of ABER, the band-pass frequency was 100-3kHz, the real scan period
10 ms, the number of superimposition 256 times, and the superimposed frequency
10Hz; during the recording of MLR, the band-pass frequency was 5-1kHz, the
real scan period 50 ms, the number of superimposition 256 times, and the
frequency of superimposition 5Hz.
-
The recording to determine each evoked response was repeated 2-4 times
until the curves became completely overlapped. In this experiment, the curves
in all recordings had a good resettability, especially those of ABER which
were quite stable. The normal number of superimposition for the recording of
ABER should be more than 1,024 times so that all waves are clearly visible;
however, due to the limited time of releasing emitted qi in this experiment,
we reduced it to 256 times. Except Waves I and VII, all waves had a rather
high rate of occurrence.
Normal ABER is composed of 5-7 waves. Each wave's amplitude is determined
by its swing which is obtained from the trough of a wave and the peak of the
next wave, and its latency is reached by the latency of its peak. Both are
automatically tested and processed by the instruments, and the data are input
to computers for computing the mean value, standard deviation and T-check.
The results of the physical effect test of emitted qi taken by the qigong
master in this experiment confirmed him to be strong in the effect and very
experienced in clinical treatment. When using emitted qi for induction, he
could cause body movement on the testee.
II.
Results
1.
Of the 12 sample recordings of the cat's ABER under the effect of
emitted qi, two show distinct inhibiting effect, and the other ten all have
an increase of ABER in various degrees, indicating the facilitating effect.
To cope with the qigong master's time of releasing emitted qi, the number of
superimposition is reduced from more than 1,024 times to 256 times. We do not
include Waves I and VI, originating from the auditory nerve and the auditory
radiation at the lower thalamus, respectively, in the calculation because
their rate of occurrence is below 20 percent. The rate of occurrence of Wave
II is 50 percent, Wave III 60 percent, Wave IV 70 percent, and Waves V and VI
100 percent. A normal cat's ABER is composed of 5-7 waves. The mean value
of all wave amplitudes and all peak latencies recorded in this experiment
basically agree with those recorded in other documents. The wave amplitude
of a normal man's ABER is about 0.4-1.0 MV, higher than that of the cat's
ABER which is about 1-3 (V. The peak latencies of a normal man's ABER are
1.5 ms for Wave I, 3.0 ms for Wave II, 4.1 ms for Wave III, 5.0 ms for Wave
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
IV, 6.5 ms for Wave V, 7.2 ms for Wave VI, and 8.3 ms for Wave VII. The peak
latencies of the cat's ABER have a larger individual deviation, about 0.5-1.5
ms shorter than those of a man's ABER[20, 21]
Of the corresponding peak latencies in all 10 sample recordings of the
cat's ABER in this experiment, the mean value is 2.2 ms for Wave II, 2.97 ms
for Wave III, 3.7 ms for Wave IV, 4.6 ms for Wave V, and 3.98 ms for Wave VI.
2.
In the 10 sample recordings of ABER, all waves rise variably after
being affected by emitted qi. The rise of Waves II and III are statistically
insignificant. Wave IV rises by 30 percent, p 0.05, Wave V by 30 percent,
p 0.01, and Wave VI by 33 percent, p 0.05, all distinct as shown in Chart 1.
The facilitating effect of brainstem is mainly seen between Waves IV through
VI, or at the midbrain level, as shown in Diagram 1. It is most outstandingly
exemplified by the 45-percent rise of Wave IV from 0.78 uV to 1.4 uV, the
54-percent rise of Wave V from 1.95 uV to 4.21 uv, and the 57-percent rise of
Wave VI from 2.34 uV to 5.39 uv.
3.
The change of the peak latency under the effect of emitted qi is
quite interesting. In all the sample recordings, it extends variably along
with the rise of the wave amplitude, and during the restoring period it keeps
doing so while the wave amplitude is gradually returning to the contrast
level. The peak latency of Wave IV extends from 3.69 ms to 3.77 ms and is
4.06 ms during the restoring period, p < 0.05; of Wave V, from 4.61 ms to
4.74 ms and 5.09 ms during the restoring period, p < 0.05 and 0.01; and of
Wave VI, from 5.98 ms to 6. 14 ms and is 6.80 ms during the restoring period,
p < 0.05 and 0.01. We can see that the higher degree of facilitation the wave
amplitude goes, the more distinctly the peak latency extends, indicating that
they are closely related to each other.
4.
In two of the 12 sample recordings, the cat's ABER shows noticeable
inhibition, see Chart 2 and Diagram 2. The wave amplitude is obviously
lowering along with the extending of the peak latency. After being under the
effect of emitted qi, the inhibiting effect stays for a relatively long time
as it still is visible after 30 minutes and does not return to the contrast
level until one and one half hours later. Its duration is much longer than
that of the facilitating effect in the other 10 sample recordings. In one of
the two recordings, the wave amplitude does not lower very distinctly, but the
wave latency extends quite obviously.
5.
The composition of the cat's MLR occurring between 10 ms and 50 ms
is primary evoked responses of cortex whose normal latency is at an average
of 17-25 ms. The latency determined in this experiment agrees with that
recorded in other documents [22].
Under the effect of emitted qi, this
composition has a rather sensitive influence, and causes the wave amplitude in
all 12 sample recordings to change. The change has two forms, one is rising
and the other lowering, each seen in six sample recordings, indicating that
it can produce an effect which is facilitating as well as inhibiting. The
two sample recordings of the inhibiting effect also show an inhibition of
ABER. The latency in the team tested on the facilitating effect does not have
an obvious change, but in the team tested on the inhibiting effect, not only
does the wave amplitude lower, the latency also shortens. In the former team,
the wave amplitude rises from 5.49 uV to 7.03 juV, or 22 percent, p < 0.05, and
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
one sample recording shows the rise from 4.06 AV to 7.65 AV, about 47 percent.
In the latter team, the wave amplitude lowers from 6.49 uV to 5.25 uV, about
20 percent, p < 0.05. Most noteworthy is that while the wave amplitude is
lowering, the latency shows an obvious shortening, from 26.6 ms to 23.1 ms,
p <0.05, as shown in Chart 3 and Diagram 3.
III.
Discussion
1.
Many experimental studies have been done on how the wave of the cat's
ABER are formed[20, 21, 22, 23]
The conclusions, though different,
are
generally identical. The ABER recorded on its scalp is far field potential
which is the potential change recorded with the aid of volume conductor at
separated locations. Its waves are slightly different in shape because the
electrodes for the recording are placed at various spots; besides, the cat's
ABER shows comparatively larger individual deviations in the wave latencies.
Usually, 5-7 waves can be clearly recorded with a stimulation of sufficient
strength and 1,204 times of superimposition. To make the observation of the
facilitating and inhibiting effects an easy job, we used a 70-80dB stimulation
and superimposed 256 times in this experiment. The causes of the formation of
the cat's ABER waves are confirmed by the method of correspondingly directing
destruction into its nerve system or auditory nerve nucleome. Sohmer [ 24]
and Buchward [ 23]
have been confirmed Wave I to be a far field potential of
the auditory nerve's action potential and Wave II an electrical activity of
the bilateral cochlar nucleus. These two waves might represent the central
activity at the mudullery bulb level. The interpretations of Wave III are
not unanimous. In human body, it is known to be generated by the activity of
the nucleus of lateral horseshoe series, but many researchers advocate that
in cat it is caused by the electrical activity of the superior oliva[25]
because it may disappear when the superior oliva is destroyed; thus, it is
equivalent to the electrical activity at the pons level. Wave IV is known to
be generated by the electrical activity of the bilateral inferior colliculus
which is equivalent to the electrical activity at the midbrain level. There
Still is divergence of opinion about how Wave V is formed. Some people believe
it is a result of the electrical activity of the bilateral inferior colliculus
caused by the mutual transmission between left and right inferior colliculuses
because when the sound is stimulating one side and destroying the bilateral
inferior colliculus Wave IV still exists but Wave V disappears [26],
but
others think that Wave V is possibly an activity of the lateral geniculate
body's potential. No final conclusion has yet been reached on how Waves VI
and VII in the cat's ABER are formed. However, since it is known to us that
Waves I through V continue to stay and Waves VI and VII disappear after the
brain ceases its function at the superior colliculus level, we guess that
Waves VI and VII are above the midbrain level, equivalent to the electrical
activity at the lower part of the thalamus.
2.
Emitted qi obviously facilitates the cat's ABER as a certain degree
of facilitation is found in all 10 sample recordings. It is most distinct in
Waves IV, V and VI and not really noticeable in Waves II and III even though
a slight rise is found in their amplitudes. This phenomenon explains that
facilitation occurs mainly at the midbrain level instead of enhancing from
the bottom to the top, and confirms that emitted qi has a selected function
above the midbrain level.
In
three sample recordings, the facilitating
effect is also found in Wave VII which is the wave denoting the appearance of
209
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
responses at the hypothalamus level.
In the cat's ABER, Waves IV and VI
indicate the activity at the midbrain level, and Waves VI and VII the activity
above the midbrain level, mainly at the hypothalamus level. This fact is of
vital significance for further explaining that the function of emitted qi can
cause synchronization of the alpha rhythm in EEG and the expansion of the
alpha power spectrum[10].
It
is
known
that the synchronized electrical
activity of EEG is the consolidated potential of EPSP and IPSP at the parietal
dentrite of cortex caused by the oscillation in the circuit of nerons at the
hypothalamus level through the synchronizing network of neurons also at the
hypothalamus level; hence, emitted qi possibly impact on EEG through the
facilitating effect at the hypothalamus level. On the other hand, emitted qi
facilitating at the brainstem level might also be the reason why it can affect
the activities of internal organs because the regulating center for those
activities is mainly located at the hypothalamus and the brainstem.
3.
Although it is still difficult to explain how the effect of emitted
qi influences the peak latencies of all ABER waves, the changes are quite
noteworthy.
It is known that when its intensity is enhanced, the stimulation
not only causes all wave amplitudes to rise to a certain extent but also
correspondingly shortens all wave latencies. Under the effect of emitted qi,
except Waves II and III which show no obvious change in their amplitudes and
latencies, Waves IV, V and VII are correspondingly extending their latencies
while the amplitudes are expanding and keep doing so during the restoring
period. The expanding of all ABER amplitudes means the heightening of the
level of the synchronized activity of the related cells in the central
nucleome, and the peak latency between the waves represents the transmission
speed between the related neural nucleomes. Obviously, emitted qi has the
function of heightening the level of the activity of neural cells and lowering
the transmission sped between nerons, which might be helpful for us to explain
that the effect of emitted qi causes low-frequency, synchronized activity to
occur. It is not uncommon to find such a disagreement between the changes of
wave amplitudes and latencies in the central nerve system. For example, when
man is in states I and II of sleep, the amplitude of all slow auditory cortex
responses having a 200-ms latency shows a double rise, and the latency extends
obviously [ 27] .
The disagreement between the changes of amplitudes and of
latencies and the significance of the mechanism need to be further probed.
4. Waves IV, V and VI in two sample recordings of the cat's ABER show a
noticeable inhibition coupled with an obvious extension of the latency when
affected by the effect of emitted qi. Although they are the only two cases
found in the 12 sample recordings, the changes are quite obvious. This
experiment has the attempt of trying to probe the "stimulating" effect and.
"inhibiting" effect of the qigong master's idea at the time of releasing
emitted qi. Of the five tests on his idea's "stimulating" effect, only two
show the inhibiting effect, while the other three still have the facilitating
effect.
Although the qigong master's subjective idea and the objective
results are not completely identical, we can at least confirm that emitted qi
has a bidirectional effect on the central nerve system, that is, emitted qi
is proven to have the ability not only to facilitate but also to produce the
inhibiting
effect.
Evidently, this fact is of vital significance for
explaining emitted qi's mechanism of regulating organic systems.
Of course,
we cannot eliminate the deviations in animal's individual responses. The
210
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
results of this experiment have provided the experimental basis for
us to
further study the effect of qigong master's "idea," which is the topic of
this laboratory's next research.
-
5.
Auditory evoked responses are classified into three categories in
accordance with their latencies:
responses having a short latency of less
than 10 ms (ABER); responses having a middle latency of 10-50 ms, and
responses having a long latency of 50-300 ms, also known as slow vertex
responses ( SVR) .
The latency of the cat's MLR is about 17-25 ms.
MLR are
the activity of potential caused to occur by the lateral geniculate body of
the hypothalamus and by the auditory radiation when reaching the primary
auditory cortex, and they are the primary composition of the evoked potential
and represent the auditory cortex in the activated state [ 28].
The surge of
potential of the cat's auditory middle latency evoked responses is a slow
surge of negative potential which is called A wave [ 29]
In regard to the influence of emitted qi on the cat's MLR, one half of
the 12 sample recordings show the facilitating effect and the other six the
inhibiting effect, indicating that emitted qi also produces bidirectional
effect on the cortex.
Two of the six sample recordings of the inhibiting
effect show the same inhibiting effect in ABER, but it is not fully identical
to the result produced by the qigong master using the method of "inhibiting"
power.
Even though his subjective "idea" and the objective effects are not
in total agreement, emitted qi is confirmed to be able to facilitate and
inhibit the activity of the cortex. We, however, still cannot determine
whether this ability is totally caused by the difference of emitted qi's
effect or by the deviation of animal's individual responses, or is a mixture
of subjective "idea" and objective effects, but we have at least pointed out
to the researchers the possibility of using animal as the object of experiment
to further study the different effects in emitted qi's mechanism. There is a
similarity between this phenomenon and the results of our experimental study
on normal human's evoked responses under the effect of emitted qi[9].
6.
In this experiment, we for the first time used anesthetized animal
to prove the objective effects of emitted qi on the central nerve system,
from the brainstem to the brain cortex, thus confirming that the biological
effect on human body caused by emitted qi is not totally psychological in
nature. In the meantime, we have provided the basis for researchers to use
animal as the object of experiment to further study the mechanism of emitted
qi's central effects and the effects produced by qigong master using
different power methods, and have pointed out the objective norm of the study
on the effect of qigong master's subjective "idea."
Brief Conclusion
This experimental study has proven that emitted qi has distinct influence
on ABER and MLR in anesthetized animal and presents its function in two forms:
the facilitating effect and the inhibiting effect, and that it can directly
function at the midbrain level and change its activity by facilitating and
inhibiting. Not only does this fact explains the objective existence of the
effect of emitted qi, it also shows that its impact on the central nerve
system in human body, especially on the cortex of brain, is not totally a
211
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
psychological effect. In the meantime, it points out the objective norm of
future studies on the functions of a subjective factor, that is, the mechanism
of emitted qi's central effect and the different power methods adopted by
qigong master.
BIBILOGRAPHY
[1 ]
Qiang, Xuesen and Chen, Xing Anthroposomatology Is a Large Department in
the System of Modern Sciences
-
[ 2]
Lui, Guolong; Cui, Rongqing; and Li, Guozhang Neural Mechanisms of
Qigong
State:
An Experimental Study by the Method of Auditory Evoked
Responses, Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 7 (2), 1987, pp 123-126
[3]
Cui, Rongging and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State On Auditory
Middle Latency Evoked Responses, an Essay of the First Academic Forum of China
Institute of Qigong Science, 1987
[ 4 ]
Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Visual
Flash Evoked Potential, same as above
[5]
Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Visual
Pattern Evoked Potential, same as above
[6]
Cui,
Rongqing and Liu,
Guolong
The
Influence of Qigong State
on
electrocochleogram, same as above
[7]
Cui, Rongqing and Liu, Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Posterior
Auricular Potential, same as above
[8]
Cui, Rongqing and Liu,' Guolong The Influence of Qigong State on Auditory
Brainstem Evoked Responses, same as above
[ 9]
Peng,
Xueyan
and Liu,
Guolong
The
Influence of Qigong
State
on
Body-Sensory Evoked Responses and Spinal Cord Evoked Potential, same as above
[ 10] Niu, Xin and Liu, Guolong EEG Analysis on the Effect of Emitted Qi
During Qigong State, same as above
[11] Niu, Xin and Liu, Guolong Analysis on EEG Power
Spectrum of Qigong
Master During the Stationary and Power-Releasing States, same as above
[12] Peng, Xueyan and Liu, Guolong The Influence
of
Emitted Qi
and of
Subsonic Sound on Normal Man's Body-Sensory
Evoked
Responses and Slow
Auditory Evoked Responses, same as above
[13] Liu, Guolong; Cui, Rongqing; Niu, Xin; and Peng, Xueyan The Experimental
Study on the Neural Mechanism of Qigong States and the Effect of Emitted Qi,
an Essay of the Academic Forum of the Institute of Medical Qigong Science of
National Society of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 1987
212
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
[ 14] Lu, Zuying The Influence of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master on
the Birefringence of Liquid Crystal, an Essay of the First Academic Forum of
China Institute of Qigong Science, 1987
[15 ]
Li, Shengping; Yu,
Yuan ;
Li,
Baike; Lu, Zuying;
and Yan,
Xin
The
Influence of the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong Master on the Structures of
Water, Saline and Glucose Solution, same as above
[16] Zhao, Nanming; Yin, Changcheng; Lu, Zuying; Li, Shengping; and Yan, Xin
The Influence of Emitted Qi on Fat Layer and Liquid Crystal, same as above
-
[17] Feng, Lida Nature Magazine, 5:9 1982, p 658
[18] Feng, Lida Nature Magazine, 5:3 1982, p 163
[19] Li, Caixi; Liu, Zhiyun; Jin, Long; Zhao, Guang; Zhang, Yu; Lu, Guangjun;
and Zhang, Guoxi The Experimental Study on the Emitted Qi Released by Qigong
Master, same as above
[ 20] Ichikawa, Ginichiro The Causes of the Formation of Auditory Brainstem
Evoked Responses, Progress of Nerves, Vol 23, Issue 2, 1979
[ 21] Huang, C. M. and Buchward, J. S. Factors That Affect the Amplitude and
Latencies of the Vertex Short Latencies Acoustic Responses
in
the
Cat ,
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 44, 1978, pp 179-186
[ 22] Buchward, J. S .; Hinman, C .; Norman, R. J .; Huang, C. M .; and Brown, K.
A. Middle and Long-latency Auditory Evoked Responses Recorded From the Vertex
of Normal and Chronically Lesioned Cats, Brain Research, 205, 1981, pp 91-109
[23] Buchward, J. S. and Huang, Chi-Ming Far Field Acoustic Responses: Origins
in Cat, Science, 189, 1975, pp 382-384
[ 24 ]
Sohmer,
H.
and
Feinmesser,
M.
Electrocochleography
in
Clinical
Audiological Diagnosis, Arch. Phrenheilk, 206, 1974, pp 91-102
[ 25] Huang, Zhenglong The Change in BSR Caused by Destruction of the Superior
Oliva, Audiology Japan, 20, 1977, pp 733-737
[26]
Ando,
Ichiro The Change in BSR Caused by Destruction of the
Inferior
Colliculus, Audiology Japan, 20, 1977, pp 210-220
[ 27 ]
Elliot, D .; Weitzman, M. D .; and Howard Kremen, M.
States
D.
Auditory
Evoked
Responses During
Different
of Sleep
in
Man,
Electroenceph.
Clin.
Neurophysiol., 18, 1965, pp 65-70
[ 28] Yamada, Shu and Suzuki, Junichi Clinical Application of Auditory Evoked
Responses,
Particularly
Auditory
Brainstem
Evoked
Responses,
Clinical
Examination, Vol. 25, No. 11, 1981, pp 1267-1275
[ 29] Kaga, K. etc. Evidence for a Primary Cortical Origin of a Middle Latency
Auditory Evoked Potential in Cats, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 50,
1980, p 254
213
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

+ . ..
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
V
IV
VI
-
VI
TV
V
VI
VI
E
B
B
LHV
1ms
1u V
1ms
c
C
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
Facilitating Effect of ABER
Inhibting Effect of ABER
A - Contrast
B - During the Effect of Emitted Qi
C - After the Effect of Emitted Qi
...
25HV
5ms
15LV
[2.5uV
5 ms
5ms
BÌ
12.5uV
5 ms
cv
Diagram 3
The Influence of Emitted Qi on MLR
A - Contrast B - During the Effect of Emitted Qi
C - After the Effect of Emitted Qi
Left
Right
5.
1.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ne
LCD
214
:.
E

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart
1
1 #=5
M n =6
1 n=7
V
n=10
A
L
A
L
A
L
A
L
L
B
0.71
2.20
0.89
2.97
1.23
3.69
2.70
4.61
1.82
6.98
B: Before
D
0.90
2.17
1.22
3.0
1.87*
3.77 2.90 **
4.74*
2.70* 6.14º
D: During
A
0.81
2.34
0.89
3.29
1.08
4.06 2.30
5.09 **
1.72
6.80*
* p<0.05 ** p<0.01 A(AV) L(ms)
Chart 2
Wave
Wave
V
Sample
Recording
A(V)
L (ms)
A(AV)
B
D
A
B
D
A
B
D
A
8
1.25
1.09
0.39
4.28
4.48
5.16
2.34
1.79
0.85
11
0.43
0.56
0.32
4.56
6.50
4.72
2.18
1.41
1.48
Average
0.84
0.82
0.20
4.42
5.49
4.94
2.26
1.6
1.17
Wave
V
Wave
Sample
Recording
L (ms)
A(pV)
L(ms)
B
D'
A
B
D
A
B
DA
8
5.36
5.76
6.6
1.56
1.79
0.85
7.76
7.72
8.64
11
6.2
7.68
6.6
0.78
1.01
0.47
8.76
10.0
8.84
Average
5.78
6.72
6.6
1.16
1.40
0.66
8.26
8.86
8.74
Chart
3
Facilitating Team
Inhibiting Team
A pV
L ms
A pV
L ms
B
6.49
25.7
5.49
26.6
D
5.25'
26.9
7.03*
23.1*
A
6.22
27.4
5.43
27.7
·n/A 05
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
A: After
.**

.. ...
14
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
FINE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION OF EMITTED QI
EFFECTIVE ON CANCER OF LUNG OF MOUSE
[ Feng, Lida; Guan, Yingpeng; Zhao, Xiuzhen; General Hospital, Navy]
Lung cancer is a common malignant tumor, which presents a menace to
human life. In recent years, using the emitted qi from the traditional
medical science to treat lung cancer has gained certain curative effect.
In
order to make a further probe into the killing mechanism of the emitted qi
against the cancer cells, we have made a simulated clinical treatment by
selecting a qigong master to apply the method of using his emitted external
qi against a mouse inoculated with a tumor substance in its lung. Following
are the details of the preliminary experiment:
I.
Materials and methods
Twenty four C57 purebred mice and the Lewis lung cancer liquid are
used.
Each mouse is inoculated 0. 2ml of the liquid at the axilla under its
right front limb. The treatment starts 24 hours after the inoculation. The
inoculated mice are divided up into several teams for treatment as below:
Team 1 of six mice will be treated with 30mg/kg of cyclic phosphoryl amide
each per day; Team 2 of six mice will be treated with 0. 2ml of physiological
saline each per day; Team 3 of six mice will be treated with external qi
emitted by a qigong master 10cm away from each mouse per day, lasting
invariably between 20 and 60 minutes each time; Team 4 of six mice which will
be kept just for observation and comparison will not receive any treatment.
The treatments mentioned above will go on for two weeks; while the tumor in
each mouse will have a different degree of growth. Drawing of materials will
ba based on the mouse's natural biological life. Considerations must be
given to avoid the physical changes after death when the mouse is being
inspected under an electric magnifier. Therefore, it is necessary to observe
closely the mouse's growing status. In general, materials are drawn right
before the mouse is on the verge of dying. The mice from each team will have
a different sizes of tumor growth.
The number of their surviving days is
also different. Before the materials are going to be drawn, the tumor should
have an intact exterior membrane. Get several pieces of the light red tumor
tissue at a size of about 1mm from the cross section, which are showing
certain growth, and immediately solidify them in a 3.75 percent
glutataldehyde solution and then in a one percent osmic acid before
dehydrating them in regular acetone. Then wrap them up in Epon 812 resin,
before cutting them into lum pieces with position fixed by an optical
microscope. Use LKB-NOVa microtome to cut them into 500 -- 600 A slices, which
will be placed in a dyestuff made of uranium acetate-lead citrate. Observe
them through an EM-1200 Ex fluoroscope.
II.
Results
A.
The Team Under the Treatment of Cyclic Phosphoryl Amide
The cancer cell drawn from the tumor tissue grows actively.
The cancer
cells stay together closely in a circle approximately 15 -- 20um in size, with
216
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
a core at the size of two thirds of the cell and full of chromosome. The
plasmosome is protruding, with some of it bearing to one edge. The cancer
organelle does not have much cytoplasma. Swollen mitochondria are easily
Visible, with Golgi organ and endoplasmic reticulum often expanded.
Occasionally small particles of secondary lysosome are visible. The split up
cancer cell often has minute villus on its surface, with a tendency of forming
adeno structure in certain area. Karyokinesis of the cancer cell is easily
visible. Necrosis of the cancer cell is not taking place (see Chart 1).
B.
The Team Under the Treatment of Physiological Saline and the Team Kept
Just for Observation and Comparison
Both teams are under a similar shape; but the cancer cells are growing
very actively, with karyokinesis of cells easily visible. In the second team,
one cancer cell is seen eroding the capillary, partially destroying the
capillary.
C. The Team Under the Treatment of Emitted External Qi
The cancer cells are round with an easily visible degrading status and
the appearing of lysosome in large volume. The lysosome, in bubble or
irregular shapes, initially appears around the nucleus. Gradually it begins
to combine into a large massive, with part of it becoming autolysosome,
comprising of degenerated mitochondria and membrane structure. When severely
degenerated, large lysosome with a size one third of the cell will appear in
the cancer cell. It will no longer have its plasma. Its membrane is
destroyed. Its nucleus structure becomes obscure, or apparent pycnosis status
(see Chart 2). Part of the local cells can hardly be distinguished.
As a
result, several neighboring cancer cells which exist next to one another only
in broken pieces appear in a serious state of necrosis (see Chart 3). In the
area of necrosis, inflammatory cells such as macrophages are not appearing.
III.
Discussions
Using emitted external qi to treat human diseases has begun to take
shape. Examples of using traditional qigong to treat chronic diseases are
nothing new. The Naval General Hospital's Immunity Research Office has spent
a low of time in studying the theories of immunity through the use of qigong,
and successfully revealed the distinctive power of the emitted external qi in
killing germs and virus. At the same time, observations (1-3) made through
the use of a scanning electron microscope of the morphogenesis of the cultured
stomach cancer cell treated with the emitted external qi have taken place.
These researches have aroused much enthusiasm of both domestic and foreign
scholars .
This experiment involves the creation of an animal model with a physical
lung tumor by inoculating subcutaneously the mouse with Lewis lung cancer
liquid. A qigong master will emit 20 -- 50 min of external qi against the model
animal daily. The mouse will be under a close observation on how effective
the emitted external qi will be against its tumor cells. Another mouse
treated with cyclic phosphoryl amide will be used for comparison. All 24
mice will be placed under a submicron structure observation to compare the
differences of submicron changes among the teams.
217
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
It is discovered that under the electron microscope, the images of the
team treated with emitted external qi differ from the images of the team
treated with cyclic phosphoryl amide. The state of necrosis clearly appears
with the former, even though the materials are drawn right before death;
while the said state of necrosis does not appear with the latter. On the
contrary, the growth of cancer cells is very active with visible sign of
karyokinesis. As to the team treated with emitted external qi, the
degeneration and degradation of cancer cells are easily visible, even the
necrosis of cancer cells in large areas. What is more obvious is the ever
growing of the lysosome (-GL-) Qin the cancer cells, which has attracted our
attention.
A lysosome is a kind of organelle existing in the animal cells.
Its
functions have been positively established. It is surrounded by the
lipoprotein membrane, which contains a large volume of decomposable protein,
nucleic acid, and lipid hydrolytic enzyme, mainly responsible for the
digestive
functions within the cell. This potent "digestive organ" contains more than
40 different kinds of lipid hydrolytic enzymes. The hydrolysis process of
cells by the lysosome is completed under the germless condition. Once a cell
is under certain attack and stimulus, the lysosome will immediately release
different kinds of hydrolytic enzymes, and begin to digest the cell
composition. When the cell is facing various fatal attacks, the lysosome
often becomes highly active, and quickly self dissolves the injured cell to
complete the process of "self-destruction." An electron microscope
examination of the cell immediately after its death indicates that its minute
structure no long exists. This is a typical example of the function of the
lysosome.
In the result of our experiment, we have seen the active growth of
lysosome in the cancer cells of the mice treated by the emitted external qi,
which causes the destruction of cancer cells in large numbers. This has
aroused greatly our interest.
The emitting of external qi is based upon a human being who, under the
qigong state, tries to maneuver consciously the internal qi and concentratedly
emits from certain acupoint or certain part of the human body a fixed
intensity and density of substance energy such as bioelectricity and
bioenergy. Following the scientific and technological development and the
use of new instruments and equipment in recent years, people have tested the
biological mechanism of the emitted external qi and gained an objective
medical index. For instance, both Atomic and Nuclear Research Institute and
Dynamics Research Institute of Chinese Academy of Science have have discovered
the thermal effect of the cross current between signal and pulse when a qigong
master is emitting the external qi from his hand. This has proved that the
actual existence of external qi is beyond doubt.
The treatment of tumor has been a difficult point of modern medical
science. Numerous feasible tests are being developed in many research units.
The purpose of applying our traditional medical science in carrying out a
series of experiments by using emitted external on animals is also to further
understand and explore the treasure of China's medical science for the welfare
of mankind.
As to how the external qi emitted by a qigong master can stir up
218
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the lysosome system within an animal's cancer cells, so far there is no
explanation.
Further research and probe are still needed.
Conclusion
This article probes, from the angle of animal experiment, the
feasibility of using emitted external qi to treat the lung cancer tumor.
It
also presents, from the angle of cell's minute structure changes, the active
growth of lysosome system after the treatment of emitted external qi as the
main reason of cell necrosis.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
(1)
FENG Lida
The Relationship Between Chinese Medical Science And Organism
Immunity, China Kangfu (recovery) Medical Magazine, page 9, February 1986.
(2)
FENG Lida et al The Function of Emitted External Qi Against Influenza
Virus, Qigong And Science, page 61, February 1985.
( 3)
FENG Lida et al Emitted External Qi Can Kill Gastric Gland Cancer
Cells, Chinese Qigong, page 12, March 1986.
219
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 1
The Team Under the Treatment of
Cyclic Phosphoryl Amide.
It shows an integral shape of the
cancer cells, which grow actively
with a visible karyokinesis of the
cancer cell.
(6000x)
Chart 2
The Team Under the Treatment
of Emitted External Qi.
It shows an irregular shape
of the cancer cells with the
increase of empty membranous
cells in cyto, which are in
a state of degeneration.
(11000x)
Chart 3
The Team Under the Treatment
of Emitted External Qi.
It shows that the cancer cells
are in a serious state of necrosis.
The cyto is completely dissolved.
(11000x)
.. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/1022CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
THE OBSERVATION OF EMITTED QI
ON THE CYTOPLASM ACTIVITY OF THE HYGRILLA VERTICILLATA
[ Zhang, Zuqi (South China Normal University)
Summary
After the master has emitted the "external qi" on a hydrilla leaf,
observation under the microscope indicates an accelerated flow of the
protoplasm of the mesophyll cells. This may reflect that under the effect of
the emitted "external qi," the cell's metabolism is more vigorous than usual.
The experiment proves that "external qi" emitted by a master creates a
certain effect on the development and growth of animal, plant, and
microorganism. Feng Lida et al (1) (2), through the observation of the
effect of "external qi" emitted on Gram's female bacillus and Gram's male
coccus, have discovered that the "external qi" emitted by a master with a
lethal concept will have a fatal effect on colibacillus, dysentery bacillus,
white staphylococcus, and golden staphylococcus. If the "external qi" is
emitted on colibacillus and dysentery bacillus with a concept of hyperlasia,
it will help both of them grow.
Li Caixi, Luo Zhibiao et al (3) (4) , through
an observation of the effect by emitting "external qi" on myocardium cells
cultured outside the body, have discovered that the "external qi" will create
a biological effect on the myocardium cells cultured outside the body. It
may regulate the cell's pulsing frequency, improve the irregular rhythm, and
improve the pulsing intensity. Most recently, Xie Huanzhang et al (5),
through an observation of a master's emission of "external qi" on the seeds
of beets, soy beans, barley and grain, have discovered that it is affecting
the growth of the plants, with increased products from both beets and soy
beans. Zhang Zuqi et al (6), through an observation of the effect in having
a master emit "external qi" on soaked paddy rice seeds, have discovered that
the seeds with "external qi" emitted on will generally sprout earlier and grow
more vigorously than those without "external qi" emitted on.
The effect of "external qi" of qigong on organism probably is a result
of its function on the cells within the organism, by increasing the cell's
metabolism or even causing certain structural changes to take place within
the cell. We are using hydrilla as our material to observe the effect of
"external qi" on the flow of cyto within the hydrilla cell, and to find out
the relationship between "external qi" and the cell's internal changes.
I.
Materials and Methods Used
The materials used are hydrilla (Hydrilla Verticillata (L, f) Royle)
(Chart 1). The characteristics are that the leaf's surface cells are
transparent. Under a microscope, one can see the orderly arranged leaf
cells, which contain particulate chloroplast with a large vacuole in the
center. One can see a live cell's cytoplasm is flowing at one direction
along the outer edge of the vacuole, carrying within it the chloroplast.
Therefore, observing the circular flow of the chloroplast will reflect the
activity of the cytoplasm.
The method used is to select a tender hydrilla leaf each experiment,
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 - CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
place it on a piece of glass, add a little water, and then cover it with
another piece of glass. Observation takes place through a microscope
(400x) . During the observation, look for a mesophyll cell (Chart 2 and Chart
3) in the vicinity of the vein, and use an indicating needle and find a fixed
point on the cell's vicuole.
When the experiment of each team starts, select a person who is not a
qigong master, ask the person to put one of his hands 10cm away from the
glass, and ask him to count how many chlorophylls outside of the vicuole have
passed through the fixed point in one minute. After a period of time, ask a
qigong master to stand at a similar distance, point his index and middle
fingers together at the leaf and emit "external qi" on the leaf. At the same
time, ask him to count how many chlorophylls have passed through the fixed
point in one minute. This comparison (without the emission of "external qi" )
and test (with the emission of "external qi") will be considered as a team.
After each test, each team gets a new cell. When 2 -- 3 teams have had their
tests, there will be a new leaf. The room temperature will be recorded
during each experiment.
II. Results
From 10 March to 16 April 1987, we asked master Ke Heng to emit "external
qi" on a total of 70 teams, and observed a total of 70 cells with the results
shown in Charts 1 -- 5 below:
Of the above-mentioned 70 teams put under the experiment, the number of
chlorophyll in the hydrilla's mesophyll cell passing through the fixed point
each minute will be represented by a as the average value for the team of
comparison, and b for the team emitted with qi. Then a = 8.90, 5 = 17.67, b
- a / a x 100% = 98%. This indicates that the average value of the
chlorophyll passing through the fixed point each minute for the team emitted
with qi will increase by 98% than that of the team of comparison. And the
difference is notable.
III.
Discussions
1. By observing the chlorophyll in the hydrilla's mesophyll cells
passing through the fixed point, we can tell that a qigong master after
emitting "external qi" on the mesophyll cell will cause the number of
mesophyll cell passing through the fixed point to change; while the flow of
chlorophyll has reflected the flow of cyto. Therefore, we may assume that
after the "external qi" has worked on the hydrilla's mesophyll cells, it can
cause the flow of cyto to change. The function of the "external qi" emitted
by Ke Heng is to accelerate the flow of cyto. This kind of accelerated flow
may reflect that the metabolism within the cell is more active than it was
during the normal time.
2. Studying the function of qigong's "external qi" on organisms has a
certain meaning in understanding the function of qigong and the essence of
"qi". And the effect of "external qi" on organisms may very well affect
certain metabolism process or structural changes to take place within a
cell. From the experiment conducted on the team mentioned above, we have
observed the effect of "external qi" on the activities within a cell.
This
calls for a more direct and realistic study of the relationship between
"external qi" and organism's cell activities. If this research work takes a
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
222

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
further step and considerations are given to combine it with the integral
function of "external qi" on organisms, it has provided a new path (1) for
the study of qigong.
Bibliography
-
[1]
Feng Lida et al, Nature, 5(1982) 3:163.
[ 2]
Feng Lida et al, Nature, 5(1982) 9:653.
[3]
Li Caixi et al, Nature, 7(1984) 11:816.
[4]
Luo Zhibiao et al, Guangdong Biological Bulletin, 1985, 2(1):57.
[5]
Xie Huanzhang et al, Oriental Qigong, 1987, 1:5.
[ 6]
Zhang Zuqi et al, Qigong And Science, 1987, 11:38.
(1)
indicates that instructor Pei Zhaohua of the Department of Electronic
Education of Hua Nan Normal University has participated in part of the
research work.
223
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 1
Date
Room Temperature
Team Number
Number of Chloroplasts Passing
Through a Fixed Point Each
Minute
Team of
Comparison
Team Emiited .
with External Qi
-
1
1
10
17
?
11
18
5
11
19
Morning of 10
March 1987
26℃
4
10
20
5
12
20
6
10
18
7
11
18
8
11
19
9
10
17
10
11
18
-
224
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 2
Date
Room Temperature
Team Number
Number of Chloroplasts Passing
Through a Fixed Point Each
Minute
Team of
Comparison
-
Team Emitted with
External Qi
1
12
18
2
10
17
Morning of 17
March 1987
27°℃
5
11
18
6
11
17
7
11
19
8
10
20
9
11
20
10
12
20
11
11
20
12
10
18
13
11
18
14
10
17
15
10
18
.
8
12
18
12
18
-
1
225
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 3
Date
Room Temperature
Team Number
Number of Chloroplasts Passing
Through a Fixed Point Each
Minute
Team of
Comparison
Team Emitted With
External Qi
1
8
15
2
8
16
Morning of 19
March 1987
24°℃
3
7
16
8
16
5
7
15
6
8
15
7.
8
17
8
8
18
9
7
18
10
7
17
11
9
18
12
19
13
8
16
14
8
18
15
7
17
.
·
226
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 4
.
Date
Room Temperature
Team Number
Number of Chloroplasts Passing
Through a Fixed Point Each
Minute
Team of
Comparison
Team Emitted With
External Qi
1
9
17
2
9
18
3
8
18
Morning of 31
March 1987
25°℃
4
8
19
5
8
19
6
9
20
7
9
20
8
8
20
9
8
18
10
8
19
11
9
17
12
9
17
13
8
18
14
8
17
15
8
18
i
.
.
227
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Chart 5
Date
Room Temperature
Team Number
Number of Chloroplasts Passing
Through a Fixed Point Each
Minute
Team of
Comparison
Team Emitted With
External Qi
1
7
16
2
8
17
3
7
17 .
Morning of 16
April 1987
21°℃
4
8
.
18 .
5
7
18
6
19
7
7
19
8
7
20
. ..
9
B
20
10
7
17
11
४
16
12
8
18
13
7
19
14
7
17
15
7
17
4
.
228
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4
.
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 1
A Hydrilla Branch
Chart 2
Mesophyll Cells in the
Vicinity of the Vein
100x
Chart 3
Hydrilla's Mesophyll Cells
(The Dark Spots in the Cells
are Chloroplasts.)
400x
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 2@JA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Probe of Measuring Biological Effects of External Qi of
Qigong with the Tradescantic Paludosa Micronucleus Technique
Sun Silu, Tao Chun, Tian Wenpin, Su Diange and Wang Likuei
(Qigong Research Department Wei Fang Medical Institute)
-
As an objectively existing matter, energy, and information,
Qigong has effects on animals, plants and micro-organisms
proven by scientific experiments [1,2,3]. Effects of exter-
nal Qi of Qigong are produced by the Qigong practitioner
with controlled thoughts.
Therefore, Qigong effects are
directional [4].
With the tradescantic paludosa micronucleus technique, we
tested the effects of external Qi of Qigong on chromosomes
and determined that the effects are bi-directional. The ex-
ternal Qi of Qigong can protect chromosomes, reduce poison
levels and reduce micronucleus rates. However, it can also
destroy chromosomes and raise the micronucleus rates.
I.
Theory and Method
1.
The Tradescantic Paludosa Micronucleus Technique was in-
vented by Professor Matthews [5] from Illinois State Univer-
sity of the United States. In 1980, he introduced the tech-
nique to our country and monitored environmental pollution
with the cooperation of Professor Fang Zong Xi [6] from Shan
Dong Oceanology Institute. The theory of this technique in-
volves using the chromosomes in the meiosis process of the
female pollen cells of Tradescantic Paludosa as the attack
targets of the experimental elements and to use the
micronucleus produced by the tetrads formed from subtrahend
division as the monitoring index. This technique has ad-
vantages of being sensitive, effective, quick, and economi-
cal.
The following are specific operational steps and
theories:
(1)
Put a few inflorescences taken fresh from a nursery
into some bottles filled clean tap water. Culture in water
for a stable period of three hours which will be guarantees
stable and unified conditions (or factors) .
(2) Continue culturing for six more hours for the poison
test period. During this period of time, the inflorescences
can be treated with different kinds of poison tests.
If a
chemical reagent is to be used, put the flower stems into
the solution of water and the chemical reagent.
(3)
After six hours of culturing, change the water to clean
tap water.
Continue culturing for twenty-four hours as a
recovery period. During this period, the destroyed
chromosomes produce micronuclei when forming tetrads after
the subtrahend division process.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
229

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
(4) At the end of the recovery period, use Carnoy's fixa-
tive to fix inflorescences.
After twenty-four hours, put
the inflorescences into 70% alcohol to ready them for the
microscope exam.
(5)
Dye the inflorescences with improved red phenol acid
dye liquor and examine in slides under a microscope. Deter-
mine results.
2.
The external Qi came from performances of Tao Chun and
Su Diange, Qigong teachers from our institute; Tian Wenpin,
a doctor out of the Qigong Clinic; Wang Likuei, a martial
arts teacher from Weifang Arts School. Before the experi-
ment, CT-3A [haotelasiji -- transliteration of Chinese term]
was used to measure the intensity of magnetic induction of
Laogong acupoints of these four.
In order to guarantee
enough external Qi for the experiments, it was decided that
four people would release Qi simultaneously, and then
cooperatively use the external treatment of the experiment.
They provided Qi from the Laogong point for ten minutes,
their palms being 10 to 30 cm from the inflorescences.
3. Two External Qi Tests.
(1)
Test for protection of the chromosomes with external
Qi. This was done using four groups. Tradescantic Paludosa
were cut and cultured in water as described above. They
were given a six hour poison treatment (48 ppm) induced
chemical reagent NaN3 solution, which destroyed their
chromosomes.
The external Qi protection treatments were
given to four groups at different time periods. With group
one, the inflorescences were treated by external Qi during
the stable period before the poison treatment. Group two
was given external Qi during the poison treatment. Group
three was given external Qi to protect the inflorescences
after the poison treatment. Group four, by comparison, was
never treated with external Qi. Controlled thought, when
releasing external Qi, was given to protect the chromosomes.
(2)
Test for Destruction of Chromosomes by External Qi:
This was done in two groups. The Tradescantic Paludosa were
cultured only with clean tap water without any other
reagents. Group one was given external Qi during the cor-
responding stable poison treatment and recovery time periods
described in the previous test. Controlled thought was used
to destroy the chromosomes. Group two by comparison was not
treated by external Qi.
230
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.. . . . .. ....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
II.
Results and Discussion
1.
Test results are listed in the table below.
Bi-Directional Effects of External Qi on the Chromosomes of
the Tradescantic Paludosa
Tests
Test
Groups
Tetrad Tetrad with Micronulei
Observed Micronuclei Appearing %
x3
p Value
Protec-
Group 1 Stable
2401
64
2.67
9.38
p<0.01
tion
Period Qigong
Tests
Group 2 Poison
2500
78
3.12
4.65
p<0.05
Group 3 Recovery
2500
86
3.44
2.32
P>0.05
Group 4 No
Qigong given
2506
107
4.27
Damage
Tests
given 3 times
2492
139
5.58
9.24
p<0.01
Group 2 No
2498
84
3.76
Qigong given
It is shown in the table that in the external Qi protection
test, chromosomes were protected with external Qi before
being treated with the poison reagent. The appearing rates
of micronucleus obviously decreased. There is a big dif-
ference in appearing rates between this group and the com-
parison group (p<0.01). Therefore we conclude that external
Qi obviously has a protecting effect on the chromosomes. In
group two, the chromosomes were given protection by external
Qi while being treated with the poison reagent. There was
also an obvious difference in the appearing rate of the
micronuclei between this group and the comparison group
(p<0.05) . It was shown that there is a protective effect
given by external Qi on the chromosomes. In group three,
the chromosomes were given protection with external Qi after
being treated with the poison reagent. There was no obvious
difference between this group and the comparison group.
In the external Qi destruction test, there was an obvious
difference in the appearing rates of the micronuclei between
the groups treated by the poison reagent and the group
without poison treatment (p<0.01). Therefore, it is proven
that external Qi has an obvious destructive effect on
chromosomes.
2.
Discussion
It is proven in our tests that external Qi has obvious bi-
directional effects on the chromosomes of Tradescantic
Paludosa. It not only has a protective effect, but also a
destructive effect. These bi-directional effects of exter-
nal Qi were produced by Qigong generators with controlled
thoughts.
Therefore, it may be said that the nature of ex-
ternal Qi is informative. The effective directions of ex-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
231
-
Period Qigong
Period Qigong
1
Group 1 Qigong

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ternal Qi and the directions of the thoughts of Qigong gen-
erators are consistent.
It was shown in our tests that external Qi had obvious
protective effects on genetic matters before or while being
treated with a poison reagent. The protective effect was
not as good after the poison treatment. This indicates that
Qigong can be used in health protection as well as in curing
disease.
The principle of prevention and early treatment
should be given special attention when Qigong is used in
prevention and cure of cancer along with chemical and radia-
tion treatments.
In the Tradescantic Paludosa technique, the appearing rate
of the tetrads is used as the monitoring index. The high or
low appearing rate of micronuclei to a certain extent can
reflect the intensity of the affecting factors. Therefore,
the fixed quantity of this technique can be used to measure
the amount of external Qi generated by Qigong generators.
A
method of biological measurement can thus be established.
References
[1]
Li Cai Xi, et.al.,
"The Study of External Qi of
Qigong," Chinese QiGong, 1987, No. 1, pp. 2-4.
[2]
Chang Zugi, "Effects of External Qi on the Flowing of
Black Aquatic Plant Cells," Chinese Qigong, 1988, No.
1,
p. 3.
[3]
Li Zhao Hui, et.al., "Effects of External Qi on the
Growth of Monkey Head Bacteria," Journal of Shan Dong
Oceanography Institute, 1988, IX, No. 2, pp. 51-53.
[4 ]
Feng Lida, et.al., "Probe of External Qi Immunity,"
Chinese Qigong, 1983, No. 1, pp. 36-41.
[5]
Ma De Xiu, "Monitoring Method of Tradescantic Paludosa
on Environmental Pollution," Journal of Shan Dong
Oceanography Institute, 1981, XI, No. 2, p. 65.
[6]
Ma De Xiu, Fang Zhongxi, et.al., "Using the Tradescan-
tic Paludosa Technique in Biological Determination of
Air and Water Pollution caused by commonly used
Agricultural and Chemical Industry Area of Qing Dao,
Journal of Shan Dong Oceanography Institute, 1982, XII,
No. 2.
232
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Visualization Study of Effects of External Qi
Luo Minghui, Yan Mingshan, Ma Wenju (Institute of Mechanics
Chinese Academy of Sciences)
Summary
-
This article describes the visualization of the external Qi
field from the body by using the technique of flow display.
This illustrates for the first time external Qi phenomenon
that can not be observed directly by human eyes or by any
other perceptive sense. It also presents a flowing pattern
of the external Qi field of the human hand. The article
first describes the basic theory of the visualization
method. It gives an overall layout of the experiment. At the
end it analyzes observation results from external Qi emitted
by Qigong generators. The existence and effects of external
Qi can be observed clearly from the figures in this article.
Thus, it provides us with a basis for the study of Qigong's
mechanism.
Introduction
With formation of "Qigong heat" waves, studies of Qigong's
mechanism have increased. In recent years, scientists coor-
dinating with Qigong masters have probed external Qi infor-
mation from the body from different angles. It is felt that
the external Qi field has infrared radiation, electrostatic,
low frequency magnetic, infrasonic sound, biophysic, and
biochemical effects. It is also felt that external Qi is a
substance field as well as biological energy field. Emission
of external Qi can give a receiver's body hot, cool, tin-
gling, swelling, sore, bug-crawling sensations as well as
electric shocks. There have been many articles reporting the
cases of cure of diseases with external Qi treatment. For
instance, some incredible curative effects been gained on
diseases such as cancer. However, it is felt by some people
that there is not enough basis for the substantial qualities
of external Qi. So-called external Qi is only increased
amounts of blood in certain parts of the Qigong generator's
body which causes changes of the so called "heat". Under
such circumstances, even with the existence of other sub-
stances, the amount is not enough to produce any specific
effects.
Besides the measuring studies described above concerning the
probe of external Qi's mechanism, the question remains as to
whether we can change invisible phenomenon into visible.
That is to say, to make it possible for people to "see" the
external Qi phenomenon. The question of visualizing the ex-
ternal Qi field also remains. To visualize the external Qi
field is to show all information of the affecting Qigong
field in a way perceptable through senses using specific
methods and special equipment. This technique is known as
Qigong visualization. The picture resulting from Qigong
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
233

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
visualization can help us know the properties of Qigong.
It
also helps us to establish mathematical models for the study
of Qigong field theory and to make simulated models of ex-
ternal Qi to help cure human diseases.
Since 1979, we have been observing external Qi emitted by
Qigong masters from Shanghai, Beijing and Xian. We have
also videotaped what we have observed of the external Qi
field.
I.
Basic Theory
Until today, the properties of external Qi have not been
known completely.
Information can not be gathered com-
pletely by measuring techniques in use at present. A dif-
ficult problem for scientific researchers remains to make
the results include most of the information gathered from
the external Qi field. In order to probe into the external
Qi field problem. We first visualized the flow of the ex-
ternal Qi field from a hydro-kinetic point of view.
Our
patients were given treatment in a non-contact situation
since Qigong doctors can emit external Qi at a distance. It
can be inferred that there is "flow of external Qi" from the
point of the Qigong doctor. Therefore there is an inferred
flow field existing between the Qigong doctor and the
patient.
We can use the optics method to visualize it.
It is well known that as a light ray goes through a density
changing medium field, its direction changes due to refrac-
tion. An angle of deviation is formed between the original
light ray and the refracted light ray. The size of the
angle has a bearing on the refractive index. Their formula
for their relationship is;
e .- " 1 0% da
é,-), # 2, dz
In the formula, E is the refractive angle, n is the refrac-
tive index of the medium, and z is the original uninter-
rupted direction of the light ray.
If we take n(zero) as the refractive index of the air medium
around the interfering area, and n as the medium refractive
index inside the interfering area, then we can rewrite the
above formula as follows:
L an
·
0x
ey = L . ON
ay
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
234

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
According to this, we can design a group of layer-like light
ray pictures. According to the above formula, we can get a
light route picture with light reflection equipment shown
below.
P
Light
Source
Image
a' x b'
( ax b)
K
P
-
L2
Image
L
Figure 1 Imaging Equipment Illustration
The deviation of the original light causes a relative posi-
tion shift of the illuminated picture at the focal plane, K.
At this point, if we use a knife to block part of the light
at K, then the illumination on the screen Q changes. Thus,
we can give a picture image P on the screen.
II. Experimental Distribution
All light reflection equipment used was of the 640-A type.
The optical system is shown in Figure 2. The light source
from S became parallel light rays after passing through
reflecting mirror M, which then passed through the testing
area L and was projected on another reflecting mirror M2.
The reflected light rays focused on the edge of a knife K.
They were then video taped.
The hand of a Qigong master was placed in the test area.
While he was emitting external Qi, the process was recorded
by a video camera. The beam passing bore of the equipment
was 292 mm. Focal distance of the lens was 3m. Sensitivity
of the equipment was 1/100 (illumination change) .
Sen-
sitivity of the refractive deviation angle was 0.7 x 10-0
rad.
Light
Source S
Concave
Mirror
M
L
K
Camera
Figure 2.
640-A light image equipment system
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
235

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
III.
Results and Discussion
Typical visualization of an external Qi field from a Qigong
master is shown in Figures 1 - 5. From these Figures, we
see clearly that the external Qi emitted by the Qigong
master grows from nothing (weak to strong). At first, there
was only a small disturbance in the medium field around the
finger tip (shown in Figure 1), then the disturbance of the
external Qi spread out forward (see Figures 2 and 3) until
the climax of the emission (Figures 4 and 5). The external
then Qi stopped. It was found from this experiment that the
lengths of time needed to emit external Qi from each Qigong
master differed.
For some Qigong masters, it lasted only
one to two minutes. Some Qigong masters however, could con-
tinuously emit external Qi for long periods. It can be seen
from the images taken that while external Qi was disturbing
the air medium around it, it appeared as billowing smoke
from a chimney, which formed an air flow affect on the
patient's body.
For comparison, a grain image picture of a normal person's
palm is shown in Figure 6. Even though the density of the
medium field around the fingers showed some changes, there
was no directional movement and the value was small.
1
Figure 3
Experiment photographs
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
236

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
In conclusion:
1. An external Qi field can be illustrated by using the op-
tical method to visualize the hydro-dynamic information in
the external Qi field. The results of the process of Qigong
emissions by Qigong masters can be recorded by video
cameras.
2. The results of visualization clearly show the existence
of an external Qi field. It can affect the density of the
surrounding air medium field.
3.
Not all external Qi information emitted by Qigong
masters observed was recordable. Even though some Qigong
masters can emit external Qi, there were no obvious dif-
ference between the grain image figures of the hands of
these Qigong masters and ordinary hands.
This tells us that there are different types of external Qi
from different Qigong masters.
This may be one of the
reasons why different Qigong masters can cure different
types of diseases.
References
[1] Gu Hanshen, etc., Nature Magazine, No. 1, 1978.
[2]
Gu Qio, Qigong and Science, No. 9, 1985.
[3]
Wu Huawen, Qigong and Science, No. 3, 1983.
[4]
Qinghua University, Chinese Qigong, No. 3, 1987.
[5]
He Qingnian, Nature Magazine, No. 3, 1980.
[6]
Jing Jincheng, Qigong and Science, No. 5, 1984.
[7]
Luo Minghui, "Techniques of Flow Visualization, " Shan-
ghai Mechanics Institute,
£
1987.
237
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Research on Electromagnetic Wave Radiation of the Human Body
Wang Yiyun, (Beijing University of Science and Technology)
video camera .; Zhen Lianda, (Physics Department, Beijing
University of Technology)
.
Summary
Our analysis shows that electromagnetic waves from the body
can be produced using forceps to touch a small piece of me-
tal. The frequency band of the electromagnetic waves ranges
from 0.1 MH2 to 300 MH2 when measured by a high frequency
multi-voltmeter with a voltage input of 10"0 to 10" V. The
frequency cycle seems complicated at the lower frequencies.
I.
Introduction
The phenomenon of electromagnetic waves emitted by humans
has been reported previously.
In the 1960's,
it was
reported at the Radio Technician's Conference that humans
can emit radio waves at a frequency of 150 KHz.
It was
presumed that higher frequency radio waves can be emitted by
humans. In the 1980's, the intensity of some radio waves
from a small distance or on the surface of the human body
was recorded in experiments conducted by the Russian Science
Academy .- An American scientist also found that cells emit
weak electric waves. On the other hand, radio waves can be
felt by humans. In an experiment done in 1960, a vibrator
with only an energy flow of a few milliwatts was used a few
feet away from the person being tested to emit electromag-
netic waves ranging from 300 to 600 KHz. The person being
tested could feel his brain pulsating, his ears ringing and
agitation when the electromagnetic waves were between 380 to
500 KHZ.
There have been cases observed where people could hear the
pulse signals from radio microwaves.
There also was a case
where a person interfered with pictures on a television
screen while emitting Qigong.
Electromagnetic waves are produced when the speed of
electric charge movements change.
Sodium and other metal
ions exist in human blood. Formation of organisms is asym-
metrical and absorbencies differ. Therefore, it is not un-
usual that human bodies emit electromagnetic waves.
The
problem is that these electromagnetic waves are so weak that
they have to be increased 10° times to be felt. (See foot-
note 1) .
1. Psi was studied by Russians with physical and chemical-
methods, May 25, 1987, Reference News.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
What is the frequency band's weight of electromagnetic waves
from a human body? What is the intensity of these waves?
What is the frequency cycle? These are the basic questions
that need to be answered when we study electromagnetic waves
emitted from the body. Since we have found a new phenomenon
that affects all these questions, we tried to obtain data
regularly with complete wave band radio equipment.
II. The Discovery of a Transmitter
In July of 1987, while we were testing the property
of a
piece of metal piece, we found that there were electromag-
netic waves emitted when a hand was holding forceps poking
the metal piece. This is a new phenomenon that has never
been reported.
In order to find out the reasons, we have
done a series of elimination experiments. In the first ex-
periment, our question was whether it was caused by the con-
tent of different metals due to the contacting potential be-
tween two different metals. We have done experiments on
copper, steel, and other types of metal. There have always
been electromagnetic waves found. So, we eliminated the
possibility that it was caused by the content of different
kinds of metals. Our second experiment was to find out
whether electro-magnetic waves emit from the hands. We
tried to keep the degree of insulation between the hand and
the metal piece high enough to be dependable. For instance,
using the top of an electric pen over 1000 V so as to keep
good insulation between the hand and the metal. Then we
poked the metal piece with the pen and found no electro-
magnetic waves. On the other hand, when poking the metal
piece with the hand holding the metal part of the electric
pen, electro-magnetic waves were emitted.
We also found
that there were no electro-magnetic waves found when the
forceps fell freely from a short distance. This indicates
that the phenomenon of electro-magnetic waves with the hand.
The third question was: Why is associated with the hand?
The body is a conductor, so the hand functions as an an-
tenna. Would the electro-magnetic waves result from contact
with electro radio waves by holding forceps in one's hand?
We did some experiments in various shielded rooms. Still,
electro-magnetic waves were found.
We were able to measure
the wave length of the wave bands in the shielded rooms.
This also indicates that electro-magnetic waves were
produced by the bands. Our fourth question:
What is the
electric potential transmitted by the hand?
There is
electric static low frequency potential and high frequency,
vibrating potential in a human body. The first two poten-
tials should be in a pulsating current to produce electro-
magnetic waves. Thus, our question changed to whether the
electro-magnetic waves produced by the metal slice were af-
fected by the three electric potentials jointly or primarily
by one. To test the electrostatic potential, we connected
metal slices with two heads of a milli-voltmeter, then used
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CJA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
`239
-
.

.... .
. . . ..
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
1
one hand to hold on of the metal slices tightly, and the
other hand to hold the tweezers and hit the other metal
slice suddenly. Thus a simple series connection was formed.
A current ranging from 0.1 UA to 5 UA could be seen passing
through the body. As the tweezers hit the metal slice, we
observed the current increase from weak to strong. As the
tweezers left the metal, the current suddenly reduced to
zero. There were no electro-magnetic waves found. There-
fore, we saw that the amount of the electro-magnetic waves
in the pulsating current produced by electrostatic potential
in the body was very small. The most reasonable assumption
is that the high frequency vibrating potential should be
considered the main electric potential causing electro-
magnetic waves. That is to say, the hand, the tweezer and
the metal slices formed a transmission system for human
electro-magnetic waves. Regular full range radio equipment
should be used to study extremely weak human electro-
magnetic waves.
III.
Experiments and Results
Equipment :
A DW3 type, very high frequency milli-voltmeter
with a sensitivity of 0.5 MHz - 300 MHz made by the Beijing
No. 2 Radio Equipment Factory which is actually a highly
sensitive superhelerodge radio set; an electric light sensor
with a sensitivity of over 70 db made by the Chenjiain com-
pany with its frequency ranges from about 100 KHz to the
television channel band; an enamel insulated wired coil
with 150 coils and an average diameter of 12 cm; a 13cm x
3.3cm x 0.03cm copper slice; an 18cm x 5.2cm x 0.2cm
aluminum slice; tweezers, and a rectangular piece of granite
as a spacer for the metal slices.
In the experiment one end of the coil was connected to the
probe of the milli-voltmeter. The coil was placed verti-
cally.
The metal slice was put on the granite piece
horizontally alongside the coil with one end passing
slightly through the center of the coil. (
Otherwise one may
put the metal piece about 2mm under the metal needle of the
milli-voltmeter probe without the coil, which is similar to
a ring antenna and a whip like antenna. The electric light
detector was used only to examine the existence of electro-
magnetic waves from the metal piece. In order to minimize
the effects of the human body on the equipment, the distance
between the body and hand to the equipment and the position
of the hand holding the tweezers, the location, strength and
the speed of impact on the metal piece were kept unchanged
as much as possible.
Maximum sway was taken as the standard recording.
The
starting and ending positions of the needle measure the fre-
quency. The difference of two readings of the needle was
the input voltage measured.
An average value was taken
after each frequency was measured five times.
240
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Three people were tested for comparison:
A seventy-five
year old female, a seventy-one year old male, and a thirty-
five year old male. The health of the first two were good
and the latter was strong. None of them had practiced
Qigong.
.
The experiment was done in three parts. The first part took
place in their own homes without shielding. The second part
was done in a shielded room.
In these two parts of the ex-
periment, electro-magnetic waves were received by the coil.
The third part was done in an unshielded house. Electro-
magnetic waves were received by the metal needle on the
probe of the milli-voltmeter. The following is a summary of
the experiments with frequencies below 500 KHz and without
radio transmission.
Experiment 1.
Location: A house. Time: Morning, after-
noon, and early morning.
Cars passed by the house causing large sways beyond the
capacity of the milli-voltmeter needle. When all the read-
ings were connected with an unbroken line, it was considered
an envelope.
The intensity of the electromagnetic wave
field measured was strong. The maximum input voltage was
10uV, minimum voltage was luV and average voltage was 4uV.
Experiment 2.
Location:
A shielded room in the Beijing
Radio Factory. Time: Noon.
The room was built with two layers of copper nets. Medium
wave transmissions could not be received. The shielded con-
dition was incomplete because the incoming wire was not wave
filtered.
The room was not disturbed by passing cars or
radio stations. The intensity of the electro-magnetic field
was about 1/20 of that in experiment 1. The maximum inten-
sity measured was 0.3uV, the minimum about 0.1uV, and
average about 0.2uV.
10 HV
early
morning
8
daytime
6
1.
daytime/
1
4
1
2
MHz.
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0:5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.01.11.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
Figure 1. Experiment curves in the unshielded room from the
seventy one year old male subject.
Approved For Release 2000/08/1041CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-

-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
HV
0.3
0.2
---
0.1
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500kHz
Figure 2.
Experiment curves from the seventy-one year old
male in an incompletely shielded room.
Experiment 3.
Location: A shielded room at the University
of Beijing Medical School. Time: Morning.
Some high frequency radio stations could be received due to
the incompletely shielded condition. The experiment was
slightly disturbed by some radio frequencies. The following
two figures have similar reading values tohose in Experiment
2. The intensities of the electro-magnetic fields varied
between different subjects. Two subjects had similar fre-
quency spectrums and two subjects had the same average value
of 0.15uV.
Experiment 4. Location: A shielded room in Department 5 at
Beijing University of Science and Engineering. Time: Morn-
ing.
The shielded condition of the room was up to specifications.
The incoming wire was wave filtered. The copper nets were
connected to the ground. The medium and short waves were
completely shielded.
The results of experiment 4 are shown
in Figure 4. The two bottom curves that are nearly identi-
cal are from the same subject.
The lowest curve has the weakest intensity value among all
the experiments with its maximum value being 0.17uV and min-
imum value 0.04uV. Most of the curves were below 0. 1uV with
an average value of 0.08uV which was only 1/5 that of ex-
periment 1.
"Radio Station ' 1 ' 1
-
-
1
1500
UV
600 690 800 950 100
750
0.5
71 year old male
0.4
0.3
75 year old
-7
female
0.2
35 year old male
0.1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
1.2
1.4 MHz
Figure 3.
Experimental curves (2) from three subjects in
the incompletely shielded room.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 ; CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
242

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Radio Station
UV
1
1 11
1 1
0.5
600 690 800 9501000
750
0.4
female
0.3
71 year old
male !
0.2
0.1
0
0.10.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 MHz
Figure 4. Experimental curves from two subjects in the com-
pletely shielded room.
Experiment 5. Location: Ordinary house. Time:
and late night.
Evening
Electro-magnetic waves were received by the short indicating
needle on the probe of the milli-voltmeter. No shielding
was given since the extreme of the emission source was very
close to the short indicating needle.
It was not disturbed
by radio stations except some broadcasting in high fre-
quencies. The reading of the needle was very stable and de-
pendable. The results of this experiment (shown in Figure
5) were similar to that of experiments 2, 3, and 4, where
electro-magnetic waves were received by the coil in shielded
rooms.
Radio Station
Luv
0.5
1
1
-
600 690 800 950 1000
1500kHz
0.3
19:30 - 20:40
750
01:35 - 03:45
0.2
0.1
02:40 - 04:45:
0
MHz
0.10.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.80.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Figure 5. Experimental curves from an unshielded room where
electro-magnetic waves were received by the metal needle.
IV. Conclusions
We have done more than thirty experiments in which some
responses could always be found by the milli-voltmeter with
frequencies ranging form 0.1 MHz to 300 MHz. After the fre-
quency was higher than 1MHz, most of the intensity values
were below 0. luV. There were no big changes. When the fre-
quency was lower than 1 MHz however, the formation of fre-
quency spectrums seemed to be complicated. The shapes of
the curves from each experiment were similar to those in
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
1

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.........
Figure 6. To show the frequency spectrum of the electro-
magnetic waves from the body under a well shielded condi-
tion, we show individually the lowest curve from Figure 4 in
Figure 7.2 This connects the experimental phenomenon men-
tioned in our introduction that seemed irrelevant.
It also
answers the three basic questions.
.
n V
71 year
0.4
old male
Shielded room; Beijing
Medical Science Univ.
0.3
0.2
35 year
old male
0.1
MHz
1
0
5
10
15
20
25
Figure 6
Frequency spectrum of human electromagnetic waves
within 25 MHZ
1
AVI
0.2
0.1}
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
1.0 MHz
Figure 7
Frequency spectrum of human electromagnetic waves.
-
within 1 MHZ
The intensity of electro-magnetic waves ranged from 10-8
to
10-7. (See Footnote 2). Frequency periods from a person are
not unchangeable. Frequency spectrums differ between people
but the differences due to age and sex are minor.
2. A metal cavity or cage can only shield static electric
fields or slowly hang electric fields. The higher the fre-
quency of a vibrating electric field, the worse the shield-
ing effect. Therefore, a completely shielded conditition is
impossible. In the shielded room of Department 5 at Beijing
University of Science and Engineering, there was no medium
or short wave radio transmissions received by the milli-
voltmeter.
The results are discussed under this relative
condition.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The explanation for the experiment mentioned in our intro-
duction in which a person was irradiated by electro-magnetic
waves and had varied responses could be that electro-
magnetic resonances are produced by the human body between
the frequency band of 380 KHz to 500 KHz. If this is true,
electro-magnetic pollution should be highest in this fre-
quency band.
Using a short metal needle may be a simple and feasible
method to receive electro-magnetic waves from the body. The
intensity measured in an unshielded condition was 50 times
higher than that measured under shielded conditions when the
coil was used in the experiments. This can be understood as
worldwide radio waves being the "background" for the energy
of electro-magnetic waves.
Added on it were the electro-
magnetic waves from the human body itself and the strong
electromagnetic waves from radio stations. Therefore, it is
possible to obtain similar results from experiments of
electro-magnetic wave radiation from humans under either un-
shielded or incompletely shielded conditions.
We greatly appreciate the valuable suggestions of Mr. Zhu
Boshen.
V. Postscript
After finishing this article, we invited Professor Xie
Huanzhang to emit Qigong.
In the first test he emitted
Qigong three times with his hand from two or three meters
measured by the antenna of the sensitizer made by the Chen
Company. The sensitizer produced sound twice. That is to
say, it received electro-magnetic waves.
In the second
test, he tried five times.
Only one time were electro-
magnetic waves received. He also used tweezers to poke a
metal piece producing electro-magnetic waves as measured by
the sensitizer. If compared with electro-magnetic waves
produced by the cracking of crystal sugar, the intensity of
his electro-magnetic wave field was estimated to be greater
than 10m v/m at a distance of 10cm.
We also invited Qigong master Chang Weidong for a test for
experiment 5. When Qigong was emmitted, the highest inten-
sity of his electro-magnetic waves was 300 KHz to 400 KHz,
which was greater than luV.
Energy was much greater than
when Qigong was not emitted.
From the above phenomenon, we concludes that electro-
magnetic waves can be produced when Qigong is emitted.
However, more research and study needs to be done to answer
the question of what the relationship is between Qigong and
electro-magnetic radiation. We hope that our research can
be helpful in further studies.
245
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
pathetic nervous system seemed to be in a state of relative
hyper-function after Qigong practice which lasted a certain
period of time after stopping Qigong practice, so thus the
subjects' heart rates remained higher.
Also, we found that
most of the subjects' secreted saliva increased and their
bodies or hands felt warm and sweaty while they practiced
Qigong, which probably resulted from Qigong causing the sym-
pathetic and para-sympathetic nervous systems to be in a
state of hyper-function.
In summary, our conclusions are: Qigong is likely to help
recovery from stress and is also likely to keep the sym-
pathetic nervous system in a relative state of hyper-
function.
246
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Experimental Research on the Infrasonic Information of
Qigong and Exceptional Functions
Zhu Zhongxiang, Wang Xiubi, Li Daode, Meng Shufang, and Li
Yingzhong (Institute of Space Medical Engineering)
Introduction
The history of Qigong and exceptional characteristics can be
traced back a few thousand years, Qigong part of the cul-
tural heritage of our country. It has been extensively ap-
plied to preventing and curing disease as well as exercise
for body and mind. Beneficial results have been obtained,
however there has been very little understanding and very
few studies have been done for verification. For instance,
there are many problems which need to be studied and
resolved such as the form Qigong takes in the human body.
Is it caused by a single factor, or a combination of many
factors? How is it produced? How does it travel? How is
it collected? How does it accumulate? How is it emitted?
How does it disappear? What is the substance that carries
Qigong?
Is there a channel that carries it? What are the
biological and physical effects? Is Qigong related to the
space outside a human body? Only if we know its existing
mechanism well can we bring its effects into full play.
Since the 1970's, Qigong has caught people's attention at
home as well as abroad. Scientists from Europe, the United
States, and Japan have payed much attention to it and have
been actively studying it. It is reported that Japan has
established a research institute for Qigong studies. Qigong
has also been studied extensively and used for military pur-
poses in the United States and the Soviet Union.
In recent years, Qigong and exceptional characteristics have
been studied as a special subject in our country.
It has
been included in the study of anatomy.
Many scientists have done experiments on so-called external
Qi emitted by Qigong masters and people who have exceptional
characteristics. For instance, the study of radio electro-
magnetic waves, infrared ray electro-magnetic waves, static
electric effects, magnetic field messages, micro-partical
flow information and infrasonic signals, etc. The results
of these studies have proven the substantial properties and
the objective existence of "external Qi."
There were ten Qigong practitioners and exceptional Psi
people as well as ten non Qigong practitioners taking part
in our study. Qigong was measured by infrasonic testing
devices from various distances through many different
acupoints without contacting the microphone varying levels
of controlled thought.
247
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
To further confirm the substantial properties of Qigong in-
formation, our aim includes observing and studying the
responses of the body's infrasonic information with or
without Qigong, from different distances and conditions.
This may provide a scientific basis for further studies of
the biological and physical effects of Qigong as well as
make use of the potential energy of the human body.
I.
Method
-
1.
Testing and analysis equipment: A set of infrasonic
testing devices made my the Damark B-K Company including a
2209 type precise pulse counter, a 5742 low-pass wave fil-
ter, a 1616 1/3 times frequency cycle wave filter, a 4166
type electric capacity microphone and a 7003 magnetic re-
corder. The low-pass wave filter was a special attachment
of the infrasonic testing devices, its frequency ranging
from 2 Hz to 20 Hz. The signals measured were analyzed by a
Japanese made CF-500 two-way signal analyzer.
2. Testing conditions: The test was conducted in a sound
proof room with a background noise of 40 dB. The microphone
was fixed on an adjustable stand in the room facing down
vertically with a small distance from the body surface
(non-contacting test). Researchers stayed outside the sound
proof room while testing and recording. The subjects sat in
the room near the microphones with masks on to avoid dis-
turbing the airflow. The subjects acupoints tested included
Laogong, Zhijian, Baihui, and Mingmen. The Laogong point was
tested from a distance of 1, 3, 5, and 10 cm away from the
center of the palm. In the Zhijian point test, five fingers
were required to be joined together. The microphone was 3
cm away from the Zhijian point.
In the Baihui point test
the microphone was 3 cm away from the top of the head. In
the Mingmen test, the microphone was 6 cm away from the sur-
face of the Mingmen area. Besides these tests, controlled
thought tests were conducted without the microphone pointed
at any points. During the test, the Qigong was in a quies-
cent situation. The microphone was 40 cm away from the cen-
ter of
the subject's body without pointing toward any
points. There were altogether four points and six distances
tested.
There are three states of thought in the testing of in-
frasonic information from the body. They are: (1) Thought
directed at the point at the time of the test (thought con-
centration on acupoints) . (2) Thought directed on a point
other than that being tested. For example, thought on the
Yongghan point while the Laogong point was tested (diverting
of thoughts) .
(3) Thought concentration inward (actual
state of thought) .
3.
Testing time and requirements. In order to obtain ac-
curate data and signals, the test was conducted between 12
Approved For Release 2000/08/1048CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
and 3 o'clock in the morning when there were the fewest dis-
turbances from outside. The subjects were required to sit
naturally, relax and be comfortable with eyes closed.
II. The Results
In our test, the subjects were divided into two groups: A
Qigong group (including Qigong masters and people with Psi) ,
and a non Qigong group (the comparison group) . There were
ten people in the Qigong group who had good knowledge and
skill of Qigong.
Among them were seven males and three
females, their ages ranging from 28 to 61.
The non Qigong group included four males and six females who
had never practiced Qigong. Their ages range from 17 to 41.
All the requirements of these two groups were the same ex-
cept that the emission process of Qigong was not required in
the non Qigong group.
When preventing and curing disease, most Qigong masters and
people with Psi use their hands, we emphasize testing the
infrasonic sound pressure level and its peak value fre-
quencies from the Laogong points.
1. The infrasonic responses from the Laogong points tested
are shown in Table 1.
The Laogong point test was conducted from four different
distances with the concentration on the acupoints. It was
shown in the results that the sound pressure level of the
infrasonics of the Qigong group were obviously higher than
the comparison group. This indicates that thoughts play a
very important role in Qigong. It was also found that there
were no obvious differences in the responses of infrasonic
sound pressure levels from different distances, which indi-
cates that distance is not an important factor.
Table 1
Average Values (dB) of the Responses of Laogong Point In-
frasonic Sound Pressure Levels
.
State
Distance
(cm)
Comparison
Group
Qigong
Group
-
P
Concentration
on Laogong
Loagong
tested
1
42.4±1.90
49.6±2.50
6.2388
≤0.001
3
41.3±1.25
50.4±3.10
7.2311
≤0.001
6
40.7±0.48
48.8±2.27
9.1316
60.001
10
40.6±0.53
60.6±3.28
7.9049
≤0.001
.
-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
249
..

5. 3
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The infrasonic sound pressure level peak value frequency is
very important in the study of Qigong's mechanism and its
application. Therefore, we analyzed infrasonic sound pres-
sure peak value frequencies from Laogong points. (See Table
2.)
Table 2
Responses of Peak Value (H2) Frequencies of the Infrasonic
Sound Pressure Levels
-
Comparison
Group
state
Distance
(cm)
Qigong
Group
1
P
Concentration
on Laočong
Laogong test
1
5.85±4.56
4.47±1.79
0.8334
>0.05
Laogong. test
3
4.31±2.74
5.14±2.49
0.5919
>0.05
Laogong test
5
3.96±2.69
5.07±2.44
0.8568
>0.05
Laogong test
10
2.99±0.55
4.33±1.67
2.0119
>0.05
It is shown in the table that there are no obvious dif-
ferences in the average peak value frequencies of the in-
frasonic sound pressure levels between the two groups. The
peak value frequencies ranged between 3Hz and 5 Hz. Only on
a few points from some subjects did the peak value fre-
quencies appear in the range of 10 Hz to 12.5 Hz.
2.
Zhijian point tests were conducted with the thoughts
concentrated on these points. The results of the average
values of the infrasonic sound pressure levels are shown in
Table 3.
Table 3
Responses of Average Values (dB) of Infrasonic Sound Pres-
sure Levels from Zhijian Points.
Distance
State
(cm)
|Comparison
Group
Qigong
Group
P
Concentration
on Zhijian
Zhijian
Test
3
43.1±0.99
48.0±1.41
7.7472
<0.001
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
250
1

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
LN195-91
The infrasonic sound pressure levels from the Qigong group
were still obviously higher than the non-Qigong group.
It
also indicated that thoughts played a leading role in
Qigong.
3.
Infrasonic information from other points. This means
tests of Baihui and Mingmen points without thoughts con-
centrated on these points. Results are shown in Table 4.
Table 4
Average Values (dB) of Infrasonic Sound Pressure Levels from
Other Points.
Distance
State
(cm)
Comparison
Group
Qigong.
Group
1
P
Concentration
on Baihui
Baihui
Test
Concentration
on Mingmen
Mingmen
Test
3
42.8±0.83
51.3±4.15
4.4463
<0.01
6
43.6±0.54
54.7±5.79
4.2167
<0.01
No concentration 10
42.8±0.83
47.61-2.77
3.7286
<0.01
on Accupoints
-
It is shown in the table that from two points and two states
of thought, infrasonic sound pressure levels from the Qigong
group were obviously higher than the comparison group. In
the test where thoughts were concentrated on any points, in-
frasonic information energy from the surface of the body
reduced noticeably. This indicates that infrasonic informa-
tion can be transmitted through space.
4.
Comparison of infrasonic sound pressure levels from two
states of Qigong thought.
(See Table 5.)
Table 5
Comparison of Infrasonic Sound Pressure Levels (dB) from Two
States of Qigong Thought.
Concentration
on Laogong
Laogong Test
Concentration
on Yongquan
Laogong test
-
₱
52.43±2.16
48.85±2.26
2.6450
<0.05
251
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
In the Laogong test as shown in Table 5, infrasonic sound
pressure levels were obviously higher when thoughts were
concentrated on points than when thoughts were diverted.
Infrasonic sound pressure levels measured from different
points of body were mostly between 50dB and 60 dR which was
10 to 100 times higher than the 40 dB background noise in
the room.
Results of the infrasonic sound pressure levels as shown in
the tables above clarified two points. (1) Conscious think-
ing activities of the brain in the state of Qigong
(thoughts) undoubtedly play a leading role in adjusting,
controlling and strengthening human infrasonic information
energy .
(2) An objective basis for the theory that "Qi
comes as thought comes" in Qigong therapy was provided.
III.
Discussions
By testing and analyzing infrasonic information from a few
points of the human body, we substantiated the following two
points.
1.
Substantial properties of infrasonic information, its
transmission, and the existence of its field are found in
the body.
Even though its substantial property had been
proven by many scientists through tests, there are still
dissenters. As to the problem of transmitting forms of ex-
ternal Qi, its biological and physical effects still need
study.
Many people still consider Qigong and Psi as mys-
terious, incredible and even pseudo-science mentioned in the
same breath as witch doctors and magicians.
With special
infrasonic testing devices, infrasonic information and its
energy from the surface of the body has been clearly
measured by the microphone non-contact method of our study.
Results of this study undoubtedly confirmed that human in-
frasonic information (one of the components of internal or
external Qi) is objective and substantial.
There have been
many studies discussing propagation of information inside
the body (internal Qi). There have not been many studies on
the propagation and movement of external information
(external Qi). By testing from different distances, our
study proved that infrasonic information is movable.
It can
propagate (spread) through space and air mediums.
There
were no obvious differences found in the responses of in-
frasonic sound pressure levels from the distances tested in
our study, which is consistent with the physical property of
sound waves.
A few articles [2,5,6] have been published concerning
"biological fields, " "biological electric fields, "
"biological plasma fields," "human body energy fields," and
"morphological fields." This research proves the existence
of "fields" outside the body.
In our study, data was
measured without an obvious decrease even at further dis-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : @JA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
tances.
This indicates clearly that there are actual
"fields" existing around both human and animal bodies.
2.
Infrasonic information is the objective manifestation of
3
life.
It is thought by Qigong researchers that so-called
"external Qi" is from "internal Qi," emitted by Qigong
masters or people with Psi. It is also thought by some that
the "Qi" from Qigong, the vitality of the body, is the "life
information" of man. Whether everybody has it thus became
the question needing to an answer.
We agree with the phrase
"life information," because there is a close relationship
between life information and life itself. If there is life
information exists.
Therefore, not only humans but all
living animals have this information. Our study also indi-
cates that not only Qigong masters or people with Psi had
infrasonic information but those who do not practice Qigong
have it as well, which explains whether "it comes from
everyone." It is shown in our study that there were obvious
differences in the natural wave shapes of infrasonic infor-
mation between Qigong masters as they were emitting Qigong
and the non-Qigong group. Natural wave shapes of infrasonic
information from Qigong practitioners appeared to be
shuttle-like. Amplitudes of natural wave shapes were rela-
tively higher than those of the non-Qigong group, which had
small, continuously smooth waves with lower amplitudes.
(See Tables 1 to 7) .
Professor Qianzueshen once pointed out that there is a close
relationship between Qigong and Psi. It is also felt by
some that when people practice Qigong to certain extent,
they have similar functions as those with Psi. That is to
say, they acquire remote sensing and visualization
abilities, perspective sight, x-ray vision and foreseeing
ability. From the information wave shapes shown above, we
see that the wave shapes of Qigong masters are similar to
those with Psi. Their waves appear to be shuttle-like with
high amplitudes, which may be the basis for changing Qigong
to Psi.
Besides the previous study, we also tested infrasonic infor-
mation from both dead and living rabbits.
It was found that
animals as well as have infrasonic information on their body
surfaces with wave shapes similar to those of the non-Qigong
group (see Figure 8). Infrasonic information of life infor-
mation, which exist everywhere, is different from infrasonic
information the state of Qigong.
It is likely that all
living animals (including humans) have this kind of in-
frasonic information, the objective indication (expression)
of life.
253
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
MI:
5
20
20Hz
I
1
0/4
6
N
1
3
TA
HI -A
7 . 012 5
- . 034V
LO-A
7.012s
074V
Figure 1. Top line is the sound wave of background noise.
Bottom line is infrasonic information from non-Qigong sub-
ject Wei's Laogong point.
MI .
5
20
20Hz
I
1
MI.
1
I
1 /2
1
1
.
MI
N
·1
i
1
3
MII
HI -A.
LO-A
7.012s
7.812s
-· 05V
3
-. 036 V
Figure 2.
Top line is infrasonic information from non-
Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point.
Bottom line is
ifrasonic information from Psi subject Zhao's Laogong point.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
254
.
MI ..
1
0
5V
I
5V
.. .

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
MI:
5
1
1
MI,
MII.
1
MD:
5
20
20Hz
1
1/2
2
MI
N
-100
3
HI -A
7.8125
7.812g
-. 212 V
LO-A
-. 064 V
Figure 3. Top line is infrasonic information from non-
Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point.
Bottom line is in-
frasonic information from Psi subjects Wen's Laogong point.
MI:
5
20
I
1
MI.
MII.
1
5V
20Hz 1
2/2
8
MI
N.
HI -A
LO-A
7.812 s
7.812s
-. 212V
-. 016 V
Figure 4.
Top line is infrasonic information from non-
Qigong subject Wang's Laogong point.
Bottom line is in-
frasonic information from Psi subject Chang's Laogong point.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA5RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
MI :
5
20
20Hz
1
1
MI:
1
5 V
1
1/4
1
.
i
MI
N
..
L-N
HI -A
LO-A
1.250s
-. 124V
1.250s
1.290V
Figure 5.
Top line is infrasonic information from non-
Qigong subject Chang's Mingmen point.
Bottom line is in-
frasonic information from Qigong master Wei's Mingmen point.
MI ..
6
20
I
1
MI.
1
20Hz
I
1/4
MII '
3
1
MI
N
L -N
MII
3
HI -A
LO-A
0
S
. 142V
0
· 042V
Figure 6. Top line is infrasonic information form non-
Qigong subject Chang's Baihui point.
Bottom line is in-
frasonic information from Qigong master Wei's Baihui Point.
256
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
MI:
MI.
5
20
20Hz
I
1
1
.
MI
N
를
MII
HI -A
1 LO - A
4.472s
4.472s
024 V
· 338 V
Figure 7.
Top line is infrasonic information from non-
Qigong subject Wang when not concentrating on any points.
Bottom line is infrasonic information from Qigong master
Meng when not concentrating on any points.
MI,
МІ:
2
2y
20%
20Hz z
I
1
MI.
5
I
1/2
5
MI
N
-
MII
HI-A
LO-A:
7.7925
7.7923.
- . 0584V
. 0340 V
Figure 8. Top line is infrasonic information from the top
of a live rabbit's head. Bottom line is infrasonic informa-
tion from the top of the same rabbits head in death.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
007
I
1/2
3
5V

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
IV. Discussions
1.
Infrasonic sound pressure levels from all points tested
were obviously higher (50 dB to 60 dB) when Qigong was
emitted, (from 10 to 100 times that of the background
noise). The peak frequency value of human infrasonic sound
pressure levels were between 3 Hz and 5 Hz with a few values
ranging from 10 Hz to 12.5 Hz from certain points.
2.
Infrasonic information from the surface of the body, has
substantial properties, objectively exists, and can travel
through space.
3.
There is a close relationship between infrasonic infor-
mation in the body and life. Infrasonic information appears
at the beginning of life and disappears as life ceases.
This kind of infrasonic information occurs in humans as well
as animals.
4. The amount of infrasonic information is obviously higher
when thoughts are concentrated on a point than when thoughts
divert. This is objective proof of the important role played
by thoughts and the fact that "Qi comes as thought comes" in
Qigong practice.
5. The existence of "fields" around the body is a reality.
References
[1] Wang Xiubi and Chang Lifu, "One Investigation of Poten-
tial Characteristics of the Human Body - A Description
of Systematic Characteristics," Restricted Materials,
1983.
[2]
Wang Xiubi, et.al., "Study of Potential Features of the
Human Body - Observations and Analysis of Effects of
High Frequency Electro-magnetic Waves and Biological
Effects of the Body, " Restricted Materials, 1985.
[3]
Lu Yianfang and Yang Baodang (Third Institute of
Electrical Industry), "Analysis of Sound Signals from
Qigong, " Restricted Materials, 1984.
[4]
Zhu Zhongxian, "Problems of Medical Effects of In-
frasonics and Problems
=
Restricted
Materials, 1985.
[5]
Barbara and Canawe (translation; Chang Qixiu and Chang
Huiming) , "Discussions of the Existence of Human Energy
Fields and the History of its Functions," Nature
Magazine, XI (4), p. 831, 1981.
[6]
Richard and Doblin (translation; Chang Qixiu and Chang
Huiming) ,
"Measuring of Human Energy Fields with
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
258
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Electronic Equipment," Nature Magazine, XI (4), p. 837,
1981.
[7]
Wang Wuai, "Small Experiments of 'Qi' Knowledge, "
Selected Research Papers on Qigong, Beijing Research
Institute, 1981.
.
-
1
259
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Effects of Qigong
on Excretion Amount of Urinary
Catecholamines.
Tang Cimei and Shuen Lihua (Institute of Psychology, China
Academy of Sciences), Yu Xixiang and Chang Shoujian
(Recovery Center for Diseases of the Elderly in Shenyian
Military Sub-Area)
It is felt that Qigong can decrease stress and cure some
diseases of the body and mind. There is a close relation-
ship between the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary sys-
tem and stress response.
We assume that Qigong may have
something to do with the functions of the sympathetic
adrenalin gland medullary system.
The amount of
catecholamines in urine tested may reflect the functions of
the sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system. This ex-
periment studies the effects of Qigong on urinary
catecholamines and probes the mechanism of Qigong effects.
I. Method
Subjects:
111 people were tested in our study who have
practiced different kinds of Qigong. Among them were 59
males and 52 females. The average age was 52. The youngest
was 22 and the oldest was 78.
Collection of urine samples:
Samples were collected twice.
After practicing Qigong, the subjects were required to empty
their bladders and obtain the samples after an hour of
Qigong practice. The second time, for comparison, urine
samples were collected without Qigong practice at the same
time but at different dates.
During this experiment, the subjects were also required to
empty their bladders. The comparitive positions and amount
of exercise were decided according to Qigong positions and
amount of exercise of each different type of Qigong prac-
tice. For instance, there is relatively larger amounts of
exercise in Dayian gong, so subjects were led to do setting
up exercises to music three times. The remaining time they
were either standing or taking a walk. For Yiangqigong and
Chanmigong subjects, the setting-up exercise was done only
once either standing or taking a walk the rest of the time.
The Zhanzhuanggong and Laozi Quanzhengong subjects were only
required to stand. Zhenqi Yunxienggong subjects were only
required to sit in the comparison experiment. Urine samples
were also collected an hour after the comparison experiment
without Qigong.
Content of the urinary adrenaline and
noradrenaline were determined by a fluorescent spectro-
photometer.
260
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
II.
Results of the Experiment
1.
Results of the adrenaline test are listed in Table 1.
We see that there was an increase in the excreted amount of
urinary adrenalin after Qigong practice. However, the in-
creased values from most of the Qigong styles have not
reached a remarkable level except from Dajiangong.
Table 1
Change in Excretion Amounts (nmole/hr) of Adrenalin in Urine
after Qigong Practice
Qigong
Style
Number of
Times Tested
Without
Qigong
With
Qigong
Dayiangong
19
2.1±1.3
2.9±2.0*
Yianqigong
$4
2.1±1.5
2.6±2.3
Zhanmigong
10
2.4±1.2
2.9±2.7
Zhan zhuanggong
36
1.6±1.0
2.0±1.4
Laozi quanzhengong
7
1.5±0.9
1.8±1.9
Zhenqigong
6
0.9±0.5
1.5±1.1
t test comparison without Qigong. * p<0.05
2. See Table 2 for results of noradrenaline. From Table 2,
we see that there was also an increase in the excreted
amount of noradrenaline. Higher levels from Dayiangong and
Laozi quanzhengong was remarkable. But for all other Qigong
styles, amounts measured had not reached remarkable levels.
3.
Length of time of Qigong practice and the excreted
amount of urinary catecholamines. In order to see if there
is a relationship between the length of time of Qigong prac-
tice and the excreted amount of urinary catecholamines, we
grouped the subjects who practiced Yiang qigong and
Zhanzhuanggong according to number of years of Qigong prac-
tice and analyzed the length of time from each group.
Results are listed in Tables 3 and 4.
Table 2 |
Change in Excretion Amounts (nmol/hr) of Noradrenalin
in Urine after Qigong Practice
Qigong
Style
Subjects
Tested
Before Qigong
Practice
After Qigong
practice .
i
Da Yiangong
19
6.6±3.4
7.7±3.6° .
Yiang Qigong
34
7.4±3.6
8.3±3.3
Chan Migong
10
9.6±4.8
12.4±5.4
ZhanZuanggong
36
8.6±4.4
9.7±4.9
Laozhi
Quanzhendong
1
7.0±1.8
11.2±3.2*
Zhen Qi
6
6.8±2.0
8.1±2.3
Yunxigong
1
t test comparison with no Qigong practice, *p<0.05
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CAA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
time of Qigong practice for the 19 subjects was eleven
months.
Among the 19 subjects in the Dajiangong group, the shortest
period of time of Qigong practice was one year; the longest
period was three years and three months; the average period
of time was eleven months.
The amount of urinary
catecholamines excreted from the group after practicing
Qigong also increased remarkably. This indicates that for
those who have practiced Qigong for a long period of time
and commanded better Qigong skills, urinary catecholamines
excreted after practicing Qigong also increased obviously.
It is felt that the amount of catecholamines excreted during
a good rest decreases.
The excreted amount of
catecholamines during sleep is low. Therefore, the results
of our study indicate that practicing is not simply rest or
relaxation, but a process of psychological activity on the
mechanism of biological functions.
Catecholamines are not merely the nerve delivering substance
of the sympathetic nerve system, but also a hormone secreted
by the adrenalin gland medulla. The excreted amount of uri-
nary catecholamines basically reflects the functions of the
sympathetic adrenalin gland medullary system. The increase
in the amount excreted indicates that the sympathetic
adrenalin gland medullary system was in a relatively active
state.
Transcendental Meditation has similarities with
Qigong.
Lang found that people who practice Transcendental
Meditation excreted higher amounts of catecholamines and VMA
[1,3] in their urine. The noradrenaline element in their
plasma increased remarkably. [1, 3]
Thus, they concluded
that Transcendental Meditation activates the functions of
the sympathetic nervous system. Results of their study have
similarities with ours, however the main results of our
study concern the increase in the excreted of the adrenalin
not noradrenaline.
Research has been conducted indicating that under different
situations, psychological activity can cause a change in the
amount of catecholamines, usually by increasing the amount
of the adrenalin. The increase however, was not obvious and
has been unstable.
It has also been found from research
that the adrenalin excreted increased when an assignment
needed to be done quickly and efficiently. Therefore, it is
likely that the adrenalin plays an important role in doing
work efficiently and keeping one's attention focused.
It
was also found from research that emotional activities in-
creased. That is to say that when people are in states of
excitement, happiness, nervousness, or horror, excretion of
catecholamines increases. Qigong is usually practiced in an
emotionally calm situation, which is differs completely from
accomplishing an assignment with high efficiency and con-
centration.
Then, what is the biological meaning (or sig-
nificance) of the increased excretion of adrenalin under a
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 :26JA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Qigong situation?
This is a question which needs answer-
ing.
References
[1]
Tang Zhimei, "Overseas Research Summaries of Meditation
Psychology," Psychology Trends, No. 1, 1985, pp. 50 -
52.
[2]
Frankenhaeluser, M.,
"Behavior and Circulation of
Catecholamines," Brain Resource, 1971, 31:24 - 262.
[3]
Lang, R. et.al., "Sympathetic Activity and Transcenden-
tal Meditation," Journal of Neural Transmission, 44:117
-135.
264
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.....
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Effects of Qigong on Stress Responses
Tang Cimei, Zheng Lianxing, Wei Qinghan, and Ling Wenjuan
(Institute of Psychology, Chinese Academy of Sciences)
Qigong has a history of more than a thousand years as a
method of promoting health and curing diseases in our
country.
It is well known that Qigong can minimize stress
and cure some diseases of the body and mind.
So far
however, there have not been any reports concerning the
study of Qigong effects on stress response. Meditation is
quite different from Qigong but has similarities. It has
been found by some overseas researchers that the effects of
meditation on stress response can not reduce stress response
(compared with responses to skin electricity tests). It is
more obvious that the rate of the heart increases under
stress when a person is in meditation. Qigong is actually a
process of adjusting the biological functions of mechanisms
by psychological activities. The study of Qigong mechanisms
can help explain ways of affecting biological functions by
psychological factors. The study of effects of Qigong on
stress response can not only help probe the biological
mechanism of Qigong, but also help clarify the possible
mechanism of Qigong in reducing stress response and curing
body and mind diseases. This study explores the effects of
Qigong on stress response.
I. Experiment Methods
Subjects: There were 10 subjects in the experiment. Among
them were four males and six females. Their average age was
44 with the youngest being 25 and the oldest 53. All had
practiced Qigong for at least one year with the average time
of their Qigong experience being one year and six months.
There were also ten people in the comparison group which in-
cluded the same number of males and females of the same ages
and educational backgrounds as those in the experimental
group.
Each subject was tested twice with each experiment divided
into three periods. In the first hour, the subjects either
practiced Qigong or rested.
In the second hour they were
given stress response tests.
In the third hour rested.
Five subjects from the experimental group practiced Qigong
during the first hour of the first and second experiments.
That is to say, those who practiced Qigong during the first
hour in the first experiment rested during the first hour in
the second experiment. Those who rested during the first
hour in the first experiment practiced Qigong during the
first hour in the second experiment. The subjects in the
comparison group rested during the first hour of both ex-
periments. All experiments were conducted from eight to ten
o'clock in the morning.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Character color test:
Four characters were written in red,
green, yellow, and blue with four colors on each card.
There were 40 characters altogether. The colors of the
characters and the color of the cards varied. The subjects
were required to do their best to write down the colors of
the 40 characters on each card accurately in one minute as
quickly as possible regardless of what characters they were.
There were 15 cards altogether.
.
1
Mental Arithmetic Test: This test was divided into three
periods with 75 math problems in each. In the first period
non-regrouping subtraction problems were given.
In the
second and third periods subtraction problems that required
regrouping were given. The subtraction problems were given
using a phonograph at a speed of one problem per minute.
The subjects were required to work mentally and write down
the answers on paper. At the end of the test, subjects were
asked to evaluate their state of nervousness as not nervous,
a little nervous, nervous, or very nervous.
Steps of the experiment: Subjects entered the lab after a
one hour rest or Qigong practice. They were asked to sit on
the chairs and relax for 15 minutes.
They were given the
character-color test for 15 minutes.
After a five minute
break, they were given the mental arithmetic test for 15
minutes. They took another 10 minute break at the end of
the experiment. RM-6000 multi-head psychological equipment
was used to record the subjects pulse and breathing rates at
the beginning to the end of the experiment.
Collection of urine and results: Subjects were required to
empty their bladders and collect their first sample after a
one hour rest or Qigong practice. The second urine sample
was collected after the stress response test. The third
urine sample was collected after a one hour rest.
Urine
samples were analyzed by an improved Von-Enler florescence
spectro-photometer to determine amount of catecholamines.
II.
Results of the Experiment
In our experiment, subjects were in a state of stress due to
the pressure of the character-color and mental arithmetic
tests.
Results of the psychological, biological, and
biochemical responses, after accomplishing the intense as-
signments described above (before and after Qigong practice
for the experimental group) and the comparison of the ex-
perimental group with the comparison group are described
below.
Results of both groups from the first and second experiments
were very similar.
That is, there were no obvious dif-
ferences.
Results of the experiments were analyzed by the
following method:
Data from the experimental group were
divided into two groups before and after practicing Qigong.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

. . ...
..... .... ....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
For the comparison group, results were analyzed according to
their corresponding results in the experimental group before
Qigong practice from the same experiment. There were five
data groups in the first experiment from the comparison
group and five data groups in the second experiment.
1. Heartbeat Rates: Results are shown in Figure 1. We see
that there is an obvious increase in heartbeat rates when
intense assignments were being done. There is a relation-
ship between the increase of heartbeat rates and the dif-
ficulty of the assignment. Because the mental arithmetic
tests were more difficult than test 1, heartbeat rates from
tests 2 and 3 were higher than in test 1. It is seen from
Figure 1 that heartbeat rates after practicing Qigong were
higher that before practicing Qigong no matter whether in
rest or intense working situations, which indicates that
Qigong has an effect of on heartbeat rates. Results of
heartbeat rates from the experimental group before practic-
ing Qigong and the comparison group were very similar. No
obvious differences were found, which indicates that there
was no relationship in the state of stress response between
the heartbeat rate of inactivity and when practing Qigong.
Before
-o Qigong
0
Comparison
Group
After
Qigong
Pulse Rate
1 80
--
70
60
Color Test
Character
0
Rest
before
Rest
I
E
Afterward
Rest
i
test
Mental Math
Test
Figure 1. Pulse rate variances in state of stress.
Comparison with the first rest,4p<0.05, 44p<0.01,
AAAP<0.001 comparison with non-Qigong practice *p<0.05.
2.
Respiratory Rates:
Figure 2 shows results of the
respiratory rate tests.
From this figure we see that there
was an obvious increase in the respiratory rates as the in-
tense assignments were being done. The relationship between
the increase of respiratory rates and the difficulty of the
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
267

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
assignments was not obvious. Respiratory rates from the ex-
perimental group before or after practicing Qigong in dif-
ferent kinds of situations remain constant. No obvious dif-
ferences were found, which indicates that there was no ef-
fect on respiratory rates in a state of stress whether
Qigong was practiced or not. Respiratory rates from the ex-
perimental group before practicing Qigong and the comparison
group were very close. There was no obvious difference be-
tween the two groups which indicates that there was no ob-
vious relationship of respiratory response in the state of
stress between Qigong practitioners and non-practitioners.
Before
0 -. Qigong
0 ---- Comparison
Group
Respiratory Rate
30
·- After
Qigong
20
10.
Color Test
Character
1
Rest before
test
Rest
I
E
Heartbeat
Rate
Rest after
test
Figure 2. Respiratory rate changes in state of stress.
Comparison with the first rest, Ap<0.05, AAp<0. 01,
AAAp<0.001 comparison with non-Qigong practice *p<0.05
3.
Adrenalin
Table 1 shows the excretion amount of the adrenalin.
From the table we see that in the stress response experi-
ment, the amount of adrenalin excreted from the three groups
all increased dramatically. Excretion amounts after a one
hour rest at the end of the experiment were lower than
during the stress response experiment. Excreted amounts of
adrenalin from the experimental group all decreased
remarkably no matter whether Qigong was practiced before the
experiment or not, however a decrease of the amount excreted
from the comparison group has not reached a remarkable
level.
268
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 1
Changes in Amount of Adrenalin Excreted (nmole/hr)
-
Groups
Before
Experiment
Stress
Response
Test
After
one-hour
rest
Experimental After Qigong
2.4±0.7
4.3±1.94
3.2±1.4*
Group
Before Qigong
2.4±1.2
4.4±1.744
8.0±1.4*
-
Comparison
Group
3.0±1.8
4.4±2.444
4.0±2.2
Surface values + or - standard average value errors
Comparison with before the experiment from the t test
4p<0.05, 44p<0.01
Compared with the stress response experiment t test *p<0.05
4.
There were no remarkable changes in the amount of
noradrenaline excreted in the urine from both the experimen-
tal group and the comparison group before the experiment.
There were also no obvious changes from the stress response
test or after the one hour rest.
The excreted amount of noradrenaline from the experiment
group when Qigong was practiced was remarkably higher than
without Qigong practice before the experiment (see Table 2) .
5. Subjective evaluations of intensity degrees. The sub-
jects gave subjective evaluations as the intensity degrees
during the experiment as (1) not nervous, (2) a little nerv-
ous, (3) nervous, (4) very nervous. The results are shown
in Table 3.
From Table 3, we see that there were no obvious differences
among the three groups. As the difficulty of the problems
increased, subjective feelings of nervousness increased as
well.
Table 2
Changes in Amount of Noradrenaline Excreted in Urine
(nmole/hr)
Groups
Before
Experiment
Stress
Response
Test
After
one-hour |
rest
Qigong
Experimental
Group
Practice
11.4±3.4 **
10.7±5.5
8.0±2.7
No Qigong
| Practice
8.6±4.0
10.2±8.9
7.6±6.2
Comparison
Group
8.7±4.1
8.5±5.3
9.7±3.9
-
Values in the table are taken as average value + or - stan-
dard errors
Compared with before Qigong practice (t tested as ** p<0.01).
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CPA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 3
Subjective Evaluations of Degrees of Nervousness
Mental Arithmetic Tests
Groups
Character
Color
Test
I
I
I
Qigong
Experimental Practice
2.1±0.7
1.4±0.5
3.0±0.8
3.3±0.7
1
Group No Qigong 1.8±0.8
Practice
2.0±1.1
2.9±1.1
3.0±0.8
Comparison
Group
1.8±0.7
1.4±0.7
2.5±0.7
2.7±0.7
III.
Discussion
In order to eliminate effects caused by differences of types
of Qigong, subjects in the experimental group were all
Yangqigong practitioners.
Usually people mainly respond
to characters but the
colors of the characters. In our character-color test, sub-
jects were required to respond only to colors of the charac-
ters but not the characters themselves. Moreover, there
were 40 characters in red, green, yellow, and blue with each
color on a different card.
It was easy to make mistakes
since characters involved a big interference. It was very dif-
ficult to write down the colors of all 40 characters in one
minute accurately with this kind of interference. This put the
subjects in a state of nervousness. Also, in the mental
arithmetic tests it was difficult for the subjects to solve
a math problem in seconds. In our experiment, subjects were
put in a state of nervousness by being required to ac-
complish difficult assignments.
The responses of their
heartbeat rates, respiratory rates and number of
catecholamines excreted were observed.
The problem we were interested in observing was whether
Qigong could reduce the stress.
In our experiment, the
heartbeat rate, respiratory rate, and amount of
catecholamines excreted of the subjects when in the process
of completing the intense assignment all appeared to in-
crease. Therefore, these three items were sensitive enough
to be the index of stress response.
Changes of
noradrenaline excreted in the experiment was not remarkable,
which was consistent with our previous study and the report
by Frankenhaeuser; adrenalin is more sensitive than
noradrenaline in stress response. Our experiment indicates
that during the intense assignment tests, the heartbeat
rates of the experimental group who practiced Qigong were
much higher than when Qigong was not practiced beforehand.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 201A-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.. ...

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
There were no remarkable differences between having prac-
ticed Qigong and not having practiced in the the increase of
respiratory rates and adrenaline. Therefore, we conclude
that at least to Qigong practitioners, whether practicing
Qigong or not beforehand does not remarkably reduce stress
response. The increase in heart rates, respiratory rate,
and excreted amount of adrenaline from the experimental
group during the intense working period were similar to the
comparison group. Therefore, at least Yangqigong could not
reduce the stress response, which was consistent with
Holmes' view. Of course, what Holmes meant was that medita-
tion could not reduce stress.
Meditation and Qigong are
indeed not the same, but they have similarities. Practicing
meditation also requires relaxation and abandoning of dis-
tracting thoughts.
It was also found from our experiment that the excreted
amount of adrenaline in urine from the experimental group
after a one-hour rest at the end of the experiment with or
without practicing Qigong beforehand was obviously lower
than the amount excreted during the stress response tests.
For the comparison group, the decrease in excretion did not
reach a remarkable level. This indicates that recovery of
the excreted amount of adrenalin after the stress response
test from Yangqigong practitioners seemed to be quicker than
that of the comparison group. This indicates that Qigong
may help in recovery from stress.
Effects of meditation on the autonomic nervous system have
been a controversial problem.
It is felt by some that
meditation is a state of tropism; a nutritious parasym-
pathetic function. However, Lang, et.al., found that senior
meditation practitioners had higher amounts of
catecholamines and metabolic products UMA excreted in their
daily urine, and a higher amount of noradrenaline in their
plasma when in meditation. They concluded that meditation
might activate the sympathetic nervous system. Then what
are the effects of Qigong on the autonomic nervous system?
There have been very few reports on this question.
Wang
Zhongxing, et.al. concluded that Qigong could reduce the
sympathetic nervous system after the practice based on the
finding of Dopamine b-hydoxylase activities in blood pumping
that decreased after patients with high blood pressure prac-
ticed Qigong. Will activities of the sympathetic nervous
system be reduced after people with normal blood pressure
practice Qigong? This was also a question we were inter-
ested in. In our experiment, all subjects had normal blood
pressure. The results of our experiment showed that from
the experimental group, those who had practiced Qigong had
remarkably higher amounts of noradrenaline excreted in their
urine and higher heart rates after a rest instead of having
practiced Qigong (see Table 2). While working on the in-
tense assignments, their heart rates were higher with Qigong
practice than without Qigong practice beforehand (see
illustration) .
The above results indicate that the sym-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : GIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
III.
Discussion
1.
In modern medicine, high blood lipoid diseases are con-
sidered as caused by a deficiency in lipoid metabolism.
There is a close relationship between high lipoprotein and
cardiovascular diseases caused by lack of blood. Therefore,
it is important to control high cholesterol to prevent coro-
nary atheroslerotic heart disease. [7] Qigong has certain
prevention and curative effects on diseases such as hyper-
tension and coronary atheroslerosis. [8,9] However, there
have been very few reports concerning effects on lowering
blood lipoids by Qigong.
Our study indicates that high
blood lipoids can be reduced in differing degrees after a
relatively long period of time in Qigong practice, which is
consistent with the report of results on lowering blood
lipoids by Kuang Aafang from Shanghai Research Institute for
Hypertension. [10] Since Qigong has an effect on lowering
blood lipoids, it provides the biological and biochemical
basis for the belief that Qigong can prevent and cure such
diseases as coronary atheroslerosis, hypertension, and
others.
2.
£
Qigong is a method of exercising the body and mind as
well as a theory of science. The amount of time spent prac-
ticing Qigong is a very important factor that can affect
curing of diseasse as is evident from our study. Because
patients in comparison group 2 practiced Qigong only for a
short period of time, there were no obvious indications of
lowered blood lipoids, even though these patients practiced
the same type of Qigong. This indicates that effects of
Qigong therapy are gradually accumulated over a long period
of time. Therefore, Qigong should be practiced regularly
and continuously. If Qigong is used for curing diseases,
the number of days and amount of time of practice should be
lengthy. Otherwise, it is impossible to achieve good cura-
tive effects. Yet the amount of time spent in Qigong prac-
tice should be decided according to the patient's situation
and the type of Qigong practiced. If for the purpose of
promoting health, the amount of time of practice can be
reduced.
3. As therapy, Qigong is an effective treatment disease but
it is not omnipotent. Even if it can provide a cure, it
doesn't necessarily mean it will work on every patient. For
example, we found three cases from a family which had a his-
tory of high blood lipoids.
They all practiced Qigong
seriously for a long period but the effects were not satis-
factory.
This indicates that Qigong cannot cure certain
types of blood lipoid diseases and that other types of
therapy should be used.
4.
In our study, results showed no remarkable differences
between triglyceride values of the patients from the Qigong
group before or after they practiced Qigong (p>0.05) .
The
reason, according to our analysis may have something do with
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 ;¿ CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

4
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the fact that most triglyceride values of these patients
were a little higher than standard normal values (M + or -
SD = 114.4 + or - 16.31 mg/dl) .
Since Qigong has bi-
directional adjustment effects, it works better when deviat-
ing values are too high or too low. That is to say, its ad-
justment effects are more remarkable. But for those values
that are within the normal physiological mechanism, varia-
tions are not remarkable. Therefore, there were no obvious
differences in triglyceride values before or after Qigong
practice.
Summary
1.
49 patients were observed in this study.
Their choles-
terol and VLDL decreased remarkably (p<0.001) after practic-
ing Doayin-Tuna Qigong for 116.4 days. 22 patients who did
not practice Qigong and 12 patients who had just started did
not achieve the same results as the Qigong group, which in-
dicates that Qigong reduces blood lipoids.
2.
The effects of Qigong improved through long-term prac-
tice of Qigong continuously and seriously.
Therefore,
Qigong's therapeutic intensity should be achieved through
increased amount of practice and treatment.
References
[1]
Liu Yuanliang, "Bi-Directional Adjustment Effects of
Doaying-Tuna' Qigong on Brain Blood Circulation, "
Chinese Qigong, 1985, 4:1.
[2]
Xu Tinghan, "Introduction of Treatment by Tuna Qigong
on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart
Disease," Chinese
Medicine in Shangxi, 1981, 5:28.
[3]
Xu Tinghan, et.al., "Clinical Observation of Treatments
of Tuna Qigong on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Dis-
ease, Cerebral Embolism Infraction, and Cerebral
Atheroslerotic Diseases," Chinese Qigong, 1986, 1:7.
[4 ]
Liu Yuanling, et.al., "Effects of Daoyin-Qigong on
Electro-Encephalograms and Skin Temperature," Chinese
Medicine in Shanxi, 1982, 4:46.
[5]
Li Huanbin, et.al., "Effects of Qigong Meditation on
Appearance Rate of Circulatory Sensibility Variations,"
Chinese Medicine in Shanxi, (Acupuncture Supplementary
Issue) , 1981, p.38.
[6]
Shanghai First Medical College, Practical Internal
Medicine, People's Health Publisher, 1973, p.1357.
273
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
[7]
Hunan Medical College, Physiology,
Biology,
and
Medicine, Science Publishers, 1981, p.72.
[8]
Nai Li, "Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Diseases, "
Qigong Magazine, 1986, 4:147.
[9]
Chen Yunhao, et.al., "Treatment of Fifty-eight Cases of
Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Disease," Qigong
Magazine, 1986, 5:206.
-
[10] Kuang Anfang, et.al., "Comparing Observations of Qigong
Treatments on 204 Cases of Hypertension over Twenty
Years and the Study of its Mechanism," Magazine of Com-
bined Western and Chinese Medicine, 1986, 6(1) :9.
[11] Ma Jiren, Theory of Chinese Qigong, Shanxi Science and
Technology Publishers, 1983.
274
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

...........
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Bi-Directional Adjustment of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on Blood
Pressure and Heart Rates
Qin Chao (Department of Physiology, Xian Medical
University), Feng Yangzhen and Yu Youmin (Health Research
Institute of National Mechanism Industrial Committee), Jia
Shan Ling and Guan Shongjiang (Qigong Science Research In-
stitute of Shanxi Province)
-
Daoyin Tuna Qigong originated among the people of Sanxi. [1]
Having used this Qigong in medical practice, we found that
it had good curative effects on certain cardiovascular
diseases. [2] In order to study the pathological and
physiological mechanisms of these curative effects, we ob-
served the effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on cerebral blood
circulation and the pulse of finger tip volume. [3,4] This
study also made detailed comparisons of blood pressure and
heart rates.
I.
Method
Subjects of the observation: Hospitalized patients receiv-
ing Daoyin-Tuna Qigong consisten of 23 males and 15 females
with an average age of 47.3. They were grouped according to
blood pressure and heart rate situations.
Training of the Qigong Method: Daoyin-Tuna Qigong was prac-
ticed with Dong (movement) and Jing (still) procedures on
alternate days for several months.
Testing Method:
A Japanese made Sharp digital electric
sphymomanometer was used to show blood pressure and heart
rates simultaneously. Blood pressure was measured at the ar-
teries of the subject's upper left arm after sitting quietly
for three to five minutes. Two measurements were made two
or three minutes apart to obtain average values. The obser-
vations were made during hospitalization periods of 54 plus
or minus 4.2 days after the Qigong therapy. Conditions of
the patients before and after Jing or Dong gong methods were
also observed.
The measurement data was statistically
processed by microcomputer.
II. Results
1. Changes in Blood Pressure Before and After Treatment.
According to the WHO diagnostic standard, blood pressure was
grouped into high, low and normal. Results of blood pres-
sure levels before and after Qigong treatment are shown in
Table 1. We see that after Qigong treatment, in the high
blood pressure group, systolic pressure decreased by an
average of 18.5 mmHg. Differences were remarkable (p<0.05).
Diastolic pressure decreased by an average of 6.9 mmHg.
In
the low blood pressure group, both systolic and diastolic
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
275

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
pressures tended to increase at the end of the treatment.
There were no obvious changes in normal blood pressure
groups either before or after treatment (p>0.1) .
Table 1
Blood Pressure Variations Before and After Daoyin -- Tuna
Qigong Treatment
-
Groups
# of
Sample's
Blood Pressure
before treatment
(mmHg)
Blood Pressure
after treatment
(mmHg)
High Blood
Pressure
13
180.51-24.7/105.9±15.1
162±22.1/99±11.9
Low Blood
Pressure
3
88.7±7.3/56.2±6.8
89.3±8.1/61.9±7.2
Normal Blood
Pressure
22
116.9±15.3/73.4±7.5
116.6±13.4/72±6.15
2. Variations in blood pressure before and after Jing and
Dong Qigong methods.
Changes in blood pressure of 27 subjects tested before and
after Jing Qigong.
Average blood pressure before Jing
Qigong was 120.6/72.1 mmHg. Average blood pressure after
was 120.2/74.8 mmHg. There were no obvious changes. We
further analyzed 9 people whose blood pressure was above
130/85 mmHg and 9 people whose blood pressure was below
100/70 mmHg before Jing Qigong. Results indicate that the
group with higher blood pressure had an average blood pres-
sure of 151.4/97.2 mmHg before Qigong and 144.7/94.5 mmHg
after Qigong. The low blood pressure group however, blood
pressure readings increased with the average blood pressure
before Qigong being 94.8/59.7 mmHg, and 98.6/65.3 mmHg
after.
Variations in blood pressure before and after Dong Qigong,
Average blood pressure before Dong Qigong practice was
124.7/76.9 mmHg, and 126.3/77.4 mmHg afterwards. There were
no obvious changes.
In further analysis, we found that
there was a decrease in blood pressure after Dong Qigong
practice in the high blood pressure group with average blood
pressure being 157.4/98.2 mmHg before Qigong, and 155.6/96.3
mmHg afterwards. There was an increase in the low blood
pressure group after Qigong. Average blood pressure in this
group before Qigong was 93.3/62.8 mmHg, and 99.8/66.8 mmHg
after.
These results indicate that there is a bi-
directional adjustment effect of Qigong on blood pressure.
3. Variations in heart rates before and after Jing and Dong
Qigong.
Average heart rate before Jing Qigong was 72.7 and 70.4
after. Average heart rates before Dong Qigong were 68.8 and
70.3 after.
There were no obvious changes.
We further
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
276

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
analyzed the groups whose heart rates were higher than 85
and lower than 65 before Qigong. We found that the group
which had higher heart rates had an average rate of 90
before Jing Qigong, but 82.8 after. The average heart rate
before Dong Qigong was 91 and 78 after. The average heart
rate after Jing and Dong Qigong decreased by 7.2 and 11
beats per minute respectively.
In the lower heart rate
group before Qigong practice, the average heart rate before
Jing Qigong was 52.3 and 58 after and average heart rate
with Dong Qigong increased from 58.2 to 64.3 after. In both
cases, heart rates increased 5.7 and 6.1 respectively.
These results also indicate the bi-directional adjustment
effect of Qigong on heart rates.
III. Discussion
There have been reports concerning the effects of Qigong on
blood pressure and heart rates from the human body but they
all addressed unidirectional changes. (5,6) This study fur-
ther observed bi-directional effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong
on blood pressure and heart rates. Results before and after
Qigong treatment indicate that blood pressure declined after
treatment in the high blood pressure group, especially sys-
tolic pressure. There was also an increase in the low blood
pressure group. Blood pressure and heart rates before and
after Jing and Dong Qigong both tended to have bi-
directional variations. Overall however, we see that with
bi-directional changes in blood pressure and heart rate,
there was a tendency to move from high to low rather than
from low to high.
It is generally considered that Qigong is a method of relax-
ing body and mind. In Qigong, the sympathetic nervous sys-
tem is in intense decline, and its mechanism causes low me-
tabolism, low breath rates, low blood pressure and low heart
rates. However, from our observation we found that not only
these responses from the same Qigong method, but also op-
posite responses such as higher blood pressure and heart
rates occured as well. This is hard to explain using only
the unidirectional analysis method. As a matter of fact, as
one of the links of Qigong, the adjustment process has bi-
directional characteristics.
In other words, it can
strengthen breathing and respiration by passing through the
lungs, and cause the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous
systems to respond in excitement and inhibition alterna-
tively. It can even readjust the activity form of the car-
diovascular centers, and cause relevant responses in blood
pressure and heart rate. Moreover, deep inhaling and exhal-
ing are adjustment characteristics, so it is understandable
that blood pressure and heart rate changes are bi-
directional. In the Jing Qigong method, even though the ad-
justment was weak, selections for concentration on different
points of the body by Qigong practitioners consciously or
unconsciously can cause completely different responses of
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
277

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the cardiovascular system (5,6). Also, variation of certain
body fluid elements is a fact that should not be neglected
and an issue for further research.
References
[1 ]
Jie Shan Ling and Li Guohua,
"Doayin-Tuna Qigong
(Zhujigong) ," Sports World, 7:33, 8:33, 1987.
-
-
[2]
Xu Tinghan, Liu Yuanliang, Jie Shanling, and Liang
Xiaoxian, "Clinical Observations of Treatment with Tuna
Qigong on Coronary Atheroslerotic Heart Diseases,
Cerebral Infraction and Atheroscleroses," Chinese
Qigong, 1:17, 1985.
[3]
Liu Yuanling, Xu Dinghan, and Jie Shanling,
"Bi-
Directional Effects of Daojing Methods on Cerebral
Blood Circulation," Chinese Qigong, 4:2, 1985.
[4]
Feng Yiangzheng, Qing Chao, Yu Youming, Jie Shanling,
and Liang Xizhai, "Effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on
Fingertip Volume," Research Papers from the First An-
nual Academic Meeting by the Institute of Chinese
Qigong Science, 1987.
[5]
Wang Mingwei, "Progress of Qigong Treatment Research on
High Blood Pressure in the Past 25 years," Nature
Magazine, 8 (5) :354, 8 (6) :436, 1985.
[6]
Kuang Anfang, Jiang Minda, Wang Chongxing,
Zhao
Grangsheng, and Xudinghai, "Study of Qigong Principles
on High Blood Pressure Cases," Magazine of Traditional
Chinese Medicine, 21(10) :7, 1980.
[7]
Xiao Jun, Chai Xongjing, Ren Shaozhen, He Juren, Chang
Qiji, and Chang Jiangli, "Rate of Metabolism of the
Body in Qigong Practice, " Journal of Physiology,
26(1) :1, 1963.
[8]
McGrady A., et.al., "Effect of Biofeedback-assisted
Relaxation on Blood Pressure and Cortisone Levels in
Tensity and Hypersensitivity," Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 10(3) :301, 1987.
278
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Observation of the Effects of Lowering Blood Lipoid with
Doayin-Tuna Qigong
Liu Yuanliang (Qigong Research Room of Zhejiang College of
Chinese Medicine), Xu Tinghan (Lingtong Convalescent Hospi-
tal for Workers in Shangxi Province), Jie Shanling (Shanxi
Research Institute of Qigong Science), He Shihai (Qigong
Hospital of Zhejiang Medical Qigong Research Institute)
-
-
Introduction
We observed effects of Daoyin-Tuna Qigong on diseases caused
by high blood lipoid. Eighty-three patients in three groups
were observed.
There were 49 hospitalized patients who
practiced Qigong in the group. 22 hospitalized patients did
not practice Qigong in comparison group 1. 12 clinical
patients practiced Qigong only for a short period of time in
comparison group 2. Results: Blood lipoid values decreased
obviously in the Qigong group after the patients practiced
Qigong for an average of 116.4 days an average of 5 hours
per day. The amount of blood lipoids decreased along with
lower cholesterol, triglyceride, and B-lipoid protein by
75.5%, 67.4%, and 83.7% respectively. There were no obvious
declines in comparison groups 2 and 3 which indicated that
Qigong lowering blood fat levels. The length of time of
Qigong practice was an important factor affecting curative
effects.
We also discussed the mechanism of the Qigong ef-
fects and factors.
Doayin-Tuna Qigong may be said to be the "Ermei Qigong
Method," which belongs to Tuna (Exhaling and Inhaling)
style.
This kind of Qigong is unique in its method of
breathing, intensity of actions, and may work along with
massage, which differs from most Qigong styles. [1] We have
reported before [2,3] that Daoyin-Tuna Qigong has good cura-
tive effects on diseases caused by lack of blood in the
heart and brain and chronic diseases caused by old age such
as hypertension, coronary atheroslerotic heart disease, se-
quelae of apoplexy, and cerebral atheroscleroses. We also
reported that there were changes in electro-encephalograms,
rheoencephalogram, skin vascular movement, and the ap-
pearance rate of circulatory nerve sensibility of people
with good Daoyin-Tuna Qigong skills, which indicates that
Daoyin-Tuna Qigong can have good adjustment effects on many
physiological functions. [4, 1,5] This study further observed
the effects of reducing blood lipoids by this kind of Qigong
and effects of lowering blood fat caused by the length of
time of Qigong practice.
£
We also studied ways of curing
diseases by Qigong and other factors.
279
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
I.
Method
1.
Subjects of observation.
(1)
49 hospitalized patients in Qigong wards in the Qigong
group consisting of 41 males and 8 females ranging in age
from 33 to 76. The average age was 51.6. Diseases of these
patients included mainly hypertension, coronary atheros-
lerotic heart disease, sequelae of apoplexy, cerebral
atheroscleroses, chronic disease of old age such as
bronchitis,
emphysema, lack of muscular strength and
silicosis.
Elderly patients who had high blood fat were
also included.
-
(2) 22 clinical patients in comparison group 1 who did not
practice Qigong consisting of 8 males and 4 females ranging
in age from 46 to 64. Average age was 56.7. Their diseases
were the same as the Qigong group.
(3) 12 clinical patients who practiced Qigong for a short
period of time in comparison group 2 including 8 males and 4
females ranging in age from 46 to 64. Average age was 56.7.
Their diseases were the same as those in comparison group 2.
Patients in all three groups were seeking treatment because
of other diseases, but were found to have higher blood fat
than normal.
2. Type of Qigong. Doayin-Tuna Qigong was practiced by all
patients in the Qigong group and comparison group 1.
It was
not practiced by comparison group 2.
3. Time of Qigong Practice.
(1) Qigong group: Dong Qigong was practiced about 1.5 to 2
hours every morning and evening. Jing Qigong was practiced
about 1/2 hour to 1 hour every morning and afternoon. Total
time of Qigong practice was about 5 hours. The length of
time of Qigong practice gradually increased according to the
situation of the patient. Average time of Qigong practice
for patients in this group was 116.4 days.
(2) Comparison group 1: Qigong was not practiced by these
patients. Average hospitalization was 98.2 days.
(3)
Comparison group 2: Qigong was practiced less than 30
minutes per day. Total number of days of Qigong practice
was 15 to 30. The average number of days was 24.3.
4.
Observation Index:
Normal value of blood lipoids. According to "Practical In-
ternal Medicine" and the situations in our laboratory, the
standards for high blood lipoids were:
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Serum cholesterol > (or equal) 130 mg/dl as the high, 200 -
229 mg/dl as very high.
Triglyceride > (or equal) 130 mg/dl as the high 100 - 129
mg/dl considered very high.
B-lipoprotein (very low density) > (or equal) 500 mg/dl as
the high, 450 - 499 considered as very high.
If the patients had more than two items from above, they
were included as subjects for observation.
II.
Results
1. Comparison of Qigong and non-Qigong groups.
(1)
From cases with lowered blood lipoids shown in Table 1,
we see that a higher number of cases in which blood lipoids
decreased came from patients who had practiced Qigong.
(2)
From the statistical analysis of the blood lipoid
values (Table 2), we see that cholesterol and VLDL (very low
density) lipoprotein values of patients in the Qigong group
decreased obviously after Qigong practice (p<0.001). Table
3 indicates that cholesterol (VLDL) values of those from the
non-Qigong group were a little higher when they left the
hospital than when they entered. However, there were no
remarkable differences (p>0.5) after the data was processed,
which indicates that Qigong practice can reduce blood
lipoids.
There also were no obvious differences in
Triglyceride values before of after Qigong practice (p>0.05,
p>0.10).
Table 1
Case Statistics of Variations in Blood Lipoid Values between
Qigong and Non-Qigong Group 1
Qigong Group (N=49)
Comparison Groups(N=22)
Reduction
Increase. |Reduction
(cases) % (cases) %
(cases) %
Increase
(cases) %
Cholesterol
37
75.5%
12 24.5%
10
45.5%
12 54.5%
Triglyceride
33 67.4%
16
32.6%
9
40.9%
13 69.1%
VLDL |
41
83.7 %
8
16.3%
8
36.4%
14 63.6%
281
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
:
.
:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 3
Excreted Amount of Urinary Catecholamines from Yangqigong
Practitioners (nmole/hr) .
Length of
No.
of
timest
tested
Without
Qigong
Practice
Qigong
With Qigong
Practice
Practice
More than
two years
16
2.4±1.5
3.4±2.5*
8.8±4.1
9.1±2.6
Less than
two years
18
1.7±1.2
1.9±1.9
6.1±2.5
7.6±3.8
t test comparison with no Qigong practice, *p<0.05 5
1
Table 4
Excreted
Amount of
Urinary Catecholamines form
Zhanzhuanggong (nmole/hr) .
Length of
Time of
No.
of
times
Adrenaline
Noradrenaline
Qigong
Practice
tested Qigong
with
Qigong
without
Qigong
with
Qigong
more than
two years
17
1.2±0.7
2.1±1.4
8.7±4.6
9.0±1.9
less than
19
1.9±1.0
1.9±1.4
5.6±4.4
10.4±4.9
two years
t test comparison with no Qigong practice. ** p<0.01
It is shown in Tables 3 and 4 that the excreted amounts of
the adrenalin
for those who practiced Zhanzhuanggong
and Yangqigong more than two years increased remarkably.
For those who had practiced Qigong less than two years,
there was no remarkable change in the excreted amount of the
adrenalin gland. This indicates that there is a relation-
ship between the length of time of Qigong practice and the
amount of catecholamines excreted.
III.
Discussion
It is seen from these results that no matter what kind of
Qigong, the amount of urinary catecholamines excreted ap-
pears to increase.
Though some of the increases did not
reach a remarkable level, there has not been a decrease in
excreted amounts after any kind of Qigong practice.
Moreover, there is a relationship between the length of time
Qigong practice and amounts excreted. There was a remarkable
increase in the amount of adrenalin excreted after Qigong
practice from those who had practiced Yangqigong and
Zhanzhuanggong more than two years. The average period of
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
262
--------
.
Adrenaline
Noradrenaline
Time of
WithQigong Without
Qigong
without

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 2
Comparison of Blood Lipoid Values Before and After Qigong
Practice from Qigong Practice
Before Qigong
After Qigong ;
M±SD mg/dl
M±SD mg/dl
.
Cholesterol
292.10土63.55
263.60±55.94<0.001
Triglyceride
114.40±16.31
111.00±15.37>0.05
VLDL
665.00±233.22
527.40±229.81<0.001
Table 3
Comparison of Blood Lipoid Values in Comparison Group 1 as
Patients Entered and Left Hospital
At entering
Hospital
Leaving
. Hospital
p value
M±SD mg/dl
M±SD mg/dl
Cholesterol
311.20±44.29
306.80±47.94
>0.5
Triglyceride
125.60±11.37
127.50±11.45
>0.1
VLDL
762.22±164.89
776.50±178.78
>0.5
2. Comparison of effects on lowering blood lipoid by dif-
ferent lengths of time in Qigong practice.
(1)
Comparison of number of cases with lowered blood
lipoids.
Table 4 lists statistics on numbers of cases in which
patient's blood lipoid values changed from comparison group
2 (clinical patients who had only practiced Qigong for a
short period). This indicates that if the period of time of
Qigong practice was too short, the number of cases in which
the blood fat value was reduced was almost equal to the
cases in which the blood lipoids increased, which was ob-
viously different from the statistics in the table showing
most of the cases having a decrease in blood lipoids in the
Qigong group.
282
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 4
Case Statistics of Variations in Amount of Blood Lipoids
from Qigong Group and Comparison Group 2
Qigong Group (N=49) Comparison Group 2 (N=12)'
Reduction
(cases) %
Increase
(cases) %
Reduction,
(cases) %'
Increase
(cases) %
-
Cholesterol
Triglyceride.
VIDL
37
75.5%
12
24.5
7 58.3
5
41.7
33 67.4
16
32.6
6 50.0
6
50.0
41 83.7
8
16.3
5
41.7
7 58.3
(2)
Statistics on variations of blood lipoid values. From
Table 5, we see that for those who practiced Qigong for
short periods of time (less than 30 minutes per day with to-
tal practice time less than 30 days), there were no obvious
changes in their blood lipoid values before or after Qigong
practice (p<0.1), which indicates that there was a remark-
able effect on lowering the blood lipoids with increased
Qigong practice (including days of Qigong practice and the
time of Qigong practice each day). The longer Qigong was
practiced, the more obvious were the effects of lowering the
blood lipoids. If the time of Qigong practice was too
short, then the results were not obvious.
Table 5
Case Statistics of Changes in Amount of Blood Lipoids from
Comparison Group 2 Before and After Qigong Practice (n=12)
1
Before Qigong
After Qigong
p value
M±SD mg/dl
M±SD mg/dl
Cholesterol
297.50±32.33
311.83±48.81
>0.2
Triglyceride
124.60±6.51
127.50±13.33
>0.2
VLDL
658.20±87.22
689.20±112.02
>0.1
.55
283
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Primary Study of Effects on "True Qi Movement Method" on
Functional Index of the Endocrinology of Children
Hu Mingyou, Wang Yumin, Shen Dongyun, and Hong Heqao (Air
Force Hospital in Lanzhou), Yang YunLiang (Lanzhou People's
Hospital in An Ning Area)
Qigong is a precious cultural heritage of our country.
£
The
effects of Qigong on the human body are very complicated.
Qian Xueshen pointed out that there will be a new scientific
revolution once we combine Qigong and traditional medicine
with modern scientific techniques.
There have previously been reports on the effects of Qigong
on the endocrinology of the human body. [1]
In order to
further study the effects of the "True Qi Movement Method"
[2] on endocrinology, we tested four functional indices of
endocrinology on children before and after they practiced
Qigong.
I.
Subjects of Observation and Method.
67 healthy students were observed in our study.
Among them
were 28 males and 39 females. Their ages ranged from 13 to
16 with average age being 14.68. Observations were made
before and after the Qigong practice period (90 days) .
Blood was drawn from the subjects in two groups before and
after Qigong and refrigerated for examination after the
serum was separated.
The experimental method used was the radio immunity testing
method. [3] T3 T4 medications were offered by the Shanghai
Chemical Reagent Institute. Cortex alcohol and growth hor-
mone were offered by the Shanghai Biology Products In-
stitute. Instructions for the usage of these products were
followed.
II.
Results
The attached table lists results of four items before and
after the 67 subjects received the True Qi Movement Method.
97% of the subjects (65 out of 67) had reduced levels after
Qigong treatment.
Reductions ranged from 0.21 to 1.64
ng/ml. The T4 of 18 subjects (26.9%) increased. Increases
ranged from 0.06 to 10.66 ug%. 67 subjects were tested for
cortex alcohol. 22 (32.8%) showed increased amounts ranging
from 0.3 to 13.5 ng/ml.
45 showed reduced amounts ranging
from 0.4 to 17.1 ng/ml. The growth hormone of 43 subjects
(64.2%) increased with ranges between 0.3 and 18.2 ng/ml.
24 (35.8%) cases showed reductions with ranges from 0.2 to
23.5 ng/ml.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
284

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Four Items of Endocrinology of 67 Juvenile Subjects Before
and After True Qi Movement Method (X + SD)
Tests
T,ng/ml
T .+8 %
Cortex
Alcohol ng/ml
HGHng/ml
Before Qigong
1.81±0.36
14.71±3.47
15.99±4.33
7.11±5.4
After Qigong
1.03±0.21
12.17±3.69
12.48±4.97
8.86±6.16
-
1
16.64
3.81
5.07
1.6
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
>0.05
-
III. Discussion
( Shan Dian Jiazuang Xian Yun An Suan -- Transliteration of
Chinese Term] (T3) and Thyroxine (T4) have extensive
biological effects.
The thyroid gland functions however,
are limited by many factors such as the amount of inorganic
iodine absorbed, some chemical and physical factors and
other stress response effects. The thyroid gland is there-
fore controlled and adjusted by the endocrinology system to
maintain a normal nervous or metabolizm situation. [4] The
amount of T3 and T4 in the subjects after their Qigong prac-
tice decreased which indicates that due to the True Qi Move-
ment Method, concentration increased and distracting
thoughts decreased. The cerebrum remained in a state of
peace so that energy in the cerebrum area could remain
focused. Thus there was a qualitative change in brain func-
tions. In other words, Qigong directly stimulats the coor-
dination of the central nervous system in the cerebrum. On
the other hand, this result could be connected with lower-
thalamus through the thalamus to all parts of the body. The
lower thalamus is the autonomic nervous center. All body
signals can be transmitted through thalamus to the forebrain
area which deals with conscious thinking. The forebrain can
also send out conscious messages to the lower thalamus which
leads to high levels of coordination of physiological ac-
tivities. The gradual process from "no order" to "in order"
enables the cerebrum nerves to be relieved of tension so
that fatigue dissipates.
Cortex alcohol is a hormone secreted by the adrenal cortex.
These secretion functions are not automatic. Instead, the
control and adjustment functions are directed by the central
nervous system and the cerebral cortex through thalamus.
There is a close relationship between the pituitary gland
and the contact of the nervous system with the environment.
Cortex alcohol levels secreted deceased after Qigong prac-
tice due to the True Qi Movement Methods dredging of chan-
nels and subsidiary channels in the body and strengthening
the self-adjustment function. Thus the replenishing rate of
protein decreased and the variation in enzymatic activities
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
strengthened immunity. Since composing and secreting of the
adrenal cortex hormone in the body is adjusted by the hor-
mone that stimulates the adrenal cortex released by the
pituitary gland and the secretion of hormones that stimu-
lates the adrenal cortex is adjusted by the lower thalamus,
the adjustment effect is achieved through the lower thalamus
by secreting releasing factors. The True Qi Movement Method
reduced all kinds of feelings to their lowest levels by
self-restraining effects, which placed the cerebrum in a
particularly self-restraining situation.
Therefore, the
composing and releasing of the adrenal cortex hormone
decreases, and the adjustment of the mechanism, balance of
Ying and Yang, and the dredge of channels and subsidiary
channels in the body are achieved.
Growth hormone is a protein hormone released by the
pituitary gland. The adjustments in growth hormone are af-
fected by many factors both inside and outside the body.
These factors usually stimulate nerve centers directly or
indirectly to affect the lower thalamus which deals with the
adjusting and releasing of the growth hormone and causes the
secretion of gland hypo-physics. However, statistics show
that no obvious differences in the amount of growth hormone
secreted before and after Qigong which is inconsistent with
previous results. In the report from the Mahazuish European
Research University in Switzerland, it was reported that for
people who practiced Qigong for a long period of time, the
efficiency of their physiological functions increased,
biochemical systems that adjust the balance of organisms
were more stable and accurate, metabolizm rates decreased,
the growth hormone secreted also decreased, and the ef-
ficiency of the stability mechanism increased. There has
been no report however, of study of the endocrinology of the
juvenile. As to the fact that the subject's growth hormone
increased after Qigong in our study, we assume that this may
be caused by the content of the growth hormone in plasma due
to their age while they were in the growth period. There is
a relationship between the secretion rate and the maturity
of the central nervous system. Only the plasma growth hor-
mone in youth is close to the level of that in an adult.
As to changes of endocrinology after Qigong, we assume this
may be caused by the True Qi Movement Method meditation
which adjusts the breath, concentrates on non-Qigong dis-
turbing thoughts the concentration of internal adjustment,
which leads the cerebrum to a process of internal restraint.
Modern medical science also proves the objective effect be-
tween spirit and body which is achieved from the cerebral
cortex, lower thalamus, reticular agitation system, through
the autonomic nervous system and the endocrinology systems.
The beneficial effects of Qigong on the body result from
Qigong exercising the cerebrum, enabling the cerebrum to
achieve a state of Qigong exceptional function, which makes
internal organs function with their intrinsic potential to
fulfill purposes of promoting health and curing disease.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
References
[1 ]
Li Shaobo, et.al., "Enhancement of the Extent of Human
Biological Order," Journal of True Qi Movement, Ganshu
College of Chinese Medicine, 1:18, 1983.
[2]
Li Shaobo, "True Qi Movement Method, " Ganshu People's
Publishers, 1979.
[3] Xiao Xiangxong, "Practical Radioimmunity Analysis Method
and its Clinical Significance," Dong Ji University,
1984.
[4]
Li Zhenjia and Wang Renzhi (Chief Editors) , "Analysis
of Hormone by Radioimmunity Method," Scientific Tech-
nique Document Publishers.
[5]
Pang Zhuru, "New Explanations on the Theory of Effects
of Qigong on Promotion of Health and Curing of Dis-
eases, Chinese Qigong, 1:18, 1985.
[6]
Shanghai First Hospital, Medical Biology I, People's
Health Publishers.
287
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Effects of Zhoutian Mingmen Qigong on Malignant Tumors
Luo Sen, Tongjianming, et.al. (Zhejian Research Institute of
Chinese Traditional Medicine, Hang Zhou Qigong Hospital)
.
-
Malignant tumors are one of three leading causes of death in
the world. More than 700,000 people die from them in our
country each year. Presently, malignant tumors are treated
mainly through operations, radiation and chemicals.
The
common factor of these treatments involve killing tumor
cells, however healthy cells are also killed in the process
especially in radiation and chemical treatment. Healthy or-
gans, particularly marrow, the alimentary canal, reproduc-
tive cells and the central nervous system can be function-
ally and organically damaged. [1] If further damage occurs,
functions of producing blood by marrow and immunity decrease
in effectiveness. Leukocytes, thrombocytes, and hemoglobins
are then not produced in the necessary numbers. Also, ele-
ments restraining the organic immunity are produced . [2]
Treatments are not always suspended at this point.
It is our view that in Qigong practice, the body enters into
a state of Qigong which differs from a normal situation.
Qigong enables a person's vitality to be stimulated, util-
ized and concentrated enabling channels and collaterals to
be dredged, regulate one's vigor and adjust irregularities
of the internal organs.
Thus the purposes of promoting
health and curing disease can be achieved by Qigong prac-
tice. Therefore, we did some primary studies on Qigong
treatments on malignant tumors by observing variations in
laboratory hemogram indices of the transforming functions of
T-lympocyte and 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol. Positive results
of Qigong practice were achieved.
I.
Subjects of Observation
80 hospitalized patients were observed. Among them were 48
males and 32 females. The oldest was 75 and the youngest 26
with average age being 51. Patients were divided into three
groups according to the treatment method. Group 1 involved
chemical treatment of 12 males and 13 females. Group 2 in-
volved Qigong and chemical treatment of 14 males and 11
females. Group 3 involved Qigong treatment only of 22 males
and 8 females. Sixteen kinds of malignant tumors were in-
cluded (see Table 1). Patient's were diagnosed using the
cytology method and x-ray exams. Most tumor patients had
had operations, radiation, and chemical treatment (stages I
or II) or had taken traditional Chinese medicines before
they were hospitalized.
Few were in the late stage of
spreading metastasis.
288
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
II.
Methods of Qigong Practice and Experiments
1. The Qigong group was trained in "Chotian Mingmen Qigong"
by Professor Lo Shen, author of this article.
Qigong prac-
tice consists of eight Qigong methods including;
Tunyueshong, Jinggong, Diegun, Zhanzhuanggong, and Mingmen
Daiji Donggong. Traditional Chinese medicines were used as
supplementary treatment. The Qigong and chemical treatment
group had the same simultaneous treatment as Group 1. Group
3 mainly had chemical treatment.
Primary medicines used
were Changchun New Alkali, cyclophoshamide, 5-Fluorouracil
[Piying Lu Su -- transliteration of Chinese term], and
phrimethylamine. Traditional Chinese medicines were also
used for supplementary treatment. Qigong training and ob-
servation lasted 60 days.
2.
The amount of erythrocytes, leukocytes, hemoglobin, and
thrombocytes (by laboratory routine test) in the blood
before and after treatment. The T-lymphocyte transforming
function (H -- TdRLT) was part of the patient's examination.
Also, 24 hours before and after the last week of Qigong
treatment, the amount of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted
in the patient's urine was tested (with colorimetric
analysis) . The attached figure illustrates the comparison
between listing the 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted of
five patient's urine 24 hours before and after Qigong prac-
tice. (Z + or - SD 482 + or - 2.5055), t value = 3.3478, (p
value<0.05).
III.
Results
1.
£
Hemogram variations before and after the treatment.
In
30 cases from the Qigong group, the patient's leukocyte,
erythrocyte, and hemoglobin values all increased obviously
(p<0.01) after Qigong practice.
There were no obvious
changes in the thrombocyte value (p>0.05). The leukocyte
value of the patients from the Qigong-chemical treatment
group all increased slightly, but not remarkably (p>0.05) .
Their erythrocytes, thrombocytes, and hemoglobin all in-
creased remarkably (p<0.01). There were decreases (p<0.05 -
0.01) in the leukocytes, erythrocytes, hemoglobin and throm-
bocytes of the 25 patients from the chemical treatment group
(see Table 2). The erythrocytes and hemoglobin increased
obviously (p<0.01) after the 14 patients in the Qigong
treatment group practiced Qigong.
Their leukocytes and
thrombocytes also increased (p<0.05) .
(See Tables 2 and 3) .
289
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 1
Statistics of Types of Malignant Tumors of Patients
Treatment - Chemical -- Qigong
"Tumor
Types
Groups
Treatment
Group
Chemical
Treatment
Group
3
Qigong
Group
nosopharyngena1
carcinoma
2
14
breast cancer
6
7
2
lung cancer
7
3
4
stomach cancer
4
3
1
aesophagus cancer
2
1
1
vocal chord cancer
-
-
1
adenoma cancer
-
2
-
tonsil cancer
-
1
1
lymph gland cancer
1
1
1
testicle cancer
-
1
ovary cancer
-
-
1
uterine cancer
:
-
-
1
tongue cancer
-
1
1
pancreas cancer
1
-
-
liver cancer
2
-
-
larynx cancer
-
1
-
Total Cases
25
25
30
-
2.
Variations in the T-lymphocyte cell transforming fung-
tion (H -- TdRLT) before and after Qigong practice. The H --
TARLT of six patients from the Qigong group increased
remarkably after Qigong practice (p<0.05). There were no
obvious variations in the results of 7 patients from the
Qigong-chemical treatment group, however (p>0.05) . The H3-
TdRLT of 7 patients in the Qigong group who had cancer of
the nasopharynx increased remarkable after Qigong practice
(p<0.01). (See Table 3) .
290
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 2
Statistics of Hemograms of all Patient's with Malignant
Tumors Before and After Treatment
Groups
Items
Observed
Chemical
Treatment
Group
(n=25)
Qigong
Chemical
Treatment
Group (n=25)
Qigong
Group
(n=30)
Qigong Group
with cancer of
Nosopharynx (n=14)
Leuocyte
Before treatment Z1
7088
5808
4750
4207.14
10000/mm3
After treatment Z2
4793.6
5860
5720
5500
Variation before
and after Z±SD
t value
3.59
1.269
2.7556
2.45
p value
<0.01
>0.05
<0.01
<0.05
erythrocyte Before treatment Zil
321.6
341
327
326.07
10000/mm3
-----
After treatment Z2
289
263.2
365.833
374.64
Variation before
↓ 32.6±8.55
↑ 22.2±6.50
↑ 38.83土8.56
↑ 48.57±54.61
_ and after Z+SD
t value |
3.8131
3.415
1.5389
3.33
p value;
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Table 2 (continued)
Groups
Chemical
Treatment
Group (n=25)
...
Qigong &
Chemical
Treatment
Group (n=25)
Qigong
Group
(n=30)
Qigong Group
with Cancer of
Nosepharynx (n=14)
Haemoglobin
g/%
Before Treatment
Z1
9.612
10.308
9.563
9.72
After Treatment
Z2
8.436
10.868
11.02
11.24
Variation Before
and After Z+SD
↓ 1.176±2.95
↑ 0.56±1.74
↑ 1.457±2.76
↑ 1.54±1.67
t Value
3.9899
3.2207
5.2817
3.46
p Value
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Blood
Platelets
10000/mm3
Before Treatment
Z1
14.784
11.584
11.123
10.21
After Treatment
Z2
4 11.796
11.892
12.446
12.18
Variation Before
and After Z+SD
៛ 2.588±1.24
↑ 0.308±0.84
↑ 1.323±9.11
↑ 1.99±3.43
t Value
2.0909
3.6714
1.452
2.17
!
p Value
<0.05
<0.01
>0.05
<0.05
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
........
↓ 2294士637.86
↑ 52±409.88
↑ p20±352.01
1 1292.86±1971.51
.---
Items
Observed

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 3
T-Lymphocyte Transforming Function (H -- TDRLT) of Patients
Before and After Qigong Practice
Items
Groups
No. of | cpm/0. 1m2
Cases
Z+ SD Before
Qigong
cpm/0.1m
After
Qigong
t Value
p Value
Chemical
Qigong
Treatment
7
4378.4±2010.6
36715±19601
0.67
>0.05
Qigong
Treatment
6
7256.7±5823
31171±23112
2.46
-
<0.05
Qigong
Group with
Cancer of
Nospharynx
7
5312.14±3250.98 20526.57±13630.97
3,64
<0.01
1
3.
Excretion variations of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol in
urine before and after Qigong Practice. There were remark-
able decreases in the amount of 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol
or five patients from the Qigong group who had cancer of the
nasopharynx (p<0.05). (See attached illustration) .
17 - DMCS mg/ hours
20
15
T-
10
Normal
Values
5
Before Qigong
Practice
After Qigong
Practice
Picture attached
IV .
Typical Cases
Case
1 :
Mr.
Jian, male, age 47, public servant.
Hospitalization number 00110.
Mr. Jian received cobalt-60
radiation treatment in Hangzhou Tumor Hospital one year ago
due to cancer of the nasopharynx. He was not able to work
due to migraines, exhaustion, cold sweat, blood snivel, and
depression. There was no improvement after using several
types of medication. He joined the Qigong treatment in our
hospital in March, 1985. He was found to be wan, sallow and
weak.
His leukocytes measured at 2400/mm3, hemoglobin at
89%, and HS-TARLT at 5942 cpm/0. 1 ml. After two months of
Choutian Mingmen Qigong practice, all of his symptoms disap-
peared.
His physique improved.
The leukocytes were re-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
ann
-
.

. ...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
measured at 4000/mm3
1
thrombocyte at 370 per 10000 mm3,
hemoglobin at 11.2g%, H -- TdRLT at 17710 cpm/0.1 ml (an im-
provement of 300%) .
He was able to work normally after
leaving the hospital.
-
Case 2: Mr. Yang, male, age 35, driver. Hospitalization
number 00103. Mr. Yang also received cobalt-60 radiation
treatment in Hangzhou Tumor Hospital six months before be-
cause of cancer of the nasopharynx. He had been staying
home since then due to dizzyness, weakness, and a seriously
stuffed up nose.
He joined the Qigong treatment group in
March, 1985.
His thrombocytes tested upon entering the
hospital were 300 per 10,000 mm3, leukocytes at 5100/mm-,
hemoglobin at 9g%, H'-TdRLT at 11361 cpm/0.1 ml. After two
months of Qigong practice, all of his symptoms disappeared.
His thrombocytes were re-measured at 355
10,000 mm3
leukocytes at 6500/mm3, hemoglobin at 11g%, H3-TARLT at
26174 gm/0.1 ml (200% greater). He is now back at work.
IV. Discussion
1.
It is felt that in traditional medicine, causes of
tumors result from long-term irregular diets, depression,
internal lesions caused by overexertion, externally unheal-
thy environmental influences which cause imbalances of Ying
and Yang, vital energy and blood circulation; deficiencies
of internal organs, channels and collaterals. This results
in stagnation of the circulation of vital energy and blood
flow, accumulation of humidity and illness, and collections
of unhealthy obstacles. The saying, "If the internal organs
lose true Qi, then evil Qi emerges (Zhong zhangjing). In
other words, if there is a deficiency of vital energy and
blood, all kinds of diseases thus emerge (NeiJing). There-
fore, principles of treatment are based on eliminating un-
healthy elements and providing vital energy, dredging chan-
nels, collaterals and blood circulation. Cases from our
study prove that all chemical examination indices of
patients after they practice Qigong changes remarkably.
Even in the Qigong-chemical treatment group, there were ob-
vious decreases (p<0.01), which basically stayed on the
level of that before treatment (p>0.05) .
But there were
remarkable increases in erythrombocytes and leukocytes
(p<0.01). This indicates that Choutian Mingmen Qigong could
not only reduce the side effects of chemical treatment and
help the internal organic situation to be in balance in or-
der to improve organic ability of the chemical treatment,
but also improve the body's ability to produce blood and im-
munity, and strengthen physique.
2.
It is shown by modern medical research that changes and
abnormal situations of the main elements in blood such as
leukocyte, erythrocyte, hemoglobin, and thrombocyte reflect
the organic situation of the human body, which are the most
important indices. Our study indicates that after a two-
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
293

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
month self-adjustment, all physiques of the 30 patients in
the Qigong group have improved dramatically.
There were
remarkable increases in their leukocytes, erthrocytes and
hemoglobin (p<0.01), yet there were no obvious changes in
thrombocyte (p>0.05). Erythrocyte and hemoglobin of the 14
patients from the Qigong group who had cancer of the
nasopharynx increased obviously (p<0.01). There were also
increases in their leukocyte and thrombocyte (p<0.05). Im-
provements in organic ability of delivering oxygen and other
nutritious substances resulted from the increases of
erythrocyte and hemoglobin. The ability to provide energy
also improved which helped the recovery of tumor patient's
metabolizm functions.
It was also found recently that
erythrocytes can adjust the ability of organic self-
protection. Recent research indicates that leukocytes con-
tain many kinds of enzymes, which have engulfing ability.
Therefore, improvements in biological functions (leukocyte,
erythrocyte, hemoglobin, and thrombocyte) are the basis of
Qigong treatment on malignant tumors.
3. Mr. Liu Qingluen reported 125 cases of cancer of the
nasopharynx diagnosed by the pathological method which had
not yet received treatment. He found that after radiation
treatment, for those who had low H'-TARLT, the prognosis was
unfavorable. Their life expectancy was short.
Those who
had better immunity however, lived longer.
It is assumed in modern medicine that there is a close
relationship between cellular immunity, appearance of and
development of tumors. There is however, a limit to organic
immunity potential. When tumor cells exceed 109 x 10°, they
cannot all be killed. If there is a small number of tumor
cells and the patient has a good cell immunity system, then
the tumor cells can be killed effectively by the immunity
system and metastasis can be prevented.
Therefore, it is
very important to improve the immunity system.
In our
study, 7 patients in the Qigong group who had cancer of the
nasopharynx practiced Qigong for two months to stimulate the
organic immunity system. The results prove that their H3-
TARLT ability improved.
There were obvious differences
before and after Qigong practice (p<0.01).
4. Our study shows that after about 50 days of Qigong prac-
tice, the 17-hydrocarbon cholesterol excreted in the urine
of the five patients who had cancer of the nasopharynx in
the Qigong group appeared to decrease. This result was con-
sistent with the conjecture made by an Australian doctor,
who explained that practicing Jingzho Qigong (peaceful sit-
ting Qigong) can reduce the cortex hormone level and
strengthen the immunity of the body by reaching a calm
state.
Our reasoning:
1. By relaxing the cerebral cortex, Qigong
keeps the brain in a working state, which brings negative
feedback of the cerebral cortex hormone into full play and
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
294
-

....
........
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
also helps the nerve fluid system to be balanced and the
hormone level to be reduced. 2. Qigong practice can keep
vital energy and blood circulating, improve blood producing
ability, nourish the kidney, and recuperate Ying and Yang,
so that the adrenalin secreting hormone is adjusted ade-
quately.
.
5.
Zhoutian Mingmen Qigong is mainly an emphasis on exer-
cising the Jing, Qi, Jing in the body.
In different Qigong
states, special breathing techniques, and self-controlled
thought, internal Qi (YunQi) is stimulated to circulate fol-
lowing the channel nets to reach a balance of Ying and Yang.
It also adjusts the vital energy and blood circulations,
dredges the channels and collaterals, and helps in the ad-
justments and recovery of biological functions in the body.
Our study indicates that erythrocyte, leukocyte, hemoglobin,
thrombocyte, the immunity system, and endocrine system in
the body are all involved in this adjusting process.
According to the report from Feng DaLi, the efficiency rate
of destruction of cancer cells directly by external Qi is
30.72%. Is there a direct effect on destroying cancer cells
by internal Qi? This is still a problem which needs to be
solved. Our study however, indicates that there are reli-
able effects and a substantial basis for proving that Qigong
treatment can prevent and cure malignant tumors.
References
[1]
Wang Zhenyun, "Preventing and Curing Malignant Tumors
with Chemical Treatment," Hei Lonjiang Science and
Technology Publishers, 1983.
[2]
Bacucekobt, "Effects of Red Blood Cells on Maintaining
the Situational Stability of Organic Immunity, " Over-
seas Medicine, and Immunity, 1985, 1:44.
[3]
Liu Qingloun, et.al., "Relationship of Cell Immunity of
Patients with Cancer of the Nasopharynx and Recovery of
Transforming of Lymphocyte After Five Years, "
Cancer,
1984, 3 (2) :101-103.
[4]
Cheng Han, "Reports from Australia," Qigong, 1983,
1:44.
[5]
Feng Lida, et.al., "Study of the External Effects of Qi
on Carcinoma of the Cervix Uteri, " Nature Magazine,
VIII, (1) :51.
295
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Clinical Efficiency and Mechanism Approach of Eye's Qigong
Exercise to Treat Myopia
Wang Yuqin, Zhang Guifang, and Wang Ximing (Jiamusi Medical
College)
1
The eye Qigong exercise was invented by our research group
through scientific theories and clinical experience.
The
whole program includes eight steps. [1, 2]
Step 1. Preparation posture (see figure 1) .
Separate the
feet to shoulder width.
Drop arms naturally.
Look forward
with both eyes.
1
3
2X
Figure 1. Preparation
posture
Figure 2. Eye turning
Figure 1. caption needed
Figure 2. caption needed
Step 2. Rotating the eyes (see Figure 2).
Rotate the eyes
up, down, left, right, and across in clockwise and counter-
clockwise directions.
Step 3. Tiger-like glare (see Figure 3). Close the eyes
and rest for 20 seconds then open the eyes widely and stare
forward for about 10 seconds.
Step 4.
Developing Qi with eyes closed (see Figure 4) .
Slowly close the eyes after Step 4. Stand still.
Step 5.
Directing Qi by opening and closing hands (see
Figure 5).
Place the hands in frot of the chest with palms
facing each other.
Slowly pull apart the palms and then
slowly push them back. Repeat 16 to 32 times.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 -: CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

... .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Figure 3. Tiger-like glare
1
Figure 4
Developing Qi with
closed eyes
Figure 5
Directing Qi by
opening and closing
hands
1
Figure 6
Pushing close and
pulling far
Step 6. Pushing near and pulling far (see Figure 6) .
Turn
the palms facing upward. Slowly move them in front of the
eyes. Slowly pull the hands away with palms facing the eyes
then slowly push the palms toward the eyes.
Repeat 16 to 32
times (2x8 or 4x8 beats) .
Step 7. Massaging Eye Areas (see Figure 7). Place the hand
about two inches away, then move the hand around the eye
balls clockwise eight times. Then turn hands counterclock-
wise eight times.
297
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

... .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
·
Figure 7. Massaging Eye Areas
€
Figure 8. Directing Qi
back to vitality
Step 8. Directing Qi back to vitality. Move two hands down
slowly from both sides of the nose. When the hands move to
the front of the chest, turn the palms downward. Continue
to move the hands down toward the Dantian acupoint, then
move them to the sides of the body.
Repeat three times.
Return to preparation posture.
I. Results of the Eye Qigong Exercise
We observed the effects of 528 college, middle school, and
elementary school students.
The average efficiency was
75.64% (see Table 1). The relationship between different
treatments and the curative effects was also observed. The
cure rate was 8.21% for the group (134 eyes) who had prac-
ticed the Qigong eye exercise for eight days. Of the 450
eyes who practiced the Qigong eye exercise for one month,
the cure rate was 26.67% (t=3.51, p<0.01), which was ob-
viously higher than the previous group.
The diopter of the vision was tested (see Table 2). There
were no obvious changes in the group who had practiced
Qigong for eight days, but the diopter of the subject's
changed remarkably in the group that practiced Qigong for
one month. Comparing the different diopters, it was found
that the average diopter value of eyes below -3.00D was
p<0.01.
For the 30 eyes with diopter between -3.00D to
-6.00D, the average diopter value was p<0.05, which shows an
obvious difference. There was no obvious difference for the
10 eyes above -6.00D (p>0.05) .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 1
Cure rate of the Qigong Eye Exercise on 528 Eyes
Total Corrected
Improved No Effects!
Effective
No.of
Sub-
jects
No.
Eyes
No. of
Eyes %
No. of
Eyes %
No. of
Eyes %
No. of
Eyes %
College
Middle
School
Ele.
School
17
30
2
6.67
26.67
20
66.67
10 33.33
265
493
78
15.82
274
55.59
141
28.60
352
71.40
248
441
137
30.99
231
52.26
74
16.74
368
83.26
528
965
217 24.49
513
52.16
235 24.35
730
75.64
Table 2
Comparison of Course of
Treatment and Average Values of
Diopter
Course
of
Treatments
No. of
Eyes
Average values
of Diopter
t Value
p Value'
Before|
After
8 months
134
-2.64
-2.59
0.12
>0.05
1 months
412
1
~1.65
-1.35
3.92
<0.01
-
From clinical observation, we found that elementary school,
high school, and college students who had practiced Qigong
seriously had lesser degrees of myopia than those who had
not.
Other groups were also compared and observed while
conducting the Qigong eye exercises (see Table 3) .
Table 3
Comparison of Four Types of Treatment of Myopia
.Groups |
No. of
: Eyes!
No. of Eyes Total No.
affected Unaffected of Eyes
Efficiency
%
Foggy vision
22
38
60
36.36
0.125% 654-2
115
25
140
82.10
Causticity
98
27
175
78.04
Eye Qigong
175
24
199
87.94
Exercise
Total
410
114
524
78.24
From Table 3, we see that the curative effects of the eye
exercise were the greatest in the Qigong group.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 & CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
Solution_

.......
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
II.
Study of the Principles of Eye Exercises
As we observed the clinical effects, we also observed the
blood stream, eye socket skin temperature, eye sockets, and
cerebral blood flow before and after the Qigong eye exercise
from students of different ages chosen from college, high
school and elementary school in order to study the mechanism
of the eye.
1. Testing blood flow in the brain.
(1) Equipment and Method. J x 74A bridge type blood stream
imaging machine connected to the lead-I electro-cardiograph
machine.
Standard resistance was 0.1. The forehead-breast
lead was used.
The sitting position was required for all
tests.
(2) Testing results. 74 blood flow images were taken from
students of different age groups in college, high school,
and elementary school before and after Qigong practice. The
main indices observed were the amplitude of the blood flow
images and the variations in amplitude from both sides (see
Table 4) .
Table 4
Amplitude of Blood Flow Images in the Brain and Variations
in Amplitude in Both Sides
No. of
Cases
Mean Value
Amplitudes
Before
Qigong
功后
Mean Difference
p
of Amplitudes
Value |Before After
Qigong Qigong
p
Value
Ele.
School
Middle
School
58
0.194
0.236
<0.05
18.56
12.11
<0.05
72
0.166
0.188
<0.05
19.61
16.61
>0.05
College
18
0.157
0.107
>0.05
20.30
9.56
>0.05
From Table 5 we see that there were increases in amplitude
of blood flow in the brain after the Qigong exercise (see
Figure 9). They increased progressively in the order of
college to high school to elementary school students. The
amplitude variations of both sides however, decreased
progressively which corresponded to the clinical results
(see Figure 10) .
300
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Figure 9. Sample of Variations in Blood Flow in the Brain
(Zhang Ligang, male, age 12).
Mean Differences of
x-Curative,
& -- Effects
100
Curative
0.06-
Amplitude
Effects :
x.
80
0.04-
X
0.02
60
0 -
0.02-
-40
(c)
0.04
20
0.06
Ele.
Middle
College
School School
Figure 10.
Relationship between the amplitudes of brain
blood flow images and curative effects.
2. Test of Blood Stream Images of the Eye Socket Area.
(1) Equipment and methods. Equipment used included the same
as in the brain blood flow image test, except that the eye-
ear connection was used (placing eye cover electrode on eye
lashes as a positive charge and placing silver lead on the
external auditory meatus of the ear as the negative charge
and completing the circuit with a spring). The key to the
experiment was to let the head muscles relax with both eyes
looking forward, then close the eyes and relax for an addi-
tional five minutes.
(2) Test results.
Blood stream images of the eye socket
area were taken from 46 students from colleges, high
schools, and elementary schools.
Amplitudes and amplitude
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
--
Amplitudes
%

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
variations before and after the Qigong exercises and cura-
tive effects were compared (see Table 5, Figure 11) .
.
Table 5
Variations in Amplitudes in Blood Flow Images from the Eye
Socket Area and Amplitude Differences
Amplitudes
(0)
Differences of Amplitudes (%)
No. of
Cases
Mean Value
Before
Qigong
Mean Value
After
Qigong
Mean Differences
Before and After
Qigong
Mean Value
Before
Qigong
Mean Value
After
Qigong
Mean Differences
Before and After
Qigong
Ele.
24
0.297
0.327
0.030
23.83
16.60
7.23
Middle
12
0.261
0.281
0.020
22.00
13.91
8.09
School
10
0.321
0.322
0.001
23.40
14.27
9.03
(O) Mean Differences
" of Amplitudes
x-
100 Curative
80
(%)
0.020
-
60
0.015
40
0.010
20
0.005
X
0.001
Ele.
School
Middle'
School
College
1.
#
X
·x Amplitude'
Curative
Effects
Figure 11
Comparison between the Amplitude of blood flow picturee!
and the curative effects before and after Eye Qigong
After comparing amplitude changes of the blood stream
figures before and after the Qigong eye exercise and the
clinical, curative effects, we found that the elementary
school group which had the best curative effects had the
largest increases in amplitude.
There were however, no
remarkable amplitude increases in the college group which
had the least response to Qigong's curative effects.
3.
Test of skin temperatures in the eye socket area. A
semiconductor point thermograph was used to test the eye
socket area skin temperature before and after the Qigong eye
exercise. Testing points were "Jingming" points on both the
left and right sides. Temperatures at the testing points
and that of the room were the same. To prevent errors
caused by varying pressures from contact of the head of the
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
302
0.030
0.025
Effects
School
College

.... ..
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
point thermograph and skin, subjects were required to sit
and tilt the head backwards 30 degrees.
The head of the
thermograph was vertical to the Jingming points.
The
average values taken from the measurements were observed
three times before Qi and three times after. It was found
from the results that the temperatures from all age groups
increased after the Qigong exercise which was significant
(p<0.01). See Table 6.
Table 6
Comparison of Skin Temperature Around Eye Socket
Areas Before and After Eye Qigong Excercise
Mean
No. of | Temper .|
-Mean Tem.
Before &
After &
Groups Sub-
jects
Before
Qigong
Mean
Temper .
After
Qigong i Qigong
't Value
p Value
Ele.
School
42
28.28
30.23
1.95
13.45
<0.001
Middle
22
28.04
30.05
2.01
9.52
<0.001
College
26
28.38
29.81
1.43
4.55
<0.01.
4. Results of the far-near point hearing test.
This was a
test of the index of the eye's ability to adjust. 98 near-
sighted eyes were tested by a far-near ruler.
Before the
Qigong exercise, the near point was 7.3 cm in the elementary
school group, which was about 1.7 cm closer than the normal
eyesight of students of the same age. The near point of
this group after Qigong was 8.3 cm (p<0.05) which was not
remarkably different. The far point however, in this group
before Qigong practice was 50.7 cm and 59.9 cm after
(p<0.05). There was an obvious difference. In the college
group, the p values before and after the Qigong exercise
were all greater than 0.05, so there was no obvious change.
5. [A fei Mo Fu -- transliteration of Chinese term] Chart
Test. This is an index for measuring the extent of fatigue
and recovery ability of the brain and eyes. Subjects were
asked to draw the assigned symbols from 400 symbols. The
time and number of correct symbols after checking the 400
symbols were recorded, then accuracy was calculated which
eliminated errors caused by counting varying rates of as-
signed symbols in each row in the traditional method. 32
students from different age groups were tested with the
Afimorph chart before and after the Qigong eye exercise.
Results are listed in Table 7.
The average variations in time of the [A fei Mo Fu --
transliteration of Chinese term] chart from college, middle,
and elementary school students before and after the Qigong
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
303
School

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
exercise were compared with the curative effects of
the
Qigong exercise. It was found that they were surprisingly
coincident, which indicates that the younger the subject,
the least responsive he is to Qigong's curative effects.
The average time variations of the [A fei Mo Fu --
transliteration of Chinese term] chart before and after the
Qigong exercise also increased progressively; 5.0 seconds
for the college group, 17.0 seconds for the middle school
group and 33.6 seconds for the elementary school group. The
relationships between these calculations are shown in Figure
12.
Table 7
Results of Afeimofu Chart Tests from All Groups
Average Time Time Differ-
İ
Groups
No. of
Subjects
1
Before |
Qigong
After
Qigong
ences Before
-& After
(Second)
t Value
p Value
College
10
109.0
104.0
5.0
1.51
>0.05
Middle
School
Ele.
School
10
166.0
149.0
17.0
2.50
<0.05
12
201.6
168.0
$3.6
5.42
<0.01
-
100
(Second)
---
75
30
1-
0
20
50
4
10
-25
X
0
0
College Middle Ele.
School School
×
×
A ---- 4
Time
Vision
Figure 12.
Comparison between the Afeimofu
results and curative effects.
chart test
III.
Synthetic Analysis
This study analyzes the curative effects of the Qigong eye
exercise from different age groups from college, middle
school, and elementary school. Total efficiency was 75.6%.
The curative effects of each group are as follows: College
- 33.33%, middle school - 71.4%, elementary school - 82.26%.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
:
Time
40
Efficiency
!
i
(Second)
-

-₩
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The curative effects of the Qigong eye exercise group were
compared with the vision impaired group, the 654-2 eye drop
group, and the causticity solution group. Results show that
the Qigong eye exercise group had the most positive curative
effects. Therefore, we conclude that the Qigong eye exer-
cise is a good method to prevent and cure vision degenera-
tion among youth.
This method is a combination of Dong and
Jing movements, which are easy methods suitable for
popularization in middle and elementary school.
Five biological index tests were conducted before and after
the Qigong eye exercise on five people.
All results ob-
tained show remarkable changes especially in the relation-
ship between elementary, middle school, and college
student's responses to curative effects which was surpris-
ingly coincident with the clinical, curative effects.
Figure 13 illustrates the three-dimensional relationship be-
tween the results of eye socket skin temperature, blood
stream amplitude changes, and clinical effects.
Elementary
School
Middle
School
2.5
2.0
College
Group
1,5
Differences
of Skin
Temperature
1.0
0,5
20
40
60
80
100
-0.030 ___ 0.030.0.060
Amplitude Mean: (CD)
Differences of'
of Brain Blood.
Pictures
Efficiency (%)
Figure 13. Relationship between results of the eye socket
skin temperature, blood stream amplitude changes, and clini-
cal effects.
Amplitudes of the eye socket area and the blood flow images
of the brain all increased after the Qigong eye exercise.
Skin temperature at Jingming points also rose which indi-
cates that this Qigong exercise had effects on changing
blood circulation in the head. The Qigong eye exercise is
used mainly to affect biological variations in the eye area
with external Qi from the Laogong point. Modern science
holds that "Qi" is the sum of energy, substance, and infor-
Approved For Release 2000/08/1030CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
mation. If Qigong practitioners use it at a certain point,
amplitudes of the blood stream image will increase. This
indicates that Qi is the reflection of blood energy and
blood is the substantial basis of Qi. [3]
As for the method
of improving blood circulation in the brain and eye socket
area by the Qigong eye exercise, our conjecture was that it
may function through the autonomic nervous system. Since
the blood vessels to the brain originate from the carotid
artery and vertebra artery, the blood vessels in the eye
socket area come from the eye artery which branches from the
jugular vein. These blood vessels all have connections to
the sympathetic and para-sympathetic nervous fibers. Even
though the volume of the cranial cavity is relatively fixed,
it is impossible for the brain's blood vessels to expand and
contract to a great extent. Decreases in the amplitude of
the brain and eye socket area on both sides however, reflect
that the blood supply situation from both cerebral hemi-
spheres tend to be balanced and adjusted by the cerebral
center, particularly the autonomic central nerves. [4,5]
After the Qigong eye exercise, the distances of the near and
far points were both greater, especially the far point which
increased the adjustment range. A feature of myopia is that
the near and far points all move closer. This reduces the
eye adjustment ranges and makes parallel light rays form
images in front of the retina. The Qigong eye exercise is
favorable to corrections of myopia because it enables the
far point to increase in distance. Our study indicates that
the younger the age, the better the effects.
How can the Qigong eye exercise correct myopia by moving the
far point farther away? According to the theory of dual
control of eye muscles by sympathetic and para-sympathetic
nervous systems, there are two explanations for the crystal
adjustment . [6,7]
One is relaxation and the other is
tensity. [8] The relaxation explanation holds that when the
eye sees an object at a close distance, the parasympathetic
nerve in the oculomotor nerves causes contractions of the
muscle and relaxation of the suspensory ligament so the
diopter increases.
The sympathetic nerve causes the con-
traction of the ciliary radial fibers and the density of the
ligament.
The crystal becomes flat so the diopter
decreases.
According to the tensity explanation however,
the more tense the suspensory ligament is, the harder the
crystal is pressed, which forces the crystal to bulge
against the cyst wall towards the pupil. The curvature also
increases. The sympathetic nerve can increase the diopter
to some extent. As a matter of fact, the sympathetic and
parasympathetic nerves can have synergetic effects on many
organs instead of always contracting. [9,10] We conclude
that the Qigong eye exercise might retard the impulsion of
the sympathetic and parasympathetic nerves that control the
eyes. Since Qigong is a relaxed response, it reduces the
tensity of the sympathetic nerve and should have reduced the
activity of the parasympathetic nerve that was in a tense
Approved For Release 2000/08/16 . CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

1
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
state.
Thus, it is able to relieve spasms of the ciliary
muscles to some extent, move the near and far points and in-
crease adjustment ranges.
In summary, we conclude that the Qigong eye exercise can im-
prove blood circulation in the brain and eye socket, in-
crease skin temperature in the eye socket area, and increase
adjustment ranges.
According to Mei Lei and Lin Yagu, in
Qigong, the brain waves slow, the skin electricity is
reduced, and the skin electricity on both sides tends to be
synchronously balanced. This indicates that Qigong has a
very close relationship with the adjustment of the autonomic
nerves.
That is to say, Qigong has an overall adjustment
effect on the body. This adjustment or effect helps organs
to be in a more normal biological process. Indices earlier
described explain that the mechanism of this effect can be
achieved through the adjustment and conformity of all levels
of the central and autonomic nervous system.
References
[1]
Lu Jitang, Nature Magazine, 1983, 4:259.
[2]
Wang Ximin, Journal of Jiamusi Medical College, 1983,
4:38.
[3]
Xia Shuangquan, Qigong, 1983, 2:77.
[4 ]
Chai Liangwan, Summary of Research Papers from the Na-
tional Acupuncture Anesthetic Conference, 1979, p.21.
[5]
Zhang Guifang, et.al., Nature Magazine, 1981, 4(3) :183.
[6]
Ruch, T.C. (translation by Ding Yianjie), Medical
Physiology and Biological Physics, Science and Technol-
ogy Publishers, 1974, p.193.
[7] Guyton, A. C., Basic Human Physiology, W.B. Saunders Com-
pany, 1971, p.419.
[8]
Shanghai First Medical College,
Human Physiology,
People's Health Publisher, 1st Edition, 1978, p.422.
[9]
Appehzeller,
Otto, The Autonomic Nervous System,
Nerth-Holland Publishing Company, New York, 1976, p.
3-37.
[10] Ross, Cordon, Essentials of Human Physiology, Year Book
Medical Publishers, Inc.
307
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Preliminary Study on Qigong and Immunity
Xu Hefen (Jiangshu Research Institute of Chinese Medicine)
and Kuang Yueqin (Chinese Hospital of Jiangshu Province)
As a component part of traditional Chinese medicine,
Qigong's history has been traced back several thousand years
ago. It is considered a sport promoting health and national
characteristics and has been an effective method to prevent
and cure diseases for people in our country. The study of
Qigong not only has use in protecting health and preventing
disease, but also is a window to help us know life's
phenomenon.
In order to study the mechanism of Qigong
treatment, to see if Qigong helps us to achieve the purposes
of preventing and curing disease by adjusting the internal
relative balance of organs and strengthening immunity, we
tested the immunity system of healthy people as well as
patients who had different types of tumors. They included
Qigong practitioners and non-Qigong practitioners.
Results
are as follows:
I.
Subjects of Observation
Healthy people and tumor patients, some being Qigong prac-
titioners and some not. Tumor diseases included cancer of
the esophagus, stomach, lungs, liver, rectum, breast, etc.
II.
Items of Observation
Body fluid immunity:
IgG, IgA and IgM in serum.
Cellular immunity:
White blood cells adhesive inhibition
test (LAI), active E rose antigen test (EA), t-lymph cells
test with a-acetate dye method (ANAE) .
III.
Results of the Analysis
1.
Humeral Immunity Test
Thirty-six tumor patients were randomly tested.
Three
months before and three months after Qigong practice, the
IgG, IgA, and IgM were tested. Among them, the most impor-
tant was the IgG antibody which is the body's main antibody.
It makes up about 75% of the serum.
The results listed in
Table 1 show that before Qigong practice, the IgG average
value was 767.47 plus or minus 330.29 mg%. After Qigong
practice it was 1193.4 plus or minus 323.9 mg% (p<0.001),
which shows a remarkable difference. There was no variation
in IgA and IgM values (p>0.05) before and after Qigong prac-
tice. The increase in the IgG amount indicates that the
patient's immunity improved, which resulted in the body's
ability to resist disease. It was favorable for the tumor
patients in extending their length of survival.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
308

...
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 1
Results of Humeral Immunity Test from 36 Patients Before and
After Qigong Practice
Items
Tested
Normal Mean
Values of 30
mg%
Cases
Mean Value
Before
Qigong mg%
Mean Value
After
Qigong mg%
p Value
-
.
IgG in
Serum
1219.5±391.67
767.47±330.29
1193.4±323.9
P<0.001
IgA in
Serum
193±43.8
178.8±85.46
201.0±70.19
₱>0.05
IgM in
Serum
123.6±65.37
108.86±46.02
100.8±38.84
₱>0.05
2.
ANAE Test
Esterase in T-lymphocyte hydrolysis can hydrolize a-acetic
which then produces a- [chushuan Tu Fen -- transliteration of
Chinese term] and [Hong Eoulian -- transliteration of Chinese
term] which becomes the brown-red particles (by-product of
heavy azodyes) .
According to these cell variations,
T-lymphocyte numbers were calculated under microscope. We
tested some healthy people and tumor patients, some who had
and some who had not practiced Qigong (see Table 2) .
Table 2
Comparison of ANAE Test Results from Healthy People who had
and had not practiced Qigong
Subjects
Tested.
No. of
Cases
Mean Value of
ANAE %
p Value
Qigong
Practi-
tioners
72
74.90±11.61
P<0.01
Normal
People
10
65.50±8.9
.
From Table 2, we see that the ANAE values of Qigong prac-
titioners were 74.9 plus or minus 11.61%, which obviously
differed from the average values of healthy people who had
not practiced Qigong (p<0.01) .
In order to see if the cell immunity of tumor patients could
be improved after Qigong practice, we randomly tested the
ANAE values of 40 patients who had practiced Qigong and 40
who had not (see Table 3) .
309
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 1
Results of Humeral Immunity Test from 36 Patients Before and
After Qigong Practice
Items
Tested
Normal Mean
Values of 30
Cases
mg%
Mean Value
Before
Qigong mg%
Mean Value
After
Qigong mg%
p Value
IgG in
Serum
1219.5±391.67
767.47±330.29
1193.4±323.9
P<0.001
IgA in
Serum
193±43.8
178.8±85.46
201.0±70.19
₱>0.05
IgM in
Serum
123.6±65.37
108.86±46.02
100.8±38.84
p>0.05
2.
ANAE Test
Esterase in T-lymphocyte hydrolysis can hydrolize a-acetic
which then produces a-[chushuan Tu Fen -- transliteration of
Chinese term] and [Hong Eoulian -- transliteration of Chinese
term] which becomes the brown-red particles (by-product of
heavy azodyes) .
According
to these cell variations,
T-lymphocyte numbers were calculated under microscope. We
tested some healthy people and tumor patients, some who had
and some who had not practiced Qigong (see Table 2).
Table 2
Comparison of ANAE Test Results from Healthy People who had
and had not practiced Qigong
Subjects
Tested.
No. of
Cases
Mean Value of
ANAE %
p Value
Qigong
Practi-
72
74.90±11.61
tioners
p<0.01
Normal
People '
40
65.50±8.9
From Table 2, we see that the ANAE values of Qigong prac-
titioners were 74.9 plus or minus 11.61%, which obviously
differed from the average values of healthy people who had
not practiced Qigong (p<0.01) .
In order to see if the cell immunity of tumor patients could
be improved after Qigong practice, we randomly tested the
ANAE values of 40 patients who had practiced Qigong and 40
who had not (see Table 3) .
309
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Table 3
Comparison of ANAE Test Results between Tumor Pa
had and Tumor Patients who had not Practiced
Subjects .
Tested
No. of
Cases
Mean Value,
of ANAE %
p Val
-
.
Tumour Patients
with Qigong
40
67.15±10.04
P<0.0
Tumour Patients
without Qigong
40
43.4±12.46
-
Table 3 illustrates that there was a remarkable d
between the results of the ANAE test of tumor pat.
had practiced Qigong and those who had not (p<0.01)
3. Adhesion and Inhibition Test of White Blood Cel.
LAI is a test based on the adhesive ability of whi
cells from peripheral blood on clean slides under
conditions. Adhesion decreases under relative ant
fects and the sensitive lympohcytes, which cause t
sion and inhibition situation. This phenomenon is a
immune reaction induced by additional antigens. It
a valuable index for observing states of illness
judging prognoses. For those patients whose condit
proved, the LAI decreases but increases when a p
condition worsens. We gave LAI tests to 26 tumor
before and after they had practiced Qigong (see Tabl
Table 4
Comparison of LAI Test Results of 26 Tumor Patients
and After Qigong Practice
Test Item
Mormal Mean
Value of 30
Cases %
Mean Value
Before
Qigong %
Mean Value
After
Qigong %
D Va
LAI
12.8±7.84
72.57±9.37
52.1±8.25
<0.1
Table 4 illustrates that LAI average value before
practice was 72.57 plus or minus 9.37%. After Qigon
justed to 52.16 plus or minus 8.25%. There was a re
difference before and after (p<0.01).
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
310

1
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
4. E antigen Garland Test
We gave the Ea Garland test randomly to 26 tumor patients.
Results are shown in Table 5.
Table 5
Comparison of Ea Garland Test Results of 26 Tumor Patients
Before and After Qigong Practice
Test Item
Normal Mean
Value of 30
Cases %
Cell Average
Value Before
Qigong %
Cell Average
Value after
Qigong %
p Value
Ea Garlands
28±3.64
24.07±3.89
29.66±4.02
P<0.001
Ea Garlands are in effect, cells in T cells that have im-
munity characteristics. Our results show that before Qigong
practice the Ea Garland average value was 24.07 plus or
minus 3.89% (lower than normal). After Qigong practice it
increased to 29.66 plus or minus 4.02% (normal). There was
an obvious change before and after Qigong (p<0.001).
Tested indices above indicate that Qigong can strengthen
humeral cell immunity. Our study also shows that after
patients practiced Qigong, their appetite improved and they
had more vitality.
They were also able to gain weight.
Qigong has improved the quality of life, relieved the
symptoms, and prolonged life.
Summary
It was said in "Nei Jing" that if vital energy stays in the
body then evil factors cannot disturb.
"Where there are
evil elements, vital energy is weak." It expounded the law
of the causes of disease.
In normal situations, vital
energy can resist external evil factors or eliminate them by
adjusting the balance of Ying Yang and internal organs which
shows that functions of vital energy are very similar to the
immune system.
Qigong practice can culture true Qi and
bring exuberant vital energy, stimulate the functions of in-
ternal organs, and improve organic disease resistance, so
purposes of prevention and elimination of disease can be
achieved. We have used many kinds of experimental methods
to study the relationship between Qigong and immunity. This
article discusses the testing of cell immunity and humeral
immunity on healthy people and tumor patients including
Qigong and non-Qigong practitioners in both groups. By com-
paring test results, we found that there were remarkable
differences, which indicates that cell immunity and humeral
immunity improved after Qigong practice. However, this was
merely our primary study.
Qigong is a precious cultural
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
heritage of China. As its descendants, we should take the
responsibility to excavate and systematize Qigong theories
by discarding dross and selecting the essential, eliminating
the false and retaining true contributions to modern science
and our nation.
-
1
312
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.. . F
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chinese Qigong and Synergetics
Li Fuli (Physics Department of the University of Science and
Technology of China)
Chinese Qigong is both old and new. It is not only popular
but also mystic.
It has both practical and scientific
value. There are names for every type of Qigong, but many
seem to lack basic theories. These characteristics indicate
that Chinese Qigong is very important and a research area
that can result in breakthroughs.
In recent years, there have been two main developments in
Chinese Qigong research. One is the study of the relation-
ship between Qigong and brain activity and the study of the
effects of external Qi of Qigong by Gu Hanshen and Mei Lei,
et.al. The other is the concept of the state of Qigong as a
function proposed and discussed by Qian Xueshen and He
Chongyi. [1] This article will discuss Qigong synergetics
based on the above studies and the development of syner-
getics and brain science abroad. The article will first
mention the concept of synergetics originated in China, then
it will give the meaning and definition of Qigong according
to synergetics. It will emphasize the analysis of relation-
ships between Qigong and related infrasonics, Qigong and the
electroencephalogram, thoughts and their characteristics.
At the end, it will give conjectures and predictions on
several new effects based on the Qigong synergetic concept.
Also, it will give suggestions as to the development and
some experiments of quantitative Qigong science.
I.
Concept of Synergetics Originating from Ancient Chinese
Qigong
Synergetics studies the relationship between entirety and
individuality, and the systematic and macroscopic properties
manifested by the cultural effects and cooperation of in-
dividuals. Modern synergetic theory was developed on the
basis of laser theories after the laser was invented.
However, rich and profound synergetic ideas had been in-
cluded in ancient Chinese philosophy, medicine and Qigong
theories.
Synergetics actually originated from Chinese
Qigong.
It is known that synergetics derives from synergism which is
formed by two greek words.
Its original meaning was
"cooperate" or "work cooperatively." The word "synergetics"
was created by Sherrington. (2) About one hundred years ago,
while studying muscles, he found that muscles had properties
of coordination and consistency (synergism of muscles) .
Surprisingly, the ancient Chinese scientists had studied the
same objects and found the same law several thousand years
ago.
They used an almost identical name.
In
the
"Shuwenpian" (Shuwen chapter) of Huang Di Nei Jing, it men-
Approved For Release 2000/08/1031 CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
tions breathin, Jing Qi. Concentration and muscle coordina-
tion may be the earliest synergetic concept recorded in
written language. It also discusses the concept of syner-
getics by studying the characteristics of muscles.
"TO
breath Jing Qi and concentrate thoughts" are the main points
of Qigong practice.
"Muscles coordinating as a whole" is
the characteristic and effect of Qigong, which can be com-
prehended as the coordination of different muscles or dif-
ferent parts of muscle functions. This is consistent with
the meaning of "synergism of muscles." Therefore, we con-
clude that the earliest concept of synergetics and its name
come from ancient Qigong theory. This fact itself indicates
that it may be valuable to study Chinese Qigong along with
modern synergetic theory. It may also be an important way
of revealing the profound mystery of Qigong by employing
modern technology to study the relationship between Qigong
and muscle movement, especially muscle sounds.
On the other hand, the word "thoughts" in "concentrating the
thoughts" in Chinese medicine has a similar meaning to
"cerebral activities." The description "to breath Jing Qi
and concentrate the thought, muscles thus coordinate as a
whole" also reveals the connection between brain activity
and the Qigong mechanism. Therefore, it is very important
to combine these factors on brain science abroad with the
experience in Chinese Qigong and experiments in studying
Qigong mechanisms.
The synergetic influence in Chinese medicine and Qigong
theory are rich and profound.
There are certainly more
descriptions than the one described earlier. For instance,
" Integrating nature and men," "Ying Yang theory of five
elements, " "four methods of diagnosis and eight principle
notions of differentiating and classifying symptoms and
signs," "ascertaining the causes of a disease and giving
treatments," "the theory of internal organs," and "the
theory of channels and collaterals." All of these contain
synergetics and dissipation structure theories.
II.
Principles and Applications of Modern Synergetics
Research areas of modern synergetics are very broad.
There
are however, only two basic principles. [2] It is easy to
explain the two basic principles using the laser.
1. The first principle of synergetics:
Description of or-
der parameter.
It is well known that ordinary light from a light source is
spontaneous radiation.
Spontaneous radiation can be
described as a sheet of loose sand which is in a state of
chaos.
That is to say that spontaneous radiation is order-
less. Laser beams are simulated radiation in that its order
is fixed, an orderly stream of light.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CI
3 CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
When the pumping efficiency of a laser is lower than its
threshold, then its radiation is spontaneous. Only when the
pumping efficiency is higher than its threshold will the
radiation become laser beams. Ppumping efficiency is called
the external control parameter of the laser system.
When
this controlling parameter is adjusted, the laser changes
its threshold (critical point) from orderless to orderly.
The working substance of a laser contains numerous active
atoms. The laser is an open system far beyond equilibrium.
Active atoms (simplified atoms) are a subsystem. If there
are 1020
atoms, each has three coordinates and its own
velocity.
To describe the conduct of 10' atoms, then 6 x
1020 variables and equations (non-linear) are needed. It is
impossible to find the solution for 6 x 102
20 variables of
the equation. But in laser theory, only three variables
(light field E, polarization intensity p and anti-particle
numbers D) and three equations are needed to describe the
conduct of the laser. Under similar conditions, these three
equations can become one equation, that is, the light field
equation. The analytic solution can even be obtained. In
synergetic theory, the light field E is called the "order
parameter" of the laser.
"Order parameter" is a concept first used by the Russian
theoretical physicist Lander to describe phase changes in
equilibrium. The founder of synergetics, Harter, used it to
describe phase changes far beyond equilibrium.
He also
found that the form of non-equilibrium and equilibrium are
similar.
Order parameter is an important concept in syner-
getics.
The first principle of synergetics is that "the
conduct of the system at the critical point can be described
by the order parameter."
In other words, the order
parameter can describe the entire conduct of the system and
sudden changes of its conduct at the critical point.
2.
The second principle of synergetics:
Master molds and
slave molds.
According to laser theory, when the laser is working, there
are many oscillations qualifying the lasers condition. In
other words, laser beams contain all of these frequencies.
Actually, laser beams contain few, perhaps only one fre-
quency .
A frequency is called a "mold." Because of the
competition and natural selection among all molds, only one
or a few molds (master molds) dominate.
All others are
eliminated and restrained. They are called "slave molds."
Generally, a mold can be considered as a way to describe the
whole conduct of the system. The second principle of syner-
getics is "among the many molds in the system, only one or a
few can be in a dominant or controlling position (master
mold) while all others will be restrained and eliminated. "
315
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

.. .. ..... .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
The basic idea of this second principle is very similar to
"democratic centralism." In other words, a group is a sys-
tem. All members in the group are subsystems. A resolution
is the order parameter, and the half number of the group
members is from the cooperation and competition among group
members. It is decided only when more than half of the
group members participate. As soon as the resolution is
decided, all members submit the resolution. The resolution
then dominates and controls the group members.
A new
resolution will be revised or passed if the condition
changes.
3. The application of synergetics.
Synergetics reveals the general law of development and
evolution of self-organizing formations of complicated sys-
tems in different subjects. Its main achievements can be
summarized as follows:
(1) A system that is far beyond equilibrium has similar con-
duct as in equilibrium.
For instance, laser is a system
that is far beyond equilibrium. The transformation of the
laser from orderless to orderly is a secondary phase which
changes the non-equilibrium.
The bi-equilibrium state in
optics is the primary phase change of the non-equilibrium
state.
(2) The non-linear system of non-equilibrium has complicated
the conduct of time: A. stationary state output that is
unrelated. B. Self pulse (pulse caused by internal effects
not by external adjustment) . C. Periodicity or rhytmicity.
D. Doubling of periodic output. E. Chaos.
It should be pointed out particularly that chaos is an ir-
regular conduct of time. It is the intrinsic property of a
system. It is not caused by undulation, nor the high degree
of freedom in a system. Chaos signals can not be expressed
by the addition of many repealed sine waves. It is also
different from noise. The power spectrums of the chaos sig-
nals are continuous in low frequencies. There is also abun-
dant information in chaos signals.
(3) Synergetics has been applied to physics, chemistry,
bioecology, biology, morphology, brain science, economics,
social science, and even psychology yet synergetics has its
limitations.
III. Brain Synergetics
The brain contains about 1010 neurons.
It is felt that the
functions of the brain are based on the coordinate conduct
of subsystems (neurons) which are described as follows:
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
.. ....

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
(1) The chaotic state of the brain.
The latest research abroad indicates that the electro-
encephalogram of a healthy person shows chaotic signals.
Its power spectrum is continuous at low frequency ranges.
The EEG shows strange conduct.
This indicates that the
relative differences are fractual.
(2) The relative orderliness of a morbid brain.
It was found from experiments that the EEG of an epilepsy
patient is quite regular (more orderly than normal). There-
fore, we suggest that Qigong can make the EEG appear to be
orderly. It does not seem proper to say that the higher the
order, the better.
(3) Spontaneous order of the brain without stimulation.
West German scientist Baser thinks that the spontaneous or-
derly state of the brain is caused by a "hidden source."
We
feel that it is caused by thoughts. He also found that the
stronger the spontaneous order of electrical activity in the
brain, the less orderly are the increases stimulated by ex-
ternal factors. This, we feel, has something to do with the
mechanism of Chinese Qigong.
(4)
The coherent state of the brain.
West German scientist Baser advanced the concept of the
coherent state of the brain by studying evoked potential.
If testing the EEG of an animal or person immediately after
stimulated by sound or light, it was found that the order of
the EEG increased (EP potential) . The length of this state
of order only lasts 35 milliseconds. Baser, therefore
called the state corresponding to the EP potential the
coherent state (compared with the relative state) .
(5) The squeezed state of the brain. [3,4]
In order to explain Qigong and Psi, we posed the assumption
of the "squeezed state of the brain" which is similar to the
squeezed state of light. The squeezed state of the brain
can breakthrough the quantum limit of noise giving it
super-sensitive testing ability.
Some Qigong effects may relate to the coherent state of the
brain.
Some Psi (exceptional ability of recognition or
remote sensing) may also have something to do with the
squeezed state of the brain.
IV. The Qigong Synergetic Concept
To study a complicated system with synergetic theory,
we
should first define what the control parameter,
order
parameter, mold, and critical point are.
Approved For Release 2000/08110 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1.
Thoughts are the control parameter of the human body.
Thoughts are produced by the brain.
They are also the con-
trol parameter of the brain.
Thoughts act as control
parameter to the body as well.
Stimulants, acupuncture,
medicine, and exercise are all external control parameters.
Thoughts are internal control parameters.
As control
parameters, thoughts can lead the body into different
functioning states including a person's thoughts controlling
another person's functions.
Thoughts, as internal parameters exist inside the system.
Baser holds that the spontaneous orderly electrical ac-
tivities of the brain are caused by a "hidden source."
Moreover, it was found that the feedback loop between func-
tions and formations required a "third factor."
The
function's recovery from formation damage was not only due
to the regeneration of nerve cells, but also needed an un-
known mechanism.
It is our view that Qigong theory and
practice have indicated that thoughts may be the "hidden
source" or the third factor affecting recovery. The prac-
tice of curing disease by thought also indicates that
thoughts have important effects on the feedback loop of
functions and formations.
2. Qi (vitality and vital energy) order parameters.
According to the first principle of synergetics, the conduct
of a system at the critical point can be described by order
parameters. Actually, Chinese medicine and Qigong theories
are using an order parameter, that is Qi, which describes
the human body macroscopically.
Research of synergetics indicates that many different non-
linear systems can be described by similar non-linear equa-
tions especially in the chaos theory. universal constants
(unrelated to the equation forms) provide possibilities for
studying Qigong dynamics and quantitative Qigong theory.
Qi is the basis of life activity and health and can maintain
relations between body functions and the outside world. The
conduits of Qi in the body are channels and collaterals.
Channels and collaterals are self-organized, non-equilibrium
formations. Qi possibly travels in channels and collaterals
as an isolated subsystem. [3]
Qi becomes external Qi when it is emitted from the body.
For Yindong gong (guiding gong) and Qigong treatments, ex-
ternal Qi becomes the external control parameter of the
body. This is similar to a laser that has input signals or
use the output of the laser to power another laser.
318
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
t

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
3. Qigong molds.
Different forms of space and time of Qi (vitality or vital
energy) can be defined as the molds of Qi. In a non-Qigong
state, Qi disperses many molds which are incoherent to each
other.
In Qigong, only a few molds can be in leading posi-
tions.
4.
Coherent state or super-radiation state of the body.
-
When the internal control parameters (thoughts) and external
control parameters reach a critical point, the body can
enter a coherent or super-radiation state (a term of laser
physics) . In this state, Qi in the human body produces syn-
thetic coherent energy with different forms and characteris-
tics - coherent infrasonics, coherent light (laser), and
coherent microwaves (similar to maser with its different
formations in different levels). In other words, Qi is a
synthetic coherent energy similar to the laser, produced by
life activities.
Therefore, different kinds of Qigong can have different ex-
ternal Qi effects. There can also be different or similar
effects from different types of Qigong.
5.
When control parameters of the body reach a critical
point, then the body can enter an exceptional functioning
state such as in a squeezed state. We hope that our defini-
tions of the control parameters of the body, the orderly
parameter, mold, critical point, and other definitions can
be helpful to international academics to explain or predict
certain phenomenon or even help quantitative Qigong science
initiate Qigong dynamics.
V. Qi and Coherent Infrasonic or Coherent Muscle Sounds.
The synergetic concept of Qigong masters studying muscle
conduct has been discussed earlier. Experience and practice
indicates that at least some Qigong styles can produce
coherent infrasonic or coherent muscle sounds which may also
involve the transduction of channels and collaterals.
It is know that muscles can produce sounds when they con-
tract.
The frequency of human muscle sound is 25 Hz.
Muscle sound is infrasonic. Infrasonics have been measured
from Qigong masters in our country.
Infrasonic equipment
has also been made which has effects on certain diseases.
Moreover, it was found that when the famous martial art and
Qigong specialist Hou Shuying was performing Qigong, the in-
frasonic frequency from him was 70 times stronger than a
normal person.
It has also been reported by Wang Delei that
low frequency machine waves and infrasonics were found in
channels and collaterals.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
I=n2I0
[1 ]
To explain these phenomenon, we raised the vibrator mold
muscle fibers.
Each muscle fiber vibrator vibrates in a
certain frequency. If the phases of these vibrators are in
chaos, then the muscle sound is weak.
If the phases are
identical, then the intensity of each muscle fiber's in-
frasonic structure is In and the muscle intensity is I=n'Io
which can be used to add up all the identical phases from
vibration of each subsystem.
Io can also represent the
light waves and microwaves from each single vibrator. Be-
cause this formula is similar to Einstein's E=mc2, it is un-
derstandable that Indian Qigong specialists claim to have
found the same plan of transformation of energy as Einstein.
When the body is in a non-Qigong state, the phases of muscle
fibers are in chaos, with only a few being identical. The
muscle sound is weak. When the human body is in a coherent
state, the phases are identical and the muscle is much
stronger. The frequencies of each may not be the same but
when the phases in a coherent state are fixed, the energy
can still be calculated by the formula. If all or part of
the body's muscle fibers vibrate in some phases, then the
intensity of coherent infrasonics is surprisingly high.
There is a relationship between the power of muscle sound
and muscle contraction and its function. The synchronism or
fixed mold of muscle sound requires the corresponding
synchronism of the biological process and ATP energy releas-
ing process related to the contraction of muscle fibers.
The synchonism of these processes are under the conditions
of the synchronism of the nerve system. Coherent infrasonic
sound may be a kind of energy from the coherent state of the
body.
Here are two typical examples of hard Qigong: It is known
that the famous hard Qigong specialist Hon Shuying from
Beijing can break a 16cm thick stone plate with his head.
He was measured by an infrasonic sound receiver and found to
have muscle sound 28 times stronger during the Qigong per-
formance than when he was not in a Qigong state, which was
70 times higher than that of a normal person in a state of
Qigong. In other words, the synchronic number of his muscle
fibers was /70 (approximately 8 times higher than a normal
person) . This indicates that Qigong can lead the muscle
contraction towards orderliness producing coherent in-
frasonic sound or fixed infrasonic sound.
The production of coherent infrasonic sound by Qigong has
importance. First, it indicates that the body tends to be
in a coherent state.
Second, the infrasonic sound from
equipment that imitates a Qigong master can cure disease.
Third, infrasonic sound from hard Qigong may have powerful
damage control effects which may be used in simulated ex-
periments for infrasonic weapons.
The frequencies, phases,
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
320

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
coherences, power, and other effects of infrasonic sound
from a Qigong master should be measured.
Another example is the famous "Erzi Chan" (two-figured
Dhyana) of martial art master Haideng.
His gongfu certainly
needs a very high level of energy.
If two fingers of a
regular person can support 2 kilograms and Master Haideng's
weight is 50 kilograms, then the ratio of the weight sup-
ported is
r = 50/2 = 25.
From the first formula we know that if only the number of
the coherent muscle fibers is ,25 = 5, then the mechanism
of the "two finger Dhyana" can be explained.
Therefore, even though the above two examples are amazing,
the number of coherent muscle fibers of the two masters may
only be 5 -
8 times higher than a normal person's.
Likewise, the n' relationship in the first formula explains
such performances as pricking the throat with a spear and
rolling a car over the body.
In order to further study
infrasonic sound from Qigong
masters, we need to study
brain waves and processes of
releasing energy by ATP.
VI. Qigong and Brain Waves.
It has been discussed earlier that without external stimula-
tion, the brain can spontaneously produce orderly electrical
activities which indicates that there is a hidden source or
internal control parameter. Baser felt that this internal
source is an unknown hidden source.
The experience and
practice of Qigong of several thousand years indicates that
Qi can be produced only with thoughts and Qigong movements
without external stimulation. We concluded that the unknown
"hidden source" is the thoughts that are well known by
Qigong practitioners. Yet when Qigong is not being prac-
ticed, thoughts are scattered and unorderly. The orderli-
ness of brain waves is therefore weak.
Baser states that external stimulation is a control
parameter, yet that is the external control parameter.
Thoughts are the internal control parameter which is dif-
ferent from external stimulation.
The time of orderliness of brain waves caused by external
stimulation can only last 35 milliseconds. Yet the time of
orderliness of brain waves caused by Qigong can last quite a
long time (several hours). This is an important distinc-
tion.
It also indicates that the coherent time is also dif-
ferent.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Baser pointed out that the stronger the orderly electrical
activities, the smaller the effects from external stimula-
tion.
Therefore, when a Qigong master is in a coherent
state, there is none or little effect from external stimula-
tion. According to synergetic theory, this means the master
mold restrains and eliminates those molds that correspond to
external stimulation.
It should be pointed out particularly that senior Qigong
masters or those who have Psi can enter a squeezed state
which makes it possible for super-sensitive testing ability
(such as perspective ability, remote sensing, and the
ability to know what other people are thinking, etc.). It
is possible to be connected with another body or brain.
It
should be an important task for science to study and develop
the concept of the "squeezed brain state."
VII.
Acupuncture and Synergetics
The induced electric potential experiment conducted by Baser
was inspiring for understanding acupuncture treatments and
acupuncture analgesia. Acupuncture is an external stimula-
tion which is similar to other external stimulations.
It
can also lead the body to orderliness.
Obtaining Qi by
acupuncture is a sign of achieving orderliness. Acupuncture
however, is different from regular external stimulation.
First, acupuncture stimulates acupoints. Secondly, acupunc-
ture can lead to orderliness for a long period of time.
This may be the mechanism of acupuncture treatment.
Likewise, when the Qi obtained by acupuncture dominates as
an order parameter, there are almost no effects from other
stimulation, which is the macroscopic mechanism of acupunc-
ture analgesia.
According to synergetic theory, responses
from acupuncture become master molds. Responses from opera-
tional stimulation become slave molds which are being
restrained or eliminated.
Thus the brain can almost feel
the operational stimulation.
VIII. Characteristics of Qi and Qi Dynamics
It was felt by our ancestors that all things on earth are
formed by Qi. Qi is the basis of life. There is a close
relationship between the origin of life and Qi.
As described above, we concluded from experimental results
that Qigong leads the body into a coherent state. The com-
plicated system of the body in its different formations and
levels, can produce different kinds of coherent energy such
as coherent infrasonic sound, coherent light (biological
light) and coherent microwaves, etc., which cause different
kinds of effects. This will be discussed in a different ar-
ticle.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : SIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
According to the synergetic and disapative theories, chan-
nels and collaterals should be in equilibrium and self-
organized patterns. [6-8]
In dissection, there are tube-like substances or passageways
such as channels and collaterals. When a person dies, the
Qi then disappears destroying the channels and collaterals.
Some low resistance lines recorded from a dead body may just
be slackening effects.
Qi in Qigong theory and Chinese medicine is very important
in maintaining health. Qigong treatments and some experi-
ments indicate the effects of Qi on the life process. In
order to explain the mechanism of Qigong treatment and some
exceptional functions, we also posed the super-
photosynthesis of Qi and the assumption of producing oxygen
and nitrogen fixation. That is, Qi can have a photosyn-
thesis effect inside or outside the body and also fix
nitrogen and even produce protein which is consistent with
our view that Qi is a coherent energy synthesized from dif-
ferent forms of the body in a coherent state.
As to Qi dynamics, we have five equations (non-linear) from
the theory of five elements. The resolutions calculated by
computer indicated that Qi can have stable state output,
pulsed style output, periodic output and chaos signals.
Since the body has many control parameters, and the control
parameters change themselves, the amount of time Qi conducts
is complicated. This is possible with different conditions.
Comparing Qi with the dynamic properties of brain waves, we
posed three quantitative assumptions. [5,6] 1. Qi and brain
electricity are both chaos signals. Their power spectrums
are continuous at low frequency areas. 2. The relative
dimensions of Qi D, should be saturated when n=5 (the five
element theory). 3. Qi and brain electricity are mutually
supplemental.
The relative dimensions of brain electric
waves D, should also be saturated when n=5. There have been
experiments indicating that laser beams, the brain, channels
and collaterals all have characteristics of chaos and frac-
tion dimensions. [9] Channels and collaterals may be the
reflection of the brain functions which can cure many dis-
eases and influence a person's life span.
Moreover, dynamic Qigong has these characteristics:
1. The
threshold feature. The practice of Qigong or acupuncture
needs to reach a certain level to obtain Qi.
2. The
resonance feature. There can be a resonant effect between a
Qigong master and a patient (infrasonic sound resonance and
light resonance, etc.). If this is true, then the concept
of "resonance treatment" should be considered. Different
Qigong masters have different effects on different patients.
Resonant conditions may change due to the changes inside the
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
323
. . .. ...

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
body when a Qigong doctor treats the same patient.
Also,
because of resonance effects, a Qigong doctor can help
dredge channels and collaterals for people and teach others
the skills necessary in curing diseases. 3. Acupuncture is
very similar to an isolated subsystem.
Qi in acupuncture
and Qigong is probably transformed as an isolated subsystem
which may be related to the biological isolated subsystem
[3] found in an experiment in Roman University.
The study of Chinese medicine, exceptional functions and
Qigong theories with the synergetic theory is worthwhile.
Of course, large amounts of study and research need to be
done if development of Qigong is to become a breakthrough to
our national and cultural rejuvenation. It will indeed be
inspiring.
References
[1]
Qian Xueshen, Nature Magazine, (1), 1981.
[2]
Harken, Synergetics. ..
[3]
Li Fuli, "Chinese Qigong and Synergetics," Second In-
ternational Conference of Trends in Electronics,
Bucharest, 1985 Revue Roumaine De Physics 32, 1987, pp.
255 - 259.
[4]
Li Fuli, "Hypothesis of Ultra-Photosynthesis of Human
Science, the Squeezed State of the Brain, and Dimen-
sional Time and Space," First National Academic Ex-
change Conference of Qigong Science Research,
Laio
Ning, 1987.
[5]
Li Fuli, "Five Equivalents of the Body," International
Conference on Formation,
Coherence and Chaos,
Copenhagen, 1986.
[6]
Li Fuli, "The Mold of Functioning Formations and the
Equivalence of Ying and Yang; Five Elements of the
Body, International Conference on Physics of Formation
and Complication, ICIP, 1986, Physics Scripta 36, 1987,
pp. 966 - 969.
[7]
Li Fuli, "Quantitative Science of Chinese Medicine and
the Mold Function Formation of the Body," International
Conference of Chinese Medicine.
[8 ]
Li Fuli, Mold Function Formation of the Body, Chinese
Medicine and Qigong Science," First National Academic
Exchange Conference of Qigong Science Research, Liao
Ning, 1987.
[9]
Li Fuli, "Laser, Brain Channels and Collaterals, their
Chaos and Fractional Dimensions," National Academic
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
324

. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Discussion Conference of Laser Physics,
1987.
Changchun,
-
325
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
A Trial of the Phenomenological Theory of Jing-Luo
Hu Haichang
( Formerly Planning Group 501, Court 5
Space Flight Department)
.
.
-
Summary of Contents. Based on the five publicly
acknowledged Jing-Luo phenomena, this article submits that
their essential quality is in the propagate lines of
isolated waves in organisms. This article surmises that the
Jing-Luo exists in lower order living things, even in some
cell groups composed of only a few and proposes a Jing-Luo
model of the simplest kind, with only two cells. To study
the essence of Jing-Luo clearly, it proposes studying low
order organisms, best those that have not yet formed
circulatory and nervous systems. This article also explains
some experiences in Qigong and traditional Chinese medicine.
We feel that by using a number of methods such as mechanics,
heat, electromagnetics, etc., we can trace the application
of Qi in Jing-Luo.
One, Foreword
The Jing-Luo theory is an important component of
traditional Chinese medicine and Qigong, guiding much of
their application. When we establish the phenomenological
theory of Chinese medicine and of Qigong, we start with the
Jing-Luo theory, not only to conform to the requirements of
the theoretical system, but also to be as objective as
possible. The reason is that several thousand years of
application and scientific study in recent times have
amassed voluminous facts, some of which have now been
publicly recognized. This article, at the call of Mr. Qian
Xuesen who first advanced the phenomenological theory, is
based on the five phenomena now recognized as fact and
proposes that the essence of Jing-Luo lies ih the
propagation of an organism's isolated waves. We can call it
the Jing-Luo Isolated Wave Theory, or simply Wave Movement
Theory, and use our article's theory to explain the applied
experiences in Chinese medicine and in Qigong. This article
also makes some predictions based on these experiences, in
particular that Jing-Luo resides in the lower orders of
animals and plants even to the extent of a small number of
organisms composed of only a few cells. This article
proposes a very simple two-cell model to look the most
fundamental characteristics of Jing-Luo and the Qigong
state.
The task of setting up such a Jing-Luo Phenomenological
Theory is very difficult. This article will only make a
cursory test for the above objective and, while a number of
facts can be explained, the majority cannot. Therefore, the
326
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
writer offers a sincere welcome to one and all to examine
the premises, theories and predictions so as to sift out the
untruths and point out the direction of the next test.
Two, A Number of Recognized Facts and Their Inference
After several thousand years of applied traditional
Chinese medical treatment and Qigong exercising as well as
current scientific study, much Jing-Luo phenomena have been
observed. Granted that different people regard things
differently, but many recognized facts have been accumulated
to form a basis for the phenomenological theory. Five such
facts are listed below for analysis and deduction.
1. Illness can be treated by the traditional but
imprecise method of sticking a needle into an acupuncture
point or a finger to find the ailing spot. This has shown
that the size of an, acupuncture point and the horizontal
width of a Jing-Mail are rather sizable, at least a
millimeter or higher. Therefore, Jing-Mai is a macro- rather
than a microscopic phenomenon.
2. Jing-Mai's substance cannot be found through
dissection, so it is common phenomenon shared by all
cellular groups and has no direct connection with the
division of cells. This was pointed out long ago in
traditional Chinese medical theory which held that Jing-Mai,
Luo-Mai and Sun-Mai formed together into a network called
Jing-Mai spreading out everywhere in the body. No matter
what organ or tissue, Jing-Mai exists there.
3. Studies by Zhu Zongxiang- and other comrades have
proven that limbs separated from the body but still alive
continue to show Jing-Luo. It can be seen from this that
Jing-Luo is primarily locally induced and the central
nervous system does not have a determining effect.
4. Jing-Luo is conducted directionally and rather
slowly. While it shows evidence of electromagnetism, it
differs from that of those that spread more rapidly.
5. Some who practice Qigong regularly know that ,the Qi
in Jing-Luo moves both as a waves
and as a particle4,
,
sometimes rippling as a wave?
sometimes flowing like a
particle. According to newspapers, the conducting of
Jing-Luo ins the wave state was recently discerned by the
China Institute for Nuclear Study, the Higher Physics Study
Center of the China Science Institute and the Anhui Hospital
of Chinese Medicine's Jing-Luo Study Center using nuclear
probe techniques. The discovered conduction and speed were
in consonance with the Jing-Luo theory.
Three, A Deterministic Jing-Luo Phenomenological Theory
1. The largest Jing-Luo were called Jing-Mai, the next in size
Approved FortRelease 2000/08/10 ªCIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
227

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
According to the basic facts above, we are of the
opinion that the essential quality of Jing-Luo is in the
line of conduction in an organism that resembles an
isolatedw wave. Naturally this wave is no a purely and
simply mechanical one, but is physical (including mechanics,
heat, electromagnetism, etc.) which melds with certain
chemical phenomena into a consolidated wave. For the sake of
concise narration later, we shall at least for now label
this consolidated wave as a Jing-Qi wave. This Jing-Qi wave
refers to one that travels along the Jing-Luo and to any any
other Qi that are mentioned in Chinese medicine or in
Qigong. Thus Qi is the content of the wave, the wave is its
external shape and Jing-luo is the route of its travel.
1
-
How does the isolated wave differ from most of the
ordinary waves?
First, the most important difference is its dual
wave-particle nature where others only ripple. Thus only
this isolated wave may be used to explain how the
experienced Qigong exerciser knows the dual nature of wave
and particle.
Second, the more familiar waves form a series of
successive and symmetrical peaks and valleys on a graph (see
Figure 1). The isolated weak only has a peak and so is
asymmetrical. Several isolated waves may appear at the same
time (Figure 2). When the peaks are some distance from each
other, each retains its original shape; when they close upon
each other, they a non-linear effect upon each other and the
shape of the wave changes drastically as a result. If the
shape of the Jing-Qi' wave can be measured, then we can
determine whether it is an isolated wave.
x
Direction of broadcast
Figure 1. An Isolated Wave
x
Direction of broadcast
Figure 2. A Common Wave
328
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
. .. .

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Not only can the isolated wave theory of Jing-Luo be
used to explain the facts in 5 above, but can satisfy those
in the other four.
1. The isolated wave is a macroscopic phenomenon, the
width of the peak can be wide or narrow. The bigger ones in
the human body would probably not be very narrow and can
probably be more than a millimeter.
2. Like the more familiar ones, the isolated wave
leaves signs in the wave state but no traces otherwise. This
can explain why Jing-Luo isnot found in a dead organism.
3. Different waves are due to different causes. Those
that are like Jing-Qi are very complex and sometimes hard to
clarify. But most facts in physics show that once a certain
kind of wave is produced, on what route it spreads, whether
its intensity is strong or weak, maintains that intensity or
increases depend upon the characteristics of the medium it
uses. The Jing-Qi wave would no different, i.e., it also
upon the medium. This deduction would jibe with the item 3
in the previous section.
4. Jing-Qi is a wave in motion directionally. In
additionally, it is a kind of wave consolidated from
physical and chemical factors. It should be understandable
that its speed is less than that of an electromagnetic wave.
Four, Experiences in Chinese Medicine and Qigong
The Jing-Luo theory of wave movement can be used to
explain many experiences in traditional Chinese medicine
andQigong. Selected typical examples are listed below for
analyais.
1. Qigan is the subjective sensation induced by
pressure from the Qi wave.
In practicing Qigong or when acupuncture is used, there
are aches, numbness, swelling, pain, cold, heat, etc. These
are summarily termed "Qigan" or sensing Qi. What is its
essential quality? Many people have guessed at it, but
without conclusions. This article submits that Qigan is the
sensation felt when a Qi wave meets an obstacle and thus
pressure occurs. Any time a travelling wave encounters an
obstacle, pressure arises. Waves beating against an
embankment will evoke a water wave pressure. A great wave
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
can actually collapse an embankment. Sound and light waves
produce pressure when they hit a roadblock. Generally, t hey
are slight and measureable only with extremely precise
instruments. Qi waves are no exception. Its pressure, using
the axon of a nerve, causes a certain sensation. The
stronger the pressure, the greater the sensation.
From this can be seen two prerequisites for Qigan:
There must be a wave and there must be an obstacle. The lack
of one would not produce Qigan. There are thus two kinds of
people who do not feel Qigan. One is those whose Qi waves
are weak and the other those whose Jing-Luo is passed
through free and without hindrance. The experience of many
people who practice Qigong supports this. Novices have weak
waves and, while there is blockage, the pressure is very low
and there is hardly any noticeable Qigong. At the
intermediate level, the waves are stronger but the Jing-Luo
is not yet passing freely in all places; a stronger pressure
and a stronger Qigan occur. At this stage, it seems that
sick people feel a Qi attack on their focal point of
illness. Some have described this as Qi being a brilliant
doctor attacking the illness wherever it occurs. Actuall, Qi
is ubiquitous but runs into the strongest obstacle at the
point of sickness so the greater pressure evokes a greater
sensation. When the Qigong exerciser reaches the highest
level of advancement, there is ample Qi as a powerful wave
but now Jing-Luo travels without hindrance so there is no
pressure and thus no Qigan. There is only a sort of vacuum
or void kind of feeling, of inaction. It is not without
reason that those who exercise in Qigong regularly
constantly remind people not to chase after Gigan. It is
progress whether one' goes from no Qigan to Qigan or vice
versa. Chasing after it would bog people down at the
intermediate level and stand in the way of progression to
the higher level where there are no obstacles.
2. On the entry of Qi and saliva into the pubic area
Many of the Qigong exercises that emphasize calm
breathing require that Qi enter the pubic area when doing
so. Saliva secretion increases during Qigong exercise and
such fluid is valuable. Almost all the exercises require
swallowing saliva the some right time; some even require
ingestion into the pubic area. Can Qi and fluid actually get
there? And if not, what does? This has long been a subject
for argument.
When we talk about Qi entering, we know that in the
upper body, the nostrils opens to the lungs and air can be
breathed in. But the lungs are closed off at the lower end
so the air breathed in cannot get to the pubic area. So it
has been concluded that it is not air, but Qi that enters.
While this might have ended the question of the lungs being
closed below, it brings on an even bigger question. If pure
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 :3CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Qi enters, then it must have been elsewhere first. But there
is strong contention that pure Qi has always been in the
pubic area. When exercising begins, Qi comes out of the
pubic area and returns when exercising stops. This conforms
the most closely to actual experience.
Now we come to the entry of saliva. Swallowed fluids
and other foods first reach the stomach by way of the
duodenum, the small and then the large intestine. Part of
the intestinal tract lies in the pubic area; if there is no
constraint by time, quite possibly the saliva would get
there. But it takes a long time for fluid to go from the
mouth down whereas fluids from exercising needs to get down
there in a short time. It would not seem possible that
swallowed saliva could get there in a short time.
We therefore surmise that Qi or saliva does not enter
the pubic area as substance but as a wave. When ingesting
fod, the esophagus has a downward wave which loses shape at
the stomach, but whose residual ripples would get to the
pubic area. Lungs have a stretching and contracting
vibration during breathing which makes waves in the lung
cavity. This could reach the pubic area intact. What are
called Qi or saliva actually are waves.
3. About the "Jing-Luo changing roads" phenomenon.
When histological matter in a human body is damaged or
lacks something, it cannot be replaced by other matter. For
example, after nerve cells are damaged, we cannot use other
kinds of cells to transmit nervous signals. Or, for example,
when a certain blood vessel is blocked, blood can flow
through other vessels but not outside them. If a lone
vessel passed through a certain matter, when blocked it
stops functioning. The various illnesses from cerebral
embolism are due to lack of blood in brain cells.
Wave movements are not all the same. If one is blocked,
it would naturally make a detour; in physics, this is called
"roundabout launching." It is hard to block a wave
completely. The "roundabout launching" is what is called a
"Jing-Luo detour." When the normal Jing-Luo stance runs into
a roadblock, the Jingqi wave will go around. For example,
many handicapped people have histological damage of varying
degrees, yet Jing-Luo can still pass through. Some
handicapped people who practice Qigong can reach the high
level of free passage. The position of their Jing-Luo
apparently is different from those of others, theirs changes
routes .
4. Using resonance to evoke Jingqi waves
Massages used in traditional Chinese medicine have
resulted in an important experience: pushing along with the
331
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Jing-Luo nurtures, pushing against it dissipates. Forward
should be slow, reverse fast. What is the theoretical basis?
Looking at it from the Jing-Luo wave theory, Jing-Luo helps
the forward ripples in increasing strength and attaining
healing. The rate of the push should equal that of the
Jing-Qi wave so as to create a resonance for greatest
healing results. Since the Jingqi rate is slower when a
person exercises the limbs, it is reasonable to slow down
the speed of pushing. Of course, excessive slowness would
retard the healing effect. Going against Jing-Luo is like
sailing against the wind and would reduce the wave's
momentum and attain dissipation.
While Jingqi is a wave phenomenon, then we can use the
resonance methods of physics and engineering to evoke a wave
or change its strength. Jingqi is the complex consolidation
of physical, chemical and physiological phenomena into a
wave. Search for the essence of Qi has proven difficult; but
from the point of evoking Jingqi, it is a beneficial factor.
The physics aspects of Jingqi indicates inclusion of
mechanical, heat and electromagnetic phenomena. Then all of
these can affect it. Traditional Chinese medicine and Qigong
have jointly produced some simple and effective means to
evoke this wave. Recently, they have even successfully
studied and set up many kinds of equipment to evoke Qigong.
All have a close relation to resonance.
Five, Two Predictions
Theory not only can serve to put past experience into
an order, but more importantly, it can forecast future
phenomena. If they become proven, then the theory will have
passed a severe test. Here based on Jing-luo and the Jingqi
wave theory, we predict two new phenomena. We welcome
everyone to examine them and see if they are correct.
1. Lower order organisms also have the Jing-Luo
phenomenon.
As this phenomenon is shared by all cell groups and has
no connection to the subdivision of cells, then not only do
higher order animals and lower order plants have it, but so
do even the simplest cell groups, those with only a few.
Naturally, such groups can only travel on one Jing-Luo
(liner connection between cells) with no possibility of
turning back. But we predict that there is still a wave (let
us call it a Qi wave) that moves around the cells. This can
be regarded as the most primitive Jing-Luo state. In the next
section, we shall use a simple model to analyze the wave
activity in groupings with only two cells.
According to the above prediction, we suggest looking
for Jing-Luo in lower order organisms, especially among
those taht have not yet developed circulatory and nervous
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
----.
-
t
. .:

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
systems. It Jing-Luo exists, then we can use them to study
the essential quality of Jing-Luo. This way we can avoid
intereference from circulatory and nervous systems and
achieve more pure results.
2. Inner environment and cell vitality.
-
.
-
Biological vitality not only is connected with the
organism but with its environment as well. Cells are
similarly connected. Since cells generally are not exposed
to natural environment, what directly affects them is the
internal environment of the organism; let's call it simply
the inner environment. This usually included chemical
composition, temperature and internal pressure. Now we see
that the resonance stress and electromagnetic fields are
also important components. Possibly there are yet
undiscovered elements or not yet considered important.
Temperature, stress, electromagnetics all are fields. The
entire inner environment is a field. We might as well call
this a Qi field. The wave motion characteristic of an inner
Qi is also that of the inner Qi field.
Under normal physiological conditions, the lack of
physical, chemical and physiological uniformity of cells
undergo cyclical changes. One can say that cells live in the
process of resonance. As cells are living things, their
resonance frequency rate can be regulated in a given range.
But there is an ideal optimum rate for the highest
biological vitality. To have effective resonance, cells need
a responsive resonance from the Qi field. The inner Qi
field's rate should desirably coincide with that of the
biological vitality while maintaining an appropriate
distance and scope. This kind of resonance inside and out
will afford the cells the greatest vitality. An inner Qi
field that leaves this ideal state will affect the cells'
vitality. If it is too off balance, the cells will be
damaged or even destroyed. This relationship between cells
and the inner environment is what the ancients mean by
"Heaven and Man as One. "
At this point, we can see one of the mechanics of using
Qigong to strengthen the body. While they are a complex
matter, surely one of them is that the inner Qi field
affords cells a suitable inner environment. Healthy cells
vibrate to the best frequency rate. Many healthy cells in
coordinated and consistent resonance produce an ideal inner
qi wave which is the pure Qi wave. Of course, sick cells can
vibrate abnormally, especially those that come from the
sickness germs then are harmful resonances. These abnormal
or harmful ones can evoke an abnormal inner Qi fields
(waves). But if healthy cells could far outnumber sick
cells, then the pure Qi of the inner Qi would be greater
than the sick Qi. One then only need to have the pure Qi get
near sick cells so they can have an ideal inner environment,
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIARDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
then they can be helped to regain health. When the pure Qi
gets near the germs of sickness, it creates a hostile
environment for them, and they can be restrained or even
killed. Therefore, people in whom Jing-Luo passes freely do
not get sick easily. Even if a small number of germs enters
the body, they cannot find safe shelter or conditions
conducive to growth.
Six, A Dipolar Molecular Model of A Double Cell
Generally, cells are electrically neutral. But inside
the cell the distribution of electricity is uneven. Some
places have more positive charges; others, more negative. In
this section, we simplify a cell electrically as a dipolar
molecule. In a normal state, the cell as such a molecule
will undergo cyclical changes of various lengths. For
simplification, we shall sum up these changes by saying that
the charge does not vary but the distance between positive
and negative charges changes cyclically. If we use the term
Ying (negative) to describe the state when the molecule is
greater than its average value and Yang (positive) when it
is lesser, then the cyclical change can be pictured as a
change in the rotation of Ying and Yang displacing each
other (see Figure 3 below). When the cell changes from the
Ying
+
Neutral
-
Yang
Neutral
+
Ying
+)
Figure 3. Single Cell Vibration
Yang to the Ying, the inner molecular energy increases to
absorb the energy. One can see that this kind of definition
of Ying and Yang conforms to the Ying-Yang doctrine that
Ying rules the internal acumulation of enrichment while Yang
governs external consumption requirements.
The resonant dipolar molecule can not only produce a
static field, but a kinetic one. This induces the cell to
radiate energy to the surroundings. For the cell, this
depletes energy, but is vitally needed to live.
If two cells like the above join into a dual-cell
group, could it then change its electromagnetic radiation?
That depends upon the respective positions of the vibration.
When they vibrate with each other( see Figure 4), each
334
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
/
:
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
radiates energy roughly equal to that of a single cell. From
an energy standpoint, neither one gains much.
But when the two vibrate against each other, since the
kinetic fields farther out are mostly wasted, the energy is
lessened, co comparatively little is needed to maintain
normal life activity. This kind of symbiotic intergrowth
might be one of the reasons single cells develop into
multiple ones.
--
Ying-Ying
E
+
+
Neutral-Neutral
+X-
+)
Yang- Yang
Neutral-Neutral
.
.
+)
+
Ying-Ying
.DE
+
Figure 4. Double Cell Same Direction
Vibration
Ying-Yang
-
+- +)
Neutral-Neutral
+X-
+
Yang-Ying
tx-
+
Neutral-Neutral
-
+
+
Ying-Yang
-
+
T
Figure 5.
Double Cell Opposite
Direction Vibration
Using words traditional to Chinese medicine and Qigong
to describe the above, one says that the mutual vibration's
characteristic is that at any given time, either Ying exists
and Yang does not, or vice versa. This kind of imbalance
between Ying and Yang is not ideal for life. The mutually
exclusive vibration is characterized by both Yinf and Yang
existing all the time. This kind of commonly rooted
equilibrium is ideal for life. One can see that while the
expression can take different forms, the conclusion is -
consistent.
When the two cells vibrate against each other, at two
kinds of activity go on inside the cell's linear
connections. First the energy passes back and forth between
the cells. Each local state resembles a single cell and the
quantity of energy radiated is considerably reduced. Why?
The quantity of energy radiated by one cell is largely
absorbed by the other and only a small reaches far out and
is lost. This kind of one emanating and one absorbing forms
into a back-and-forth transmission of energy. There is a law
in physics: when to pieces of matter pass energy back and
forth, there is absorption and this clarified one of the
reasons that cells join together.
Next, when two cells vibrate against each other, one
dipolar molecule that does not change its size moves back
...
335
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
11 1

--.......
.... ... .. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
and forth along the linear connection. Look at Figure 5
where two cells form four electric charges. At the two ends
the positive and negative charges do not move, forming no
electromagnetic fields. In the middle, the distance between
the other two is unchanged forming into a molecule
straddling the two cells whose sizes do not change. Figure 5
shows that this straddling molecul moves to and fro. Kinetic
fields come out of this.
As things move on the linear connection, this line can
help us understand the primitive Jing-Luo and the moving
things can help explain the essence of Qi.
While we simplified things through broad strokes, the
double cell mutually exclusive vibration shown above
preserves the basic characteristics of Qigong:
1. High Capability. The prerequisite of not reducing a
single cell's vitality is low expenditure of energy. This
can also be called the conscious state of low energy
consumption.
2. The rule of coordinated consistency. The two-cell
group has a mutually exclusive but in-step vibration. People
are used to describe this as "orderly. " But not every order
necessarily benefits life. Only those that fit its
requirements with a high degree of coordination and
consistency can fit the ideal state of life.
3. Things that can be called Qi move back and forth
along the routes in a definite manner.
From this we see that the double cell mutually
exclusive vibrating model described above can be considered
as the most simple and most primitive model of the Qigon
state.
336
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Reference Material
1. Qian Xuesen: "The Immediate Task for Qigong Study -
Establishing a Qigong Phenomenology" (Speech at the China
Forum for the Study og Qigong, February 13, 1986)
Chinese Qigong, 1986, No. 2, p. 2
-
-
2. Zhu Zongxiang: "Study of the Low Impedance Nature of the
Jing-Luo Routes of Travel Before and After Amputation of a
Limb", ZIRAN ZAZHI (NATURE Magazine), 1986, Volume 9, No. 4,
p. 281.
3. Wang Zhongping: "Understanding the Body Through Qigong
Exercise, " DONGFANG QIGONG (EASTERN QIGONG), 1986, No. 2, p.
8.
4. Peng Tiangen: "Searches in the Life Sciences - Inner
Experiences While Exercising Qigong," DONGFANG QIGONG, 1986
No. 2, p. 9."
1
337
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
MOLECULAR BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF EMITTED QI ON MAN
[ Luo, Sen ( Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine) ;
Chai, Shaoai; Yin, Weiyuan; ( Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Medical
Science); Ren, Hetian; (University of Zhejiang); Cao, Baozhen ( Zhejiang
Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine) ]
The "external qi" of qigong is an "internal qi" emitted from a human body
which is under the functioning state of qigong at a fixed direction or
multiple directions. It is one of the breakthroughs in the study of the
traditional Chinese medical science -- essence of qi, theory of qi, and
mechanism of qi. Both clinical experience and experimental research have
indicated that "external qi" is an existing form of an unknown material.
Despite the fact that its structure and characteristics are still unknown to
all, using modern experimental method may yet provide the basis of further
research concerning various physiological effects of qigong's "external qi."
Between 1982 and 1986, had conducted a research on molecular biology of
qigong's "external qi" and body effect. The results are covered below:
I.
Method of Experiment
(I)
The Molecular Biological Effect of Qigong's "External Qi"
1. Object of Study and Method
Select an experienced qigong master to emit 2 -- 5 min (5 min for CAMP
Team; 2 min for T Lymph Team) of "external qi" from his Laogong acupoint at
blood samples. Each emission will only cover 1 -- 2 blood samples. The master
will take a brief break before making the second emission. Blood samples for
comparison purpose will be hung in the air for the same length of time
without getting any emitted qi.
2.
Items Under Observation
(1)
Determine the CAMP content between the experimental team emitted
with "external qi" and the team of comparison.
A healthy person' EPTA helps anticoagulation. The CAMP analytical
medical box system is provided by the Atomic Energy Research Institute,
Chinese Academy of Science. The analysis of CAMP conjugated protein is
inspected and examined by the Medical Institute, Zhejing Province.
(2) Determine the DNA combined effect of tip T Lymph cell between the
experimental team emitted with "external qi" and the team of comparison.
A healthy man's heparin helps anticoaguation. Culture medium RPMI1640
is a Japanese product.
3H-TAR is provided by Shanghai Atomic and Nuclear
Research Institute, Chinese Academy of Science. EJ-353 liquid blinking
instrument is a domestic product. The Medical Science Institute, Zhejiang
Province is responsible for inspecting and examining the PHA stimulus and
3H-TAR infiltration method.
338
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
(II)
Qigong's "External Qi" and Body Effect
1. Object of Study and Method
The object of study in the experiment conducted by this team is
consisted of 10 persons, including two with malignant tumors, two with
difficulty of reproducing platelet, one with chronic hepatitis B, and five
with low platelet and white blood cells. The sex distinction is four males
and six females, in an average age of 37.5 years. Luo Sen is the qigong
master, who is using the Zhou Tian Ming Meng Gong. The master of the emitter
(A) uses the index, middle and ring fingers of his right hand to emit the qi
by lightly touching the "cun-guan-chi" of the receiver's (B) right hand (or
left hand) (with the middle finger touching exactly the wrist bone and the
artery. Both A and B must have 15 minutes of rest prior to the experiment.
During the experiment, both will assume a sitting position. The emission
lasts an hour each time (with A's three fingers stay put). Then, repeat the
same thing to another receiver.
-
2.
Items of Observation
Determine eight synchronized indexes concerning the blood cells of both
A and B (1) before the emission, (2) during the emission, and (3) one hour
after the emission. The eight indexes include white blood cell (WBC), red
blood cell (RBC), hemoglobin (HGB), hemocell total (HCT), mean cell volume
(MCV), mean cell hemoglobin (MCH), mean cell hemoglobin concentration (MCHC) ,
and platelet (PLT). Zhejiang Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese
Medicine is responsible for the determination by using the D-900 blood cell
analyzer, manufactured by the Segnoin-Turner Company of the United States.
II.
Results of the Experiment
1.
Qigong's "External Qi" Can Improve the Rate of Combining the CAMP of
Plasma With Terminal Blood T Lymph DNA.
(1)
Chart 1 indicates that after qigong's "external qi" has worked on
the blood, it can cause the CAMP in the plasma to increase. After qigong
master A has emitted the qi, the plasma's average CAMP volume increases by
6.0 pmol/ml than that of the team of comparison with an apparent difference.
Qigong master B has raised it by 2.0 pmol/ml; while yinggong master C has not
raised much (or no result at all).
(2) Chart 2 indicates that after qigong's "external qi" has worked on
the blood, there is an apparent difference (p< 0.05) between the team of
experiment and the team of comparison, with a raise of the combination rate
of the terminal T Lymph cell's DNA to (6.8~49.8%).
2.
After the combined emission of qigong's "external qi", there are an
apparent instant effect and after effect in the mechanism's terminal blood
cells.
(1)
Chart 3 indicates that 10 examples picked out of 16 tests have shown
changes among the qi receiver's hemoglobin, white cells and platelet. The
experiment of this team has shown that during the process the qi receiver's
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
339

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
hemoglobin zoomed to the maxim value of 4.1g%; white cells, 3600/mm3; and
platelet, 55000/mm3 separately. Statistical treatment indicates that the
average value of white cells went up from 4493.35/mm3 to 5187.50/mm3 with
notable difference (p < 0.05); platelet, from 67100/mm3 to 82300/mm3 with
much notable difference (p< 0.01). Though the average value of hemoglobin
did not show notable difference (p > 0.05), it still showed a tendency of
two-way adjustment. For 10 times its average value went up from 9.48g% before
the emission of qi to 10.44g% during the emission of qi, with much notable
difference (p< 0.01).
(2)
Seven examples picked out of 14 synchronized tests have shown that
in receiving the qi the receiver's terminal hemogram showed a notable
increase from before receiving the qi. The increase continued one hour after
the receiver had received the qi, which indicated the after effect of qigong.
For instance, the after value of the receiver's blood (in six examples)
before/during/after the emission of qi was taking place were broken down as
follows:
RBC (10000/mm3), 288.3/298.5/303.0; WBC (1/mm3) ,
3750/4683.3/5113.3; HCT (volume in %), 28.5/30.7/30.8; HGB (g%),
9.91/10.3/10.5; MCV (um3), 105.8/107.5/107.5; MCHC (%), 34.5/33.9/34.0; PLT
(10000/mm3, 6.3/7.6/8.8; MCH (%), 36.7/37.7/36.2.
After the emission of qi had been completed, the master's terminal
hemogram showed a notable drop. The hemogram dropped furthermore after the
second emission. Yet after the drop, the hemoglobin, the white cells and
platelet showed a tendency of going back up. For example, master Luo Sen's
hemogram before/during/and during the second emission indicated as follows :
BRC(1) 487/462/462
(2) 461/429/428
WBC(1) 7100/6300/6100
(2) 5900/5500/5200
HCT(1) 45.8/43.7/43.3
(2) 42.5/41.5/41.2
HGB(1) 15.5/14/7/14/4
(2) 14.2/14.2/12.8
MCV(1) 33.0/33.6/33.3
(2) 33.4/34.5/31.1
PCT(1) 8.8/7.8/8.6
(2) 6.9/6.7/9.0
MCH(1) 31.0/31.8/31.2
(2) 30.8/31.1/29.9
MCHC ( 1)
(2)
III.
Discussions
1.
1. The experiment indicates that the emitted "external qi" within a
certain space can increase the volume of CAMP and the combined effect of
terminal T Lymph cell's DNA. It has proved the notable biological effect of
the "external qi" of qigong on large biological molecules.
2. The experiment indicates that the emission of the external qi of
qigong by touching the "cun, guan and chi" may cause the receiver's blood
cells' indexes to continue to rise after receiving the qi and an hour later.
Yet, after the emission of qi has been completed, the master's terminal
hemogram indicates a notable drop, which explains the notable biological
effect of external qi of qigong on human body. In addition, it also shows
the features of after effect.
3. The experiment points out that human "external qi" can directly pass
through the method of energy and information transmission. It can not only
340
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
create biological effect on large biological molecules in cells, but also can
enhance the blood making system of a mechanism to produce an overall effect
within a short period of time by causing the adjustment and change of
metabolism of the organisms to take place.
4.
Based on both molecule standard and overall standard, this research
proves initially the interrelated effect between "qi" and "blood" in the
theory of Chinese medicine.
In addition, it not only has provided a modern
basis for the Chinese medical theories on qi and blood including "qi
circulates when blood circulates," and "qi is the commander in chief of
blood, while blood is the mother of qi," but also has established an
experimental basis for modern qi and blood models.
5.
This research indicates that the "external qi" of qigong has its
medical value whether it is emitted away from the object or it is emitted in
close contact with the object. Yet to the master, it is necessary to keep in
mind that the mechanism should be protected.
341
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-

.......
-i
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
1
-
Chart 1
Impact of Qigong's "external qi" on the Volume of Plasma's CAMP
Normal Value
(Team of
Comparison)
pmo1/ml
Plasma
CAMP Value in pmol/ml plasma after qi is emitted
Qigong Master A
Qigong Master B
Yinggong Master C
Blood Donor
1
14.6
19.5
15.0
14.1
Blood Donor
2
16.2
22.0
19.5
17.3
X±SD
15.3±0.9
21.3±0.7
17.3±2.2
15.7±1.5
1
.
.
.
342
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
Chart 2
The Effect of Qigong's "external qi" on the DNA Combination
of Terminal T Lymph Cells (PHA Stimulates 'H-TdRLT)
Blood
Donor
Team of
Comparison
(cpm)
Team Emitted
with "externa cpm)
qi"
X±SD 0.2ml blood
Improvement
of DNA Combination
Rate
X±SD 0.2ml blood
%
-
J
7919±1774
11545±1191
45.8
2
19198±5779
22176土839
15.5
3
17834±3676
17316士3679
8.3
57766.土9318
61703士8163
6.8
·5
3800±281
5693土683
49.8
.
6
8812士675
10019土976
15.0
*
indicates the cpm value between the team of comparison and the team emitted
with "external qi" with both teams cultivated with 0.1ml of blood.
343
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Chart 3
Receiver's Hemogram Changes Before and During Receiving the Qi
WBC @ /mm'
HBG. g%
PLT10000/ m m3
Before
During
Before
During
Before
During
X±SD
4493.75
5187.50
10.24
10.65
6.71±4.44 8.23±4.80
(n=16)
±1349.85 ±1708.36
±3.43
±3.45
P value
P<0.05
p>0.05
p<0.01
●n=10(个)
P<0.01
*
indicates no notable change in the receiver's average value of albumins.
However, the average value in 10 examples still showed an increase from
9.48g% to 10.44g% from before to during the emission of qi (t=2.8295, p<0.01).
344
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Chart 1
A Hydrilla Branch
Chart 2
Mesophyll Cells in the
Vicinity of the Vein
100x
Chart 3
Hydrilla's Mesophyll Cells
(The Dark Spots in the Cells
are Chloroplasts.) 400x
345
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
5.
.
1
The Effect of Qi on the Stefan-Boltzmann Law
- Xie Huanzhang (Beijing College of Engineering)
(Translator's note: There are no section headings in the original
text .
As the paper is very long, for ease of reading section
headings have been introduced. )
1. Introduction
The Chairman of the National Scientific Association, the
famous scientist Qian Xuelin, has said: "I believe that if
the exceptional talents of the human body, Qigong and traditional
Chinese medicine are combined, and once these come together
with modern science and technology, then they can surely change
into a Marxist science which is a correct science. At the
same time, in the combining process, it can also transform
modern day science and cause it to take another step forward.
This will be a big task for us. After this task is completed,
we will surely lead a great scientific revolution ... this
scientific revolution will be an eastern revolution.
Our experiments and research work have to a certain extent
validated Qian Xuelin. The various physical laws concerning
the non-living world have undoubtedly been proved within the
scope of the activities of organisms that are considered
- 346 -
.
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
non-living/inanimate.
But when we consider the activities
of living organisms, especially under the action of Qi, many
of these laws are clearly limited.
2. Background to the Experiment
One of the many manifestations of Qi, is where the Qigong
Master
emits energy from a palm with a comparatively low
temperature and can cause objects to rise sharply in temperature.
The temperature of the receiving objects is often higher to
begin with than the palm emitting Qi.
To conduct research on this manifestation using the photon
energy amount as a measure, we worked jointly with the
Thermovision Laboratory of Quinhua University. We tested
the transformation law between the palm temperature in a Qigong
posture and the photon energy emitted from it.
The Thermovision was the AGA 780 model produced
by the Swedish AGA Corporation. Its sensor and detector is
made of InSb ( Indium Antimony) . After the short-wave lens
of this detector
receives 3 to 5 microns of infra-red radiation
photon energy, it rotates the energy signals to become voltage
signals which pass through a series of circuit rotation systems.
Thus it can test the photon energy of an object and project
- 347
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
it to a color monitor screen.
The Isotherm Unit ( the voltage
signal output of the device) will be called IU.
3. The Stefan-Boltzmann Law
The Stefan-Boltzmann Law formula is:
Eb =Ób Tªw/m2
(1)
the formula, 0 = 5.67 x 10-8
W (m2.K4)
This is known as the Stefan-Boltzmann constant.
This equation shows that the quartic equation of the black
body radiation E, and its absolute temperature T has a direct
ratio.
This can also be called the Quartic Law.
This equation
also shows that when the temperature goes above absolute zero,
the black body radiates energy.
Moreover, when the temperature
if different, the radiation changes.
The heat transmission radiation between two objects is also
based on their geometric appearance, and is comparatively
complex.
To look at it simplistically we employed 2 solid parallel
surfaces and monitored the heat transmission radiation between
them (see Illustration 1) .
348
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

.... .. . ..... ..............
. ... .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration 1
The heat transmission radiation of 2 flat surfaces
En
i
...
Tz
T
..
Both the flat surfaces are black bodies.
Their surface
area is comparatively large, and they are situated close to
each other.
Overlooking the heat transmission radiation from
their edges, the energy radiating from the surface Al is E ..
Then, according to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law:
Eb1 = A26 T1 (W)
The energy radiating Eb2
radiating from surface A2 is:
Eb2 =A26 T2 (W)
If Tl / T2, then
b17 Eb .
But if we tally with the equal
surface areas etc. of the two surfaces, then Al=A2.
So the heat radiation amount between the 2 surfaces is:
349 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
Qb1 = A (E)
'bl
- E
'b2 ) =
A1 6 b (T) - T4) (W)
The direction of heat transmission is from 1 ---- > 2.
If the temperature is reversed, and Tl
T2, then
E
b1
b2
and the radiation direction between the two will also be reversed
from 2
1.
It becomes :
Qb2 = A1 (Eb2 - Eb1) = A1 06 (T1 - T4) (w)
If we take the Stefan-Boltzmann Law to be the heat transmission
law between the two above-mentioned surfaces, then this also
confirms the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics, which says that heat
is always from objects of higher temperature to those with
lower temperatures.
4. Qi Radiation and the Stefan-Boltzmann Law
The temperature of the Qi palm and its radiation should
normally conform to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
Using the
Thermovision, however, we saw a different pattern.
The demarcation curve provided by the device in Illustration
2 is in contrast with curve BC of the Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
The Transformation Law between the radiation energy of the
palm of a person not practicing Qi and its temperature does,
nonetheless, conform with the Law.
However, after 10 minutes of a Qigong practitioner entering
- 350 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the Qigong posture, we measured the temperature of each part
o his palm and the radiated energy (represented by IU) and
curve AD in Illustration 2 appeared.
Illustration 2
A comparison of the Qi Law and
the Stefan-Boltzmann Law
IU
D
emanation
×
31
---
Qigong x
30
F
29
Stefan-Boltzmann law
B
28
28
29
30
The illustration shows that though there is a difference
between the palm emitting Qi and one that is not, the heat
transmission radiation in IU is much higher than that of the
latter and that of ordinary objects.
Take Point A as an example.
The temperature to the right
- 351 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-1.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
of Point A is higher than that of its position.
Moreover,
the IU of any point below AC is lower than that of Point A.
thus, we have a dark triangle ABC. Any point on this triangle
has a higher temperature but a lower IU value than Point A.
The numerical value of IU is in direct ratio to the photon
number. Therefore, if an object at Point A is radiating energy
to an object situated at any point in the triangle ABC, then
the temperature of the object at Point A would be lower than
the object receiving radiation. So the phenomenon of lower
temperature radiating energy to higher temperature would occur.
Now comes the question of heat transmission radiation the
Qigong palm compared to a non-Qigong palm.
Illustration 3
The distance between
shows a diagram of these two palms.
1
them is very small.
We can use the Stefan-Boltzmann Law to
measure the heat radiation flowing out of the edges. This
is because the blackness degree of the human skin is 0.97,
making it very close to a black body.
In the diagram, the left palm with the absolute temperature
Tl is that of the Qigong Master. The right palm with absolute
temperature T2 is that of a person not practicing Qi.
If the temperature of the former is lower than that if the
- 352 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
latter, then:
TI <
T2
Illustration 3
The heat transmission radiation direction between the 2 palms
:
T2
E
We can write out the Stefan-Boltzmann Law formula for the
non-practicing palm as:
E2 =614 (w/m2)
As for the Qigong Master's palm after he enters the Qigong
stance, its energy radiation is beyond the Stefan-Boltzmann
Law as represented by the line AD in Illustration 2.
Therefore, because the radiation energy amount of the Qigong
Master's palm is:
E2 = 6 4 + f(Qi) W/m2
(2)
The f(Qi) in the formula is the increased radiated energy
353 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
-
₹

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
part corresponding to the line AB in Illustration 2.
If
the
temperature difference between the two palms is very small,
as corresponding with the region within BC, we can get:
E1> E2
then :
6 T4 + f(Qi)
7
2
T4
Due to this, the direction of heat transmission radiation
is from the T. palm to the T, palm.
Its single area heat
transmission radiation amount is :
Q12 = E1 - E2
6 (T) - T2)
2
=
+ f (Qi)W/m
(3)
In the formula, f(Qi) can be known as the Qigong Infra-red
Radiation Function.
Due to the fact that the Qigong Master or his emission can
might change, it is very difficult to come up with one common
numerical value function.
To develop the experiment result shown in Illustration 2
even further, and to probe into the laws of Qigong infra-red
radiation function, we used more people in the next experiment.
According to the degree of the depth of Gongfu, that part
of the energy emitted that goes beyond the Stefan-Boltzmann
Law, i.e., the size of f(Qi) is different for each master.
354
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
1

... .... . ....
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Illustration 4
A comparison between the Stefan-Boltzmann Law and the energy
emission of 3 Qigong Masters
IU
NO.3
35
33
$1
NO.2
Stefan-Boltzmann law
29
NO.1
.
.26
-28
30
32
3.4
The f(Qi) of Master 1 is small, but the temperature increase
that follows is even more.
The f (Qi) of Master 2 is high,
but the increase that follows is not as great as that of the
Stefan-Boltzmann Law. Master 3's f (Qi) is even higher, but
the temperature increase is even lower.
Thus we can say that the transformation law of f(Qi) is
complex.
However, the experiments do prove the existence
- 355 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
-
of the Qigong Infra-red Radiation Function f(Qi).
In the above experiment, the three masters used the same
Qigong method.
In the next experiment, the masters used different methods
of practice. This made the transformation law of Qi even
more complicated.
In some instances we got a negative value
which appeared below the Stefan-Boltzmann Law curve.
Moreover,
this was not true for all of them.
Due to this, we can postulate
three conditions:
f(Qi) 7 0, some methods of Qigong
f(Qi) = 0, tallies with Stefan-Boltzmann Law
f (Qi) < 0, some methods of Qigong
All in all, we can say that the Stefan-Boltzmann Law is
true for heat transmission in inanimate objects.
But with
animate objects this law is clearly limited.
In the Qigong posture, the surface of the palm of a human
being is much more complicated than the surface of an inanimate
object.
Affecting the skin surface there is
sweat, circulation
of the blood, the human nervous system, ionic bodies, the
collateral channel system, etc.
To determine if we can develop a suitable use of the
- 356 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
Stefan-Boltzmann Law on both animate and inanimate objects,
we wrote the following equation:
Ex = 6,4 + f(Qi)
When f (Qi)
0 or
0, it is suited to the animate Qigong
stance. When f(Qi) = 0, then it is suitable for the traditional
Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
Whether the above formula can be called a first step in
revising the Stefan-Boltzmann Law is a matter for further
research.
As for the 2nd Law of thermodynamics, we did not know if
the fact that in this experiment thermal energy was transmitted
from low temperature objects to those of high temperature
would violate the basic contents of this Law.
"Gelaoxiupei" says: "Any spontaneous process cannot cause
the thermal energy from low temperature objects to be transformed
to high temperature objects." Illustration 2 and 3-show that
this manifestation was spontaneous and also accompanied by
a compensation process, the Qigong process.
In this accompanying
process, the transmission of heat radiation from low to higher
temperature objects was not a spontaneous but voluntary.
As to what matter gets consumes in the Qigong process, what
357
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
·
-
-

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
t
is the size of the compensation process, and how this relates
to the macrocosmic mechanism of Qigong, these all are questions
which invoke the relationship between spirit and matter.
These questions also need research.
5. Conclusions
In conclusion, we would like to discuss three questions.
(1) A human palm is not an isolated system.
It has a blood
vessel system constantly bringing energy into the palm.
Moreover, no two bodies are alike.
If the energy supplied
to the palm is great, can this not mean that the palm will
be able to radiate more energy than another one with similar
temperature?
We know that the Stefan-Boltzmann Law works with isolated
objects or with single objects which have an energy link with
the outside world. Any object, whether receiving heat from
the outside or generating heat from the inside is subject
to a predetermined proportionate relationship between its
temperature and the thermal energy it radiates.
This is the
Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
Take for example an electric soldiering iron.
No matter
how great the electric current which flows into the iron through
358 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
-
-
the wire, basically the temperature of the iron tip is in
direct proportion to the amount of heat it radiates. Thus
it is subject to the Stefan-Boltzmann Law.
For a majority of objects, the amount the thermal energy
radiated is dependent on this temperature and not upon the
amount of energy they receive.
(2) If an object can emit non-thermal radiation, it becomes
part of a totally different work.
The Stefan-Boltzmann law
applies only to thermal radiation
The Thermovision cannot
record non-thermal radiation. Could non-thermal radiation
account for the anomalous results?
(3) The skin of living organisms is different from the surface
of inanimate objects. For example it can various levels of
transparency, making it possible that additional energy is
radiated from the sub-surface.
The skin of living organisms
gave a degree of blackness of 0.97.
But the same skin of
a dead organism the blackness degree was only 0.46.
Whether this means that the soldification of protein has
a relationship with the reduction of transparency or whether
the 0.97 degree of blackness is a combination of the surface
and energy radiation from a certain depth below the skin,
359
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

1
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
these are questions requiring further study.
They will enter
the realm of the study of the thermodynamics of living beings.
.
-
- 360 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

. .. .
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
-
.
The Statistical Treatment of the Experimental
Results With Emitted Qi
- Li Zuyin and Li Tipei (The High Energy Physics Department
of the Chinese Academy of Science)
-
1. Raising Questions
A new manifestation or law can be confirmed only if it can
be duplicated sufficient times for statistical confirmation.
These needs are not met in Qigong experiments as these are
small sample experiments. The Qigong Masters cannot exactly
duplicate their emissions and energy release is exceptionally
depleting of their physical. mental and emotional energies.
Understandably, Qigong experiments are then greeted with
skepticism. We tried to approach the problem from the angle
of mathematical statistics.
1
2. Statistical Test Methods
The first phase of our work tackled the statistical significance
of experiment results using the "Hypothesis Test" method and
the significance test method to deal with the problem of small
number experiments.
The second phase used the "Parameter Estimation" statistical
method.
It was necessary to determine the numerical value
of every characteristic of the new manifestations and estimate
- 361 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
its deviation level
3. The Context of the Experiments
Scientific research on Qi has been conducted only for 10
years.
Though remarkable discoveries have been made, the goal
is yet the discovery of new manifestations which can lead to
the establishment of theoretical Qigong laws.
For research on new discoveries the statistical significance
test method is suitable.
4. Confirming New Manifestations: the Statistical Significance
of Abnormal Examples
The standard method of determining whether new manifestations
are merely statistical fluctuations is the size of the
significance level "a".
If no new manifestations are discovered,
the appearance of "a" is probably only a statistical fluctuation.
Take for example a physical value x with an average value
. After being surveyed many times, it is clear that x follows
the normal distribution N (x, u. 62)
where
is the standard
deviation. The significant deviation of the average value
is x *.
Using S for the significance, we have:
S =
0
- 1
If the deviation x* of the average
is equal to one S standard
deviation, the significance level becomes :
- 362 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
a = N (S; 0, 1)
N(x; 0, 1) is the distribution function of the standard
normal distribution.
Then in a situation where x follows the
*
normal distribution, the probability of
×
occurs.
Table 1 shows the relationship between S and a. When S
5, then a ≤ 6 x 10-7. Thus the existence of new manifestations,
from the statistical probability view, is highly likely.
Table 1
The relationship between S and a
S
1
2
3
4
6
-
a
0.32
0.086
2.6×10-3 6.4X10-" 5.8 x 10-7 2.0×10"'
1
In the significance test method, it is important to understand
the background fluctuations and note their statistics.
In the first period of the appearance of new manifestations,
only a few examples may occur. Only the degree of significance
should be high: it is unnecessary for the same degree of high
significance to appear in each experiment. Therefore, Qi action
need not produce identical effects in every experiment.
LN195-91
- 363 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.
.
-
This is a common technique in modern science. For example,
in 1983 the Western Europe Nuclear Research Center announced
the discovery of the zº
nucleus after finding only 5 examples.
In 1964 the US Brookhaven National Laboratory announced the
discovery of the IL hyperon with only one example. It was
4 years before another example was found, by the Western Europe
Nuclear Research Center.
5. One Qi Example
In 1987, we conducted a Qi emission experiment on calf pleura
DNA.
After emission, the specimens were tested with an
ultraviolet spectrophotometer to measure the absorption changes
in the 257 nm position.
£
The instrument's measurement precision
was +/- 0.001. We tested 5 specimens and all showed substantial
Qi effect. We chose 3 samples as examples for statistical
analysis. (See Paper 12, Tables 2 and 3.)
1. Understanding the background
(a) Increased heat (80+ degrees C), changes in the acidity
level of the solution, or the addition of organic solvents
of some types can cause the DNA solution to change. As a result
the 257 nm position UV absorption increases (hyperchromic effect) .
In our experiment, once the DNA had passed through
- 364 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
the centrifuge, only deionized water was added to dissolve
it. To avoid heat changes experiments were conducted at room
temperature.
(b) When the temperature of the DNA specimen is raised by
10%, absorption increases by 2%.
The experiments were conducted
at night after central heating had been turned off and the
room temperature had dropped to 23 degrees C.
The specimens were measured immediately after energy emission.
This process took a minute, after which the specimen was removed
for another emission.
While specimens 2# and 4# were being experimented on, specimen
3# acted as the contrast.
Its absorption did not change.
Thus, neither room temperatures or equipment temperatures
could have affected the specimens.
Some of the original. DNA solution was used as contrast to
specimen 12. (Translator's note: this is not an error and is
the first mention of specimen 12 in either paper. ) The specimen
was even kept in sunlight without absorption changes.
2. The significance of the example
In the 2 hours before the experiment, DNA specimen 2# was
tested twice. The standard deviation of the absorption value
- 365 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
.......
1
.
-
--

Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
was +/- 0.006.
After the second energy emission, the sample's
absorption significance increase to 18, as compared to S =
8. After the third time it increase further to 30.
Specimen 4# was placed in a small lead container and put
right next to specimen 2#. The change in absorption was smaller.
Significance S rose to 5 after the first emission, and then
to 10 and 18 subsequently.
Specimen 12# was tested 5 times in the 2 hours before energy
emission. Results show that the specimen that the specimen
was stable, and the standard deviation was +/- 0.002. S rose
to 6, 11 and 31. after the three energy emissions.
The measurement results of S being so high show that Qi action
can increase the absorption in DNA.
The hyperchromic effect
points to the opening up of the double-helix of the DNA and
a break in the hydrogen bond helix.
References
(1) Li Tipei The Mathematical Treatment of Experiments.
Scientific Press, 1980.
(2) Zheng Changxue, Zhou Guangye, Shen Zuyin, Li Shenpin
and Yan Xin. The First Academic Exchange Conference
of the Chinese Qigong Scientific Research
Association Xing Cheng, 1987-88.
- 366 -
Approved For Release 2000/08/10 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000200270001-6
..